<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>TIPs Archive - TVU Networks</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link></link>
	<description>The lowest prices for your full LLC publishing compliance!</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2026 16:26:29 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.7.2</generator>
	<item>
		<title>TVU One TM1000v3 FHD and 4K Hardware Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-hardware-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 19 Aug 2026 16:26:24 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=114080</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU One 4K delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.5-second latency at 3 Mbps within an ultra-compact, rugged hardware design.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-hardware-user-guide/">TVU One TM1000v3 FHD and 4K Hardware Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="2143" height="1217" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image.png" alt="TVU One FHD and 4K HW featured image" class="wp-image-97387" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image.png 2143w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image-1024x582.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image-768x436.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image-1536x872.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-HW-Featured-image-2048x1163.png 2048w" sizes="(max-width: 2143px) 100vw, 2143px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>Builds prior to v8.2 featured two LCD console interfaces. Version 8.3 features an updated LCD console with added features.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>TVU One 4K delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.3-second latency at 3 Mbps. The TVU One FHD and 4K transmitters use the H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding and compression standard to deliver greater data efficiency and transmission stability.</p>



<p>The H.265 hardware encoding chip delivers full broadcast quality in 4K, 10-bit true 60 fps video at as low as 3 Mbps with proven patented Inverse StatMux technology, ISX.</p>



<p>ISX is TVU’s ultimate transmission algorithm. The TVU One 4K uses less data and combats packet loss to achieve transmissions with virtually zero latency, down to 0.3 seconds, even in a moving vehicle or when going live in 4K.</p>



<p>The TVU One FHD transmitter can also transmit live 1080p-60 at as low as 800 Kbps. ISX offers better utilization of available bandwidth in congested/low-signal areas and has extremely low latency as low as 0.3 seconds on cellular.</p>



<p>Both TVU One transmitter models simultaneously aggregate up to 12 data connections and can obtain bandwidth from anywhere: cellular 3G/4G/5G, WiFi, Ethernet, or satellite.</p>



<p>Real-time dual encoding makes it possible to go live under any network conditions by simultaneously recording a full HD copy of your video for later download.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU One component overview</li>



<li>Setting up the TVU One transmitter</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the TVU One</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Related literarure:</strong> <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-software-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU One FHD and 4K Software QSUG</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the TVU One transmitter, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>Read and follow the notes and guidelines in this document before you use your TVU One transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter components</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter comprises the encoder, internal battery, and embedded modems. Weighing just 2.2 lb./1 kg, the transmitter fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img decoding="async" width="176" height="206" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-models-4K-and-FHD.png" alt="TVU One transmitter models 4K and FHD" class="wp-image-97430"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard Components for the TVU One model FHD and 4K transmitters include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU transmitter with SDI/HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro Internal SD slot with 1x Micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>TVU One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One controls and operations</strong></h2>



<p>TVU transmitter is the central component of the TVU One system. The transmitter handles video capturing, video encoding and transmission, modem management and dialing, and status/monitoring of the system.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the transmitter. The button turns green when the transmitter is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img decoding="async" width="255" height="205" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-LCD-display-panel-and-power-button.png" alt="LCD display and power indicator" class="wp-image-97437"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter side panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter models&#8217; left and right-side panels feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The TVU One transmitters come in alternate form factor designs. The features and functionality are the same.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	USB modem power limitation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>USB modem power limitation</strong></h2>



<p>Model TM1000V3 officially supports up to four external USB modems. However, there are practical limitations when connecting USB modems to this model.</p>



<p>The total power consumption of all external modems should not exceed 5V / 5A (25W in total). To prevent potential issues in the field, TVU recommends using the two middle USB ports, as the side ports provide slightly weaker power output. Models TM1000V4 and RPS One do not have this limitation.</p>



<p>TVU One transmitter left-side panel (form factor 1)</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="362" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-left-side-panel-form-factor-1.png" alt="TVU One transmitter left-side panel (form factor 1)" class="wp-image-97444" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-left-side-panel-form-factor-1.png 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-left-side-panel-form-factor-1-268x300.png 268w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<p>TVU One transmitter right-side panel (form factor 1)</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="351" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-1.png" alt="TVU One transmitter right side panel (form factor 1)" class="wp-image-97451" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-1.png 358w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-1-300x294.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-1-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></figure>



<p>TVU One transmitter left-side panel (form factor 2)</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="388" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TM1000v3-form-factor-2.jpg" alt="TM1000v3 form factor 2" class="wp-image-159537" style="width:311px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TM1000v3-form-factor-2.jpg 388w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TM1000v3-form-factor-2-280x300.jpg 280w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TM1000v3-form-factor-2-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /></figure>



<p>TVU One transmitter right-side panel (form factor 2)</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-2.png" alt="TVU One transmitter right side panel (form factor 2)" class="wp-image-97465" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-2.png 358w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-2-300x292.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-form-factor-2-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the TVU One transmitter</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the TVU One transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains transmitter connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmitter connections</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the applicable steps to set up the TVU One transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable or the SDI cable to the<strong> SDI In</strong> port.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If available, connect the&nbsp;<strong>Ethernet</strong>&nbsp;input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection</span>.</li>



<li>Connect your power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the IFB device (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit but can be easily removed. Complete battery power management for the TVU One transmitter is available on the LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the transmitter opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the transmitter LCD panel down, push down on the latches to release the battery, and slide it away from the transmitter.</li>
</ol>



<p>Battery release latches (form factor 1)</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="159" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Battery-release-latches-form-factor-1.png" alt="Battery release latches (form factor 1)" class="wp-image-97472" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Battery-release-latches-form-factor-1.png 324w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Battery-release-latches-form-factor-1-300x147.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></figure>



<p>Battery release latches (form factor 2)</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Battery-release-latches-form-factor-2.png" alt="Battery release latches (form factor 2)" class="wp-image-97479" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Battery-release-latches-form-factor-2.png 324w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Battery-release-latches-form-factor-2-300x146.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the encoder, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. When the encoder is turned off, the battery will charge significantly faster (in approximately 3 hours).</p>



<p>The TVU One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the TVU One, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Charging-the-battery.png" alt="TM1000v3 battery charging" class="wp-image-159273" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Charging-the-battery.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Charging-the-battery-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is connected correctly and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The unit is powered on when charging and displays a steady green light.</li>



<li>A flashing red and green light is displayed during a forced shutdown while power is on.</li>



<li>The unit is powered off and charging displays a flashing red light.</li>



<li>When fully charged, the power off displays a steady red light.</li>



<li>The power light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can be mounted to the V-mount, G-mount, or Gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the transmitter&#8217;s battery life while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the V-Mount plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the transmitter&#8217;s onboard battery life while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB C, USB micro, and USB Type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<p>For more information, refer to the <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">POWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</mark></a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6-Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three embedded modem slots. These SIM configurations are user-serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The transmitter SIM card slots only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM card.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU One FHD and 4K models feature three dual SIM card carriers for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of the SIM tool into the round opening next to it until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below, and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU One, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One encoder is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack, allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-One-FHD-and-4K-and-backpack-new.png" alt="The One FHD and 4K and backpack new" class="wp-image-174879" style="width:284px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-One-FHD-and-4K-and-backpack-new.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-One-FHD-and-4K-and-backpack-new-291x300.png 291w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the encoder&#8217;s essential ventilation to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are two TVU One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:328px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:346px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:352px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:352px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h1 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product Specifications</strong></h1>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="584" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Product-specifications-TM1000v3-Model-FHD-transmitter.jpg" alt="Product specifications - TM1000v3 Model FHD transmitter v8.3" class="wp-image-175707" style="aspect-ratio:0.9218158890290038;width:828px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Product-specifications-TM1000v3-Model-FHD-transmitter.jpg 584w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Product-specifications-TM1000v3-Model-FHD-transmitter-277x300.jpg 277w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 584px) 100vw, 584px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="590" height="698" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Product-specifications-TM1000v3-Model-4K-transmitter.jpg" alt="Product specifications - TM1000v3 Model 4K transmitter v8.3" class="wp-image-175714" style="aspect-ratio:0.877742946708464;width:833px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Product-specifications-TM1000v3-Model-4K-transmitter.jpg 590w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Product-specifications-TM1000v3-Model-4K-transmitter-254x300.jpg 254w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU One FHD and 4K Hardware QSUG Rev O EN 08-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-hardware-user-guide/">TVU One TM1000v3 FHD and 4K Hardware Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU MediaHub Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mediahub-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 18 Aug 2026 15:48:58 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=175092</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU MediaHub's cloud-centric and hybrid architecture supports limitless inputs and outputs, effortlessly managing intricate signal matrices in SDI and IP formats.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mediahub-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU MediaHub Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="581" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/TVU-MediaHub-Featured-image-2-1024x581.png" alt="TVU MediaHub featured image" class="wp-image-137997" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/TVU-MediaHub-Featured-image-2-1024x581.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/TVU-MediaHub-Featured-image-2-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/TVU-MediaHub-Featured-image-2-768x436.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/TVU-MediaHub-Featured-image-2-1536x871.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/TVU-MediaHub-Featured-image-2-2048x1162.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-mediahub-cloud-router/"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">TVU MediaHub&#8217;s</mark></a> cloud-centric and hybrid architecture supports limitless inputs and outputs, effortlessly managing intricate signal matrices in SDI and IP formats.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>

<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p> <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-mediahub-cloud-router/"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">TVU MediaHub</mark></a> is a cloud-native, hybrid video router designed to bridge the gap between traditional hardware-dependent SDI routing and modern IP-based digital workflows. It is a SaaS-based solution that allows broadcasters to manage, scale, and route video signals with “boundless” input and output capabilities.<br>This MediaHub QSUG describes several “opt-in” features. Please contact TVU Support for more information about availability.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Core capabilities</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Core capabilities</strong></h2>



<p>MediaHub functions as a virtual routing switcher. Unlike traditional hardware routers limited by physical ports, MediaHub offers:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Protocol-Agnostic Routing:</strong> Accepts and converts between various formats including SDI (via edge devices), NDI, SRT, TVU Grid, RTMP, HLS, and even YouTube/social media feeds.</li>



<li><strong>Infinite Scalability:</strong> Allows for an unlimited number of inputs and outputs by utilizing cloud resources on demand.</li>



<li><strong>Automated Signal Processing:</strong> Automatically handles encoding, decoding, scaling, and frame-rate conversion the moment a source is added.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced CBR for SRT Listener and Caller modes (opt-in):</strong> The Advanced CBR for SRT Listener and Caller modes allow enhanced receiver compliance.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Supported protocols</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Supported protocols</strong></h2>



<p>MediaHub is designed to be protocol-agnostic, acting as a “universal translator” between traditional broadcast standards and modern IP streaming formats.<br>Because it is a cloud-native platform, it can handle both compressed and uncompressed formats by utilizing either cloud compute or on-premises edge devices.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Supported input protocols</strong></h2>



<p>MediaHub can ingest virtually any live video source. Note that physical SDI/SMPTE connections require a TVU Transceiver or Edge device to bridge into the cloud environment.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Broadcast &amp; Professional IP:</strong> NDI, SRT (Caller/Listener), TVU Grid (proprietary low-latency), UDP (Unicast/Multicast), RTP-FEC, ISSP, MXL.</li>



<li><strong>Physical &amp; Standardized:</strong> SDI (via edge device), SMPTE ST 2110 / ST 2022-6 (via edge device).</li>



<li><strong>Web &amp; Streaming:</strong> RTMP, RTMPS, HLS, RTSP, Zoom Meeting, HTML.</li>



<li><strong>Cloud &amp; Social:</strong> YouTube, Facebook, TikTok, Twitch, X, Kick, and Other (custom URL/stream).</li>



<li><strong>TVU Ecosystem:</strong> TVU One, RPS One, TVU Anywhere, TVU Pack, TVU Grid (Grid-Pack / Grid-SDI / Grid-MediaHub), and TVU Channel — added via the TVU Device source type.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Supported output protocols</strong></h2>



<p>MediaHub can simultaneously route a single input to an unlimited number of destinations, each with its own protocol and encoding profile.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Streaming &amp; CDN:</strong> RTMP(S) Push, RTMP(S) Pull, HLS Push, HLS Pull.</li>



<li><strong>Professional IP:</strong> NDI, SRT (Caller/Listener), TVU Grid, UDP, RTP-FEC, ISSP, MXL.</li>



<li><strong>Broadcast Delivery:</strong> RTSP Push, RTSP Pull.</li>



<li><strong>Physical Output:</strong> SDI (requires a TVU Transceiver for decoding).</li>



<li><strong>TVU Ecosystem:</strong> TVU Pack (Return Video Feed / VoIP).</li>



<li><strong>Direct Social Media:</strong> Native API integration for “Direct” posting to YouTube, Facebook, Twitch, X, and Other.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	MediaHub Open API features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MediaHub Open API features</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU MediaHub Open API is a set of programming interfaces designed to allow broadcasters and developers to automate, customize, and integrate the MediaHub routing engine into larger media supply chains.</p>



<p>Rather than relying solely on the drag-and-drop web interface, the Open API allows for programmatically managing complex signal matrices, which is essential for large-scale operations or software-defined master control rooms. Users can also use the Open API to integrate capabilities within our ecosystem with their workflow via API calls.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Key API functional areas</strong></h3>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Routing Control:</strong> Trigger “Connect” or “Disconnect” actions programmatically to start/stop live routes between sources and destinations.</li>



<li><strong>Output Provisioning:</strong> Create, delete, and modify output destinations (e.g., generating a new RTMP, HLS, or SRT endpoint on the fly).</li>



<li><strong>Encoding Profiles: </strong>Define technical parameters for routes, including bitrate, resolution, and frame rate. Profiles can be pre-created via the UI or dynamically generated via API.</li>



<li><strong>Source Management:</strong> Register new input sources (SourceObjects) into the router database to make them available for routing.</li>



<li><strong>Folder Integration:</strong> Group multiple output destinations into a “Folder” for batch management and simplified orchestration (start/stop the whole group at once).</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	MediaHub primary software features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MediaHub primary software features</strong></h2>



<p>TVU MediaHub is defined by its transition from a simple routing tool to an intelligent orchestration hub. The software features focus on eliminating the technical barriers of traditional hardware (like port limits and manual patching) through automation and a visual-first approach.</p>



<p><strong>Key features:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Drag-and-Drop and One-Click Routing: </strong>An object-oriented visual UI that lets non-technical staff route complex signals without specialized engineering training. Operators can either drag a source onto a destination or click the Route button on a source to send it to one or multiple output destinations at once — enabling fast one-to-many distribution with no manual patching.</li>



<li><strong>Real-Time Previews:</strong> Users can see live thumbnails of all sources and destinations within the routing matrix to ensure the correct feed is being switched.</li>



<li><strong>Integrated AI Tools:</strong> MediaHub emphasizes integration with TVU’s AI ecosystem, enabling automated ingestion, transcription, and indexing of live feeds.</li>



<li><strong>Hybrid Architecture:</strong> Can run entirely in the cloud, on-premise in data centers, or in a hybrid configuration to maintain low latency for local SDI environments.</li>



<li><strong>Analytics &amp; Redundancy:</strong> Includes a dashboard for monitoring bandwidth and signal flow, with built-in redundancy that automatically triggers backup paths if a signal is lost.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Visual routing and management</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Object-Oriented UI:</strong> MediaHub uses a workspace where inputs and outputs are visual objects. You route signals by literally “drawing” a connection between them.</li>



<li><strong>Live Thumbnail Previews:</strong> Every input and output on the interface displays a real-time, low-latency video thumbnail. This allows operators to verify content visually before switching it to a live destination.</li>



<li><strong>Destination output and source sharing:</strong> Users can now share access to their sources and outputs with other users and subgroups within the same root group.</li>



<li><strong>Infinite I/O Scaling:</strong> The software doesn’t have a fixed matrix size. You can “spin up” new software-defined ports on demand as your production grows.</li>



<li><strong>Latency:</strong> Maintains sub-second latency across most IP-to-IP routes, specifically optimized when using TVU’s ISX (Inverse StatMux) technology.</li>



<li><strong>Deployment:</strong> Cloud (SaaS), On-Premise, or Hybrid.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Automated signal processing (the “invisible” features)</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Auto-Conversion (UDX):</strong> The software automatically detects the source resolution/frame rate and matches it to the destination’s requirements. It handles Up/Down/Cross conversion in the background without needing external gear.</li>



<li><strong>Protocol Bridging:</strong> MediaHub acts as a universal translator. It can take an NDI source and simultaneously output it as an SRT stream for a remote studio and an RTMP stream for YouTube.</li>



<li><strong>Dynamic Resource Allocation:</strong> The software intelligently manages CPU/GPU cores. It only consumes processing power when a route is active, which powers the “pay-as-you-go” pricing model.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Operational control and automation</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Advanced Scheduling:</strong> You can pre-program routing changes based on a calendar. For example, the software can automatically switch an output from a “Pre-game” feed to a “Game-start” feed at a specific time.</li>



<li><strong>Redundancy &amp; Failover (opt-in):</strong> The software monitors signal health. If an input feed drops, it can be programmed to automatically switch to a backup source (e.g., a “Slate” or a secondary SRT feed).</li>



<li><strong>TVU Pack mode (opt-in):</strong> TVU Pack is a new destination type. Users can send any video to a TVU Pack as a return video feed or a Voice over IP (VoIP).</li>



<li><strong>Workflow builder (opt-in):</strong> The Workflow builder assists users and support by providing troubleshooting tools to assist with a specific input or output. When selecting an input destination and Workflow Management icon, the Workflow Studio page opens in a new tab . The new tab shows a graphical representation of the underlying modules that are running and their status.</li>



<li><strong>Enhanced SCTE and metadata transmission:</strong> SCTE and closed caption metadata cross box pool transmission optimization.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Ecosystem integration (TVU Cloud Services)</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Search Integration: </strong>Automatically sends routed feeds to TVU Search for AI-driven transcription and metadata tagging.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Producer:</strong> Feeds from MediaHub can be sent directly into the TVU Producer cloud switcher for multi-camera live production.</li>



<li><strong>Analytics Dashboard:</strong> A built-in software module that tracks bandwidth usage, signal stability, and routing history for data-driven post-show analysis.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Agent integration: </strong>TVU Agent enables SDI Input/Output functionality or to deploy MediaHub on your infrastructure.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Quick Start guide</strong></h2>



<p>This Quick start guide provides detailed information on the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Signing up for MediaHub</li>



<li>Signing in to MediaHub</li>



<li>Logging in to the MediaHub user interface</li>



<li>MediaHub user interface overview</li>



<li>Adding Sources</li>



<li>Adding output destinations</li>



<li>Using MediaHub</li>



<li>Exiting MediaHub</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Before you begin</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks makes it easy to sign up for a MediaHub account. Log in to the MediaHub onboarding user interface and sign up or sign in to get started. In addition, our new user onboarding with self-service billing is also available online.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Sign up for TVU MediaHub</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sign up for TVU MediaHub</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To sign up for TVU MediaHub, click the <strong>Sign up</strong> Caret and enter your <strong>name</strong>. Choose to sign up by <strong>email</strong> or <strong>phone</strong>, and enter a <strong>password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Get Started Now</strong> and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="411" height="741" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/media-hub-sign-up.png" alt="media hub sign up" class="wp-image-138023" style="width:287px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/media-hub-sign-up.png 411w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/media-hub-sign-up-166x300.png 166w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Sign In to your TVU MediaHub account</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sign In to your TVU MediaHub account</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To sign in to TVU MediaHub, log in to the MediaHub user interface and click <strong>Sign In</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter your <strong>User ID</strong> and <strong>Password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Sign In</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="407" height="739" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Media-hub-sign-in.png" alt="Media hub sign in" class="wp-image-138031" style="width:286px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Media-hub-sign-in.png 407w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Media-hub-sign-in-165x300.png 165w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Logging in to the TVU MediaHub user interface</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU MediaHub user interface</strong></h2>



<p>To log in to the TVU MediaHub user interface:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter: <strong>http://mediahub.tvunetworks.com</strong></li>



<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong>. The MediaHub interface displays.</li>



<li>The <strong>Add a Source</strong> box is a visual placeholder that guides users to start populating the workspace with video inputs.</li>



<li>The <strong>Add a destination</strong> box is a visual placeholder for creating the output nodes that will receive video from the sources.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1920" height="1080" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P4_MediaHub-User-Interface.png" alt="MediaHub User Interface" class="wp-image-175141" style="width:664px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P4_MediaHub-User-Interface.png 1920w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P4_MediaHub-User-Interface-300x169.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P4_MediaHub-User-Interface-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P4_MediaHub-User-Interface-768x432.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P4_MediaHub-User-Interface-1536x864.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1920px) 100vw, 1920px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	MediaHub user interface overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MediaHub user interface overview</strong></h2>



<p>MediaHub is a virtual video router that can be added to your existing infrastructure, whether in the cloud or on-premises. Its Advantages are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Anything in, anything out</li>



<li>From anywhere to everywhere</li>



<li>Unlimited scalability</li>



<li>Removes the hardware complexity</li>



<li>Removes the operation complexity</li>



<li>Supports scheduler (schedule your destination for output)</li>



<li>Supports Recording in a Transport Stream (TS)</li>



<li>Extends control to an on-premise router</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="718" height="543" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-interface-operations-overview.jpg" alt="MediaHub interface operations overview" class="wp-image-175148" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-interface-operations-overview.jpg 718w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-interface-operations-overview-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 718px) 100vw, 718px" /></figure>



<p>The following list describes the TVU MediaHub user interfaces’ operations in the Source and Destination panels:</p>



<p><strong>(A) + Source:</strong> The + Source icon allows users to add new input sources to the Source panel.<br><strong>(B) Source:</strong> Added source block.<br><strong>(C) Display sources:</strong> Organize source inputs based on status; by Active First, Last Edited, Last Created, and Alphanumeric.<br><strong>(D) Filter Source feature:</strong> The Source panel Filter feature displays your source search results by Tag or Input type or Created by me.<br><strong>(E) Search by Name or PID:</strong> Enter a source Name or PID in the Search field to find a specific source.<br><strong>(F) + Destination:</strong> Allows users to create new output endpoints, such as social media platforms (RTMP), professional receivers (SRT), or physical SDI decoders..<br><strong>(G) Encoding Profile:</strong> Click the Encoding Profile gear icon in the Destination panel to open the Encoding Profile Management window. Here, you can “+ Add” a custom Encoding Profile and use the Video Encoder Management window to manage technical settings such as Aspect Ratio, resolution, and audio encoding for the output feeds.<br><strong>(H) Box Pool icon:</strong> Click the Box pool icon to open TVU Home and enable SDI Input/Output functionality or to deploy MediaHub on your own resources. This icon opens the Management window to download and install the TVU Agent software and manage Agent devices.<br><strong>(I) Default Resource Configuration icon:</strong> This icon allows users to choose TVU Resources or a TVU Agent as your default resource configuration.<br><strong>(J) Clock/Timezone:</strong> Displays the local time (e.g., America/New York) to help synchronize live broadcast events.<br><strong>(K) Network Delay:</strong> Shows the current latency (e.g., 153ms), which is critical for monitoring the health of cloud-based routing.<br><strong>(L) Speed test icon:</strong> This icon provides critical real-time diagnostics for the platform’s cloud-native routing environment.<br><strong>(M) What’s New (?) icon:</strong> Click the What’s New (?) icon for the latest MediaHub updates.<br><strong>(N) User Preferences:</strong> Click the User Preferences icon to Sign Out of MediaHub, Open TVU Home to access the Token Purchasing Portal, and change languages from EN to Chinese.<br><strong>(O) Service Menu icon:</strong> When enabled, the Service Menu icon opens a list of TVU services you can access.<br><strong>(P) Source panel (left panel):</strong> This area is dedicated to managing all incoming video feeds.<br><strong>(Q) Source block:</strong> The source block in the source panel acts as the primary container for managing all incoming live video feeds. It provides a protocol-agnostic workspace where physical and digital signals are treated as unified “objects” for routing.<br><strong>(R) Destination panel (Right panel):</strong> The Destination panel displays live single and multi-output folders. This panel manages where the video signals are being sent.<br><strong>(S) Destination block:</strong> The Destination Block (located in the right panel of the workspace) acts as the endpoint manager for your live video signal. While the Source Block brings video into the hub, the Destination Block controls where that video is sent and in what format. The Destination Block provides real-time previews and status indicators to confirm that the routed signal is successfully reaching its endpoint.<br><strong>(T) Last Edited:</strong> Sorts destination output types by Live First, Last Edited, Last Created, and Alphanumeric.<br><strong>(U) Filter:</strong> The Destination panel Filter feature allows users to organize destination outputs by sorting tags “Made by me.”<br><strong>(V) Destination Name search field:</strong> Enter a Destination Name to find a specific Destination.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Getting Started &#8211; Adding Sources</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Getting Started &#8211; Adding Sources</strong></h2>



<p>To get started, users must add their sources to the Source panel. The panel allows users to add and display any type and number of sources and configure any source with multiple outputs.</p>



<p>To add sources to the <strong>Source</strong> panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Source</strong> in the source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="116" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg" alt="Adding a source" class="wp-image-162490" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source-300x65.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png" alt="Source window" class="wp-image-175155" style="width:532px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1536x753.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<p>The Source Type menu supports different source types:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Device:</strong> For physical hardware like TVU One transmitters or TVU Anywhere mobile app.</li>



<li><strong>EXT IP sources:</strong> For EXT IP sources, enter the required connection details (e.g., URL, Port, or Stream Key).</li>



<li><strong>EXT IP streams:</strong> For adding standard IP streams like SRT, RTMP, NDI, or HLS.</li>



<li><strong>Grid source:</strong> For receiving point-to-multipoint feeds from the TVU Grid network.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Selecting a Source Type </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a Source Type</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select the new source type you want to add. Each selection allows you to set up the output parameters for each source type.<br>The Source type menu options are categorized in four groups and are explained in the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>URL source</li>



<li>TVU Device</li>



<li>Other</li>



<li>SDI Input</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png" alt="Source type menu" class="wp-image-175162" style="width:555px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-300x146.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1024x499.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-768x374.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1536x748.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-2048x997.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a URL source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding a URL source</strong></h2>



<p>To add a video stream URL source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select a URL source type. The configuration window will automatically open for the selected source type.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Stream URL</strong> of the video stream you want to assign to your source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="523" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-configuration-window-example-1024x523.png" alt="P11_URL Source configuration window example" class="wp-image-175169" style="width:594px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-configuration-window-example-1024x523.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-configuration-window-example-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-configuration-window-example-768x393.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-configuration-window-example-1536x785.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-configuration-window-example-2048x1047.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Share icon</strong> to share your object to your collaborators.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Arrow icon at the top of the window allows source owners to share live or archived content instantly to users across multiple platforms. Refer to “Source sharing feature” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a<strong> source name</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1144" height="208" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-description-field.png" alt="P11_URL Source description field" class="wp-image-175176" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-description-field.png 1144w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-description-field-300x55.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-description-field-1024x186.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_URL-Source-description-field-768x140.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1144px) 100vw, 1144px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Name &amp; Tags </strong>tab, click the Description field to enter additional source details.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1122" height="296" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Description-field.png" alt="P11_Other Details - Description field" class="wp-image-175183" style="width:516px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Description-field.png 1122w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Description-field-300x79.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Description-field-1024x270.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Description-field-768x203.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1122px) 100vw, 1122px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Personal Tag</strong> or <strong>Group Tag</strong> fields to enter tag names.</li>
</ol>



<p>Core Tag categories:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Personal Tags:</strong> These are used by individual operators to categorize their own specific assets or sources. They help a single user quickly filter and find their own feeds in a workspace shared by many.</li>



<li><strong>Group Tags:</strong> These are used for team-level organization. By applying a Group Tag (e.g., “Main Stage” or “Court 1”), any member of the production team can filter for all sources related to that specific part of the production.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1124" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags.png" alt="P11_Other Details-Adding tags" class="wp-image-175190" style="width:520px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags.png 1124w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags-300x91.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags-1024x310.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags-768x232.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1124px) 100vw, 1124px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable more <strong>microservices</strong> if applicable. The Microservices shown will vary depending on the source type. The microservice settings shown are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>UHD Toggle:</strong> An on/off switch to enable Ultra High Definition (4K) processing for the selected signal. UHD sources require additional resources if the input source’s resolution is higher than 1920&#215;1080.</li>



<li><strong>Auto-Start Preview When Take Live:</strong> A toggle that, when enabled, automatically launches a real-time visual preview as soon as a source is “taken live” or routed.</li>



<li><strong>Color Correction:</strong> To adjust video color in YUV color correction.</li>



<li><strong>Disaster Recovery:</strong> Set and cut the backup source when a low bitrate source or a black frame is detected.</li>



<li><strong>Operation log:</strong> Records user operations.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU Device source types</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Device source types</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Device source window lists available and occupied TVU device source types.<br>Selecting TVU Device lets users assign the following TVU Device source types:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU Pack</li>



<li>TVU Anywhere (see “Adding a TVU Anywhere device source”)</li>



<li>TVU Grid-Pac</li>



<li>TVU Grid-SD</li>



<li>TVU Grid-MediaHub</li>



<li>All (of the above)</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Assigning a TVU Device</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Assigning a TVU Device source</strong></h2>



<p>Essential Prerequisites:</p>



<p>To assign a TVU Device source except a TVU Anywhere device:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Account Pairing:</strong> Before a device will appear in the list, it must be paired to your TVU organization. If you do not see your device, ensure it is registered in your TVU Home or Command Center dashboard.</li>



<li><strong>Active Status:</strong> For a live preview to appear, the TVU One or other device must be powered on and actively transmitting to the TVU cloud.</li>
</ul>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="116" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg" alt="Adding a source" class="wp-image-162490" style="width:462px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source-300x65.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png" alt="Source window" class="wp-image-175155" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1536x753.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select <strong>TVU Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png" alt="Source type menu" class="wp-image-175162" style="width:460px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-300x146.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1024x499.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-768x374.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1536x748.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-2048x997.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>TVU Device</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2438" height="1254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window.png" alt="TVU Device window" class="wp-image-175204" style="width:473px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window.png 2438w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-1024x527.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-768x395.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-1536x790.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-2048x1053.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2438px) 100vw, 2438px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To display a specific device type, make a selection from the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu to filter your choices.</li>



<li>A list of all TVU devices authorized and paired to your account will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>PeerID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search field to locate a specific device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2442" height="1242" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu.png" alt="P12_TVU Device type menu" class="wp-image-175197" style="width:473px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu.png 2442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu-1024x521.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu-768x391.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu-1536x781.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-type-menu-2048x1042.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2442px) 100vw, 2442px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device list displays available devices. Click the device<strong> radio button</strong> to select one from the list.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For Pack or Grid sources, a list of authorized devices paired to your account will appear.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="713" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-Device-list-pack.jpg" alt="TVU Device list" class="wp-image-175211" style="width:482px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-Device-list-pack.jpg 711w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-Device-list-pack-300x300.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-Device-list-pack-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-Device-list-pack-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-Device-list-pack-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you see “Receive Source” below the program window, it indicates that you must choose a Plan to receive the source. Click “Receive Source” to purchase a MediaHub plan.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1248" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link.png" alt="P13_Receive Source link" class="wp-image-175218" style="object-fit:cover;width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link-1024x525.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link-1536x788.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_Receive-Source-link-2048x1050.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> to enter a source name, description, and tags to your source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2442" height="1254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description.png" alt="P15_Other source description" class="wp-image-175225" style="width:496px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description.png 2442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1024x526.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1536x789.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2048x1052.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2442px) 100vw, 2442px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VOIP feature for the TVU Pack (Beta)</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VOIP feature for the TVU Pack (Beta)</strong></h2>



<p>In TVU MediaHub, the VoIP (Voice over IP) feature for a hardware “pack” (such as the TVU One) is a specialized communication tool that establishes a real-time, bi-directional audio path between a field operator and the master control room (MCR) or studio floor.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hardware setup for the Pack</strong></h2>



<p>To use VoIP on a physical TVU One pack, specific hardware accessories are typically required to facilitate the audio exchange:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Bluetooth Connectivity:</strong> The procedure often involves connecting a USB Bluetooth audio transmitter/receiver to one of the USB ports on the TVU pack.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Monitoring:</strong> A 3.5mm jack cable is connected from the pack’s audio output port to the Bluetooth transmitter.</li>



<li><strong>Wireless Earphones:</strong> The field operator pairs wireless Bluetooth earphones with the transmitter to hear the studio audio clearly without being tethered to the pack.</li>
</ul>



<p>To enable the VoIP feature, click on the <strong>phone icon</strong> on the MediaHub Pack source object.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="630" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_TVU-pack-VoIP-function.png" alt="P13_TVU pack VoIP function" class="wp-image-175232" style="width:264px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_TVU-pack-VoIP-function.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P13_TVU-pack-VoIP-function-300x281.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding a TVU Anywhere device source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding a TVU Anywhere device</strong> <strong>source</strong></h2>



<p>Key Features for Mobile Sources:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Automatic Re-pairing:</strong> Once a phone is paired, you do not have to scan the QR code every time; the device will remain in your source list for future use as long as the app is open.</li>



<li><strong>High-Quality Transmission:</strong> While MediaHub shows a low-quality preview to save resources, the actual broadcast output can reach full 1080p depending on your phone’s signal strength.</li>



<li><strong>Remote Control:</strong> Producers can remotely adjust camera settings such as zoom, brightness, and framing on the TVU Anywhere app through the centralized interface.</li>
</ul>



<p>To add a TVU Anywhere device:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="116" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg" alt="Adding a source" class="wp-image-162490" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source-300x65.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Source</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png" alt="Source window" class="wp-image-175155" style="width:542px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1536x753.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select <strong>TVU Device</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png" alt="Source type menu" class="wp-image-175162" style="width:542px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-300x146.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1024x499.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-768x374.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1536x748.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-2048x997.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>TVU Device</strong> window opens in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2438" height="1254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window.png" alt="TVU Device window" class="wp-image-175204" style="width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window.png 2438w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-1024x527.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-768x395.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-1536x790.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P12_TVU-Device-window-2048x1053.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2438px) 100vw, 2438px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Device</strong> next to the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Follow the steps in the <strong>Add TVU Anywhere Device</strong> pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Assign-TVU-Anywhere-device.jpg" alt="Assign TVU Anywhere device" class="wp-image-162591" style="width:463px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Assign-TVU-Anywhere-device.jpg 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Assign-TVU-Anywhere-device-300x154.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Launch the <strong>TVU Anywhere App</strong>.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Scan</strong> icon (located in the receiver bar).</li>



<li>Center the<strong> QR code</strong> displayed in the pop-up window within the green frame on your phone.</li>



<li>Scan the <strong>QR</strong> code.</li>



<li>Confirm the pairing on your phone. The TVU Anywhere source box will appear in the source panel.</li>



<li>Click the source box. Your TVU Anywhere device will display in the device list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="525" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P14_Device-list-Select-radio-button-1024x525.png" alt="P14_Device list - Select radio button" class="wp-image-175240" style="width:589px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P14_Device-list-Select-radio-button-1024x525.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P14_Device-list-Select-radio-button-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P14_Device-list-Select-radio-button-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P14_Device-list-Select-radio-button-1536x788.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P14_Device-list-Select-radio-button-2048x1050.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="13" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> device<strong> radio button</strong> in the T<strong>VU Device list</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the applicable “<strong>Other Details</strong>” in the <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Other source type</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Other source</strong></h2>



<p>The Other source type allows users to add and customize parameters for the following source types:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>RTMP / RTMPS:</strong> For standard web-based live streams.</li>



<li><strong>SRT (Caller/Listener):</strong> For secure, low-latency transport over unpredictable networks.</li>



<li><strong>NDI:</strong> For local network IP video sources.</li>



<li><strong>UDP / RTSP:</strong> For direct network stream ingestion.</li>



<li><strong>Zoom Meeting:</strong> The Zoom source adds a Zoom participant as a video source, active speaker, or specific speaker during the meeting.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding Other sources</strong></h2>



<p>In TVU MediaHub, the “Other” source type allows users to ingest non-TVU proprietary streams, such as local video files or third-party IP feeds.</p>



<p>To add <strong>Other</strong> sources:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="116" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg" alt="Adding a source" class="wp-image-162490" style="width:477px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source-300x65.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png" alt="Source window" class="wp-image-175155" style="width:571px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1536x753.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select <strong>Other</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png" alt="Source type menu" class="wp-image-175162" style="width:573px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-300x146.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1024x499.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-768x374.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1536x748.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-2048x997.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Other</strong> configuration window opens.</li>



<li>Enter the required source details.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2430" height="1238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration.png" alt="P15_Other configuration" class="wp-image-175254" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration.png 2430w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration-1024x522.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration-768x391.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration-1536x783.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-configuration-2048x1043.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2430px) 100vw, 2430px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> to enter a source name, description, and tags to your source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2442" height="1254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1.png" alt="P15_Other source description" class="wp-image-175261" style="width:591px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1.png 2442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-1024x526.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-1536x789.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-2048x1052.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2442px) 100vw, 2442px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable more<strong> microservices</strong> if applicable. The microservices shown will vary depending on the source type. The microservice settings shown are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>UHD Toggle: </strong>An on/off switch to enable Ultra High Definition (4K) processing for the selected signal. UHD sources require additional resources if the input source’s resolution is higher than 1920&#215;1080.</li>



<li><strong>Auto-Start Preview When Take Live:</strong> A toggle that, when enabled, automatically launches a real-time visual preview as soon as a source is “taken live” or routed.</li>



<li><strong>Color Correction:</strong> To adjust video color in YUV color correction.</li>



<li><strong>Disaster Recovery:</strong> Set and cut backup source when a low bitrate source or black frame is detected.</li>



<li><strong>Operation log:</strong> Records user operations.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice-.png" alt="P16_Microservice " class="wp-image-175268" style="width:305px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice-.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--300x300.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Resources tab</strong> to select <strong>TVU Hosted</strong> resource from the Resources menu and <strong>Server location from</strong> the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2438" height="1240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel.png" alt="P16_Advanced Configuration panel" class="wp-image-175275" style="width:619px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel.png 2438w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel-1024x521.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel-768x391.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel-1536x781.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Advanced-Configuration-panel-2048x1042.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2438px) 100vw, 2438px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>. The source will appear as a new box in your Source panel.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding SRT Caller/Listener sources</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding SRT Caller/Listener sources</strong></h2>



<p>In TVU MediaHub, configuring an SRT (Secure Reliable Transport) source requires choosing between Caller or Listener mode to establish the handshake between the sender and the receiver.</p>



<p>SRT Mode configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Listener Mode:</strong> MediaHub acts as the “server” and waits for an external device (the caller) to initiate the connection.</li>



<li><strong>Caller Mode:</strong> MediaHub proactively reaches out to the IP address and port of a remote device that is set to “Listen”.</li>
</ul>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="712" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-interface-add-source.jpg" alt="MediaHub interface add source" class="wp-image-175247" style="width:507px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-interface-add-source.jpg 712w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-interface-add-source-300x61.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 712px) 100vw, 712px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png" alt="Source window" class="wp-image-175155" style="width:617px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1536x753.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select <strong>SRT Caller</strong> or <strong>Listener</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png" alt="Source type menu" class="wp-image-175162" style="width:623px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-300x146.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1024x499.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-768x374.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1536x748.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-2048x997.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> SRT configuration</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="525" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-1024x525.png" alt="P17_Source configuration page - SRT Listener" class="wp-image-175282" style="width:633px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-1024x525.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-768x393.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-1536x787.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-2048x1049.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="523" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-1024x523.png" alt="P17_Source configuration page - SRT Caller" class="wp-image-175289" style="width:635px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-1024x523.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-768x393.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-1536x785.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-2048x1047.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>To configure SRT settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Enter the Mode:</strong> Select either <strong>Caller</strong> or <strong>Listener</strong> based on your network architecture.</li>



<li><strong>IP Address:</strong> If in <strong>Caller</strong> mode, enter the <strong>public IP address</strong> of the remote device.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If in Listener mode, this field is usually left blank or set to 0.0.0.0 to accept connections on any interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Port Number:</strong> Enter the specific port (e.g., 9000) that both the sender and receiver have agreed to use.</li>



<li><strong>Latency:</strong> Specify the latency buffer (measured in microseconds). For stable internet, 1500ms to 3000ms is common to allow for packet retransmission.</li>



<li><strong>Passphrase:</strong> If encryption is required, enter a secure password. Ensure the remote sender uses the exact same passphrase and AES encryption strength (128, 192, or 256-bit).</li>



<li><strong>Stream ID:</strong> Some receivers require a unique Stream ID string to distinguish between multiple incoming SRT feeds on the same port.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> to enter the source name, description, and tags.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="526" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1024x526.png" alt="P15_Other source description" class="wp-image-175225" style="width:658px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1024x526.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1536x789.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2048x1052.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Customizing Other source parameters</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Customizing Other source parameters</strong></h2>



<p>Users can customize or change the parameters of RTMP Push, SRT Listener, NDI, and Zoom Meeting sources.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>RTMP(S) Push</strong></h2>



<p>To change the parameters of an RTMP Push source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a <strong>RTMP(S) Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="932" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-RTMP-Push-selection.png" alt="P18_Source panel - RTMP Push selection" class="wp-image-175296" style="width:492px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-RTMP-Push-selection.png 932w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-RTMP-Push-selection-300x163.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-RTMP-Push-selection-768x417.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 932px) 100vw, 932px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Source Type</strong> menu and select <strong>RTMP(S) Push</strong>.</li>



<li>The RTMP(S) source configuration page will open.</li>



<li>Customize the applicable parameters and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1248" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push.png" alt="P18_Source configuration page - RTMP(S) Push" class="wp-image-175303" style="width:639px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push-1024x525.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push-1536x788.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-configuration-page-RTMPS-Push-2048x1051.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SRT Caller/Listener</strong></h2>



<p>To change the parameters of an SRT Listener source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>SRT Listener</strong> or <strong>SRT Caller</strong> source in the <strong>Source</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1352" height="518" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-SRT-source-selection.png" alt="P18_Source panel - SRT source selection" class="wp-image-175310" style="width:499px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-SRT-source-selection.png 1352w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-SRT-source-selection-300x115.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-SRT-source-selection-1024x392.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P18_Source-panel-SRT-source-selection-768x294.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1352px) 100vw, 1352px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The SRT source configuration page will open.</li>



<li>Customize the applicable parameters and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1246" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener.png" alt="P17_Source configuration page - SRT Listener" class="wp-image-175282" style="width:645px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-1024x525.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-768x393.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-1536x787.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Listener-2048x1049.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="523" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-1024x523.png" alt="P17_Source configuration page - SRT Caller" class="wp-image-175289" style="width:646px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-1024x523.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-768x393.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-1536x785.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P17_Source-configuration-page-SRT-Caller-2048x1047.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NDI</strong></h2>



<p>To change the parameters of an NDI source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click an <strong>NDI Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1348" height="562" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-NDI-source-selection.png" alt="P19_Source panel - NDI source selection" class="wp-image-175317" style="width:449px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-NDI-source-selection.png 1348w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-NDI-source-selection-300x125.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-NDI-source-selection-1024x427.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-NDI-source-selection-768x320.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1348px) 100vw, 1348px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The NDI source configuration page will open.</li>



<li>Customize the applicable parameters and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2430" height="1210" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI.png" alt="P19_Source configuration page - NDI" class="wp-image-175324" style="width:668px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI.png 2430w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI-300x149.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI-1024x510.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI-768x382.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI-1536x765.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-configuration-page-NDI-2048x1020.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2430px) 100vw, 2430px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Zoom Meeting</strong></h2>



<p>To change the parameters of a Zoom Meeting source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Zoom</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1292" height="528" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-Zoom-Meeting-selection.png" alt="P19_Source panel - Zoom Meeting selection" class="wp-image-175331" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-Zoom-Meeting-selection.png 1292w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-Zoom-Meeting-selection-300x123.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-Zoom-Meeting-selection-1024x418.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P19_Source-panel-Zoom-Meeting-selection-768x314.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1292px) 100vw, 1292px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Zoom Meeting source configuration page will open.</li>



<li>Customize the applicable parameters and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1204" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting.png" alt="P20_Source configuration page - Zoom Meeting" class="wp-image-175338" style="width:674px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting-300x149.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting-1024x507.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting-768x380.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting-1536x760.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Source-configuration-page-Zoom-Meeting-2048x1014.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SDI Input source &#8211; Agent installation requirement</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SDI Input source &#8211; Agent installation requirement</strong></h2>



<p>Select SDI to add an SDI Input source. This selection requires the Lightweight Agent installation to configure SDI input and output parameters.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Contact TVU Support at support@tvunetworks.com if you need assistance with your TVU Agent installation and configuration.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The SDI Input source does not require TVU hardware to enable your devices’ SDI input or output. The Agent is a software component installed on your local server or TVU Transceiver that registers its physical I/O ports (SDI/BNC) with the MediaHub cloud.<br>Once the Agent is active, all physical inputs and outputs connected to that “box” appear as routable nodes in the MediaHub Source and Destination panels.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Agent installation</strong></h3>



<p>The TVU Agent is a lightweight software module used across all TVU SaaS products, including MediaHub and MediaMesh. TVU Agent is further explained in “TVU Agent installation.”</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Hosted deployment</strong></h3>



<p>To deploy MediaHub on your own computing resources:<br>Click the <strong>Box Pool </strong>icon, then the green<strong> Find out more in</strong> <strong>TVU Home</strong> to open TVU Home.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="197" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Self-hosted-resources-message.jpg" alt="Self hosted resources message" class="wp-image-175345" style="width:468px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Self-hosted-resources-message.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Self-hosted-resources-message-300x103.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Configuration &#8211; Self-hosted Static IP assignments and requests</strong></h3>



<p>Static IP assignments are region-specific (opt-ins) and can only be requested by Group Admins. Contact support for more information.<br>To assign a requested Static IP:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the <strong>Advanced Configuration</strong> panel and select <strong>Self Hosted</strong> from the <strong>Resources</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="242" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-P20_Configuration-panel-Self-Hosted-selection-1024x242.png" alt="Advanced Configuration panel - Self-Hosted selection" class="wp-image-175352" style="width:628px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-P20_Configuration-panel-Self-Hosted-selection-1024x242.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-P20_Configuration-panel-Self-Hosted-selection-300x71.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-P20_Configuration-panel-Self-Hosted-selection-768x181.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-P20_Configuration-panel-Self-Hosted-selection-1536x363.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-P20_Configuration-panel-Self-Hosted-selection.png 1710w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>TVU Home</strong>.</li>



<li>You will be redirected to the TVU Home Manage page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-Configuration-panel-TVU-HOME-link-1024x218.png" alt="P20_Advanced Configuration panel - TVU HOME link" class="wp-image-175359" style="width:628px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-Configuration-panel-TVU-HOME-link-1024x218.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-Configuration-panel-TVU-HOME-link-300x64.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-Configuration-panel-TVU-HOME-link-768x164.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-Configuration-panel-TVU-HOME-link-1536x327.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P20_Advanced-Configuration-panel-TVU-HOME-link.png 1708w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Elastic IP </strong>tab.</li>



<li>A list of available Static IPs that you have previously requested will appear as selections.</li>



<li>If no recent Static IPs are listed, Admins can request one by clicking <strong>Elastic IP +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="681" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-_-Resources-tab-Elastic-IP-tab.jpg" alt="Manage _ Resources tab - Elastic  IP tab" class="wp-image-175366" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-_-Resources-tab-Elastic-IP-tab.jpg 681w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-_-Resources-tab-Elastic-IP-tab-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 681px) 100vw, 681px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Assign Elastic IP window will display. Select a <strong>Region</strong> and click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="201" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Assign-Elastic-IP-window.jpg" alt="Assign Elastic IP window" class="wp-image-175373" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Assign-Elastic-IP-window.jpg 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Assign-Elastic-IP-window-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Assigned Elastic IP will display in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="224" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-assigned-1024x224.jpg" alt="Elastic IP assigned" class="wp-image-175380" style="width:642px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-assigned-1024x224.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-assigned-300x66.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-assigned-768x168.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-assigned.jpg 1392w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete a Elastic IP, click the <strong>Delete</strong> button. The warning message appears.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="168" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-removal-warning.jpg" alt="Elastic IP removal warning" class="wp-image-175387" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-removal-warning.jpg 489w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Elastic-IP-removal-warning-300x103.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Agent Box Pool management</strong></h2>



<p>In TVU MediaHub, the Agent Box Pool (also referred to as the TVU Agent or MediaHub Agent) serves as the bridge between your on-premises hardware and the cloud-native routing interface. This management system allows you to treat local physical SDI or IP resources as if they were part of a unified, global cloud pool.</p>



<p>To manage your Agent Box Pool:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Setting</strong> icon in the top navigation.</li>



<li>The <strong>Default Resource Management</strong> pop-up window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-MediaHub-Setting-icon.jpg" alt="TVU MediaHub - Setting icon" class="wp-image-175394" style="object-fit:cover;width:449px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-MediaHub-Setting-icon.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-MediaHub-Setting-icon-300x218.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Resources</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Self-Hosted</strong>. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="495" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Default-Resources-Configuration-Self-Hosted-selection.jpg" alt="Default Resources Configuration - Self-Hosted selection" class="wp-image-175401" style="width:450px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Default-Resources-Configuration-Self-Hosted-selection.jpg 495w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Default-Resources-Configuration-Self-Hosted-selection-300x193.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 495px) 100vw, 495px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To manage your resources, click the green <strong>TVU Home</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-MediaHub-Setting-icon.jpg" alt="TVU MediaHub - Setting icon" class="wp-image-175394" style="width:451px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-MediaHub-Setting-icon.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/TVU-MediaHub-Setting-icon-300x218.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding an SDI input</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an SDI input</strong></h2>



<p>To add an SDI Input source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+ Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="116" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg" alt="Adding a source" class="wp-image-162490" style="width:447px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Adding-a-source-300x65.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Source</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1194" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png" alt="Source window" class="wp-image-175155" style="width:555px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-1536x753.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P10_Source-window-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Expand the<strong> Source Type</strong> menu and select <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2432" height="1184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png" alt="Source type menu" class="wp-image-175162" style="width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu.png 2432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-300x146.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1024x499.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-768x374.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-1536x748.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Source-type-menu-2048x997.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2432px) 100vw, 2432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>SDI</strong> configuration window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2428" height="1192" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection.png" alt="P22_Source configuration - SDI selection" class="wp-image-175408" style="width:569px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection.png 2428w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection-1024x503.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection-768x377.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection-1536x754.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Source-configuration-SDI-selection-2048x1005.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2428px) 100vw, 2428px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Box Pool</strong> drop-down menu and select a preconfigured Box Pool. If you don’t have a preconfigured Box Pool selection, you can create one in TVU Home.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Access your SDI Signals by installing Agent</strong> link.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>description field </strong>at the top of the window.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> to enter a source name, description, and tags to your source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2442" height="1254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2.png" alt="Other source description field" class="wp-image-175415" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2.png 2442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2-1024x526.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2-1536x789.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-2-2048x1052.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2442px) 100vw, 2442px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable more Microservices if applicable. The microservices shown will vary depending on the source type. The microservice settings shown are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable more microservices if applicable. The microservices shown will vary depending on the source type. The microservice settings shown are:</li>



<li><strong>UHD Toggle:</strong> An on/off switch to enable Ultra High Definition (4K) processing for the selected signal. UHD sources require additional resources if the input source’s resolution is higher than 1920&#215;1080.</li>



<li><strong>Auto-Start Preview When Take Live:</strong> A toggle that, when enabled, automatically launches a real-time visual preview as soon as a source is “taken live” or routed.</li>



<li><strong>Color Correction:</strong> To adjust video color in YUV color correction.</li>



<li><strong>Disaster Recovery:</strong> Set and cut backup source when a low bitrate source or black frame is detected.</li>



<li><strong>Operation log:</strong> Records user operations</li>
</ul>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="424" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice-.png" alt="P16_Microservice" class="wp-image-175268" style="width:300px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice-.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--300x300.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P16_Microservice--108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Color correction feature (opt-in)</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Color correction feature (opt-in)</strong></h2>



<p>TVU MediaHub Color Correction is a paid microservice within the platform’s advanced video processing toolset. It lets you adjust the color of any IP or SDI source in real time using YUV controls, helping the signal meet professional broadcast standards.<br>Color Correction is applied per source from the source’s Microservice settings. Because it is an opt-in (paid) feature, contact TVU Support to enable it for your account.</p>



<p>To enable and use Color Correction:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Source panel, click a source to open its configuration drawer.</li>



<li>In the left menu, open the Microservice section and turn on Color Correction (the indicator turns green when the service is active).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1600" height="1203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Color-Correction-Microservice.png" alt="P22_Color Correction Microservice" class="wp-image-175422" style="width:642px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Color-Correction-Microservice.png 1600w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Color-Correction-Microservice-300x226.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Color-Correction-Microservice-1024x770.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Color-Correction-Microservice-768x577.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P22_Color-Correction-Microservice-1536x1155.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1600px) 100vw, 1600px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Color Correction</strong> panel, use the side-by-side Preview (input) and Output views to compare the image before and after correction. Each view has a Media Analyzer button for detailed signal inspection.</li>



<li>Turn on <strong>Apply to Output</strong>, then adjust the YUV Color Correction sliders — Y Gain, Chroma, Hue, Y Offset, and Gamma — with the +/− steppers. Each slider shows its default value and can be reset individually.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Reset All</strong> to return every slider to its default, or <strong>Restore Last Config</strong> to reapply your previous settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	MediaHub Output Destinations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>MediaHub Output Destinations</strong></h2>



<p>After adding sources to the Source panel, users must create new output destination types in the MediaHub Destination panel. Users can then select, drag, and drop their sources into a destination block. MediaHub destination blocks can contain multiple simultaneous outputs. Each output can be pre-configured with its encoding profile and destination.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Creating a new output destination</strong></h3>



<p>To create a new MediaHub output destination:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add a Destination</strong> in the right panel or <strong>+ Destination</strong> at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="576" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-destination-1024x576.png" alt="P24_Creating a destination" class="wp-image-175429" style="width:687px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-destination-1024x576.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-destination-300x169.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-destination-768x432.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-destination.png 1414w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Destination </strong>window opens.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Destination type</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="302" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1024x302.png" alt="P24_Creating a new Destination type" class="wp-image-175436" style="width:683px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1024x302.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-300x88.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-768x226.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1536x453.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-2048x604.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Destination configuration window opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> tab to <strong>Rename your Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Configure your remaining Destination type information in the left panel.</li>



<li>The Encoding Profile is set to<strong> Default</strong>. If you want to create a new Encoding Profile, refer to “Creating a customized encoding profile.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="475" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1024x475.png" alt="P24_Naming and configuring your output destination" class="wp-image-175443" style="width:689px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1024x475.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-768x356.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1536x712.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-2048x949.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Save </strong>button at the bottom of the screen.</li>



<li>Your new destination output blocks will display in the MediaHub Destination panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="522" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Right-Destination-panel-1024x522.png" alt="P24_Right Destination panel" class="wp-image-175450" style="width:695px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Right-Destination-panel-1024x522.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Right-Destination-panel-300x153.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Right-Destination-panel-768x392.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Right-Destination-panel-1536x783.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Right-Destination-panel-2048x1044.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoding profile</strong></h2>



<p>720&#215;576, 720&#215;480, 854&#215;480 are now supported as potential encoding profile resolution options.<br>To select an encoding profile:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Encoding Profile</strong> <strong>icon</strong> in the Destination panel to open the <strong>Encoding Profile Management </strong>window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1394" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Encoding-Profile-location.png" alt="P25_Encoding Profile location" class="wp-image-175457" style="width:537px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Encoding-Profile-location.png 1394w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Encoding-Profile-location-300x58.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Encoding-Profile-location-1024x197.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Encoding-Profile-location-768x148.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1394px) 100vw, 1394px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Selecting a category (e.g., General Profile or SDI Rendering Profile or Multi Encoding Profile) from the Encoding Profile drop-down menu filters and displays the encoding profiles in that category.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Default encoding profile can’t be edited and saved with another name. A new profile must be created.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="905" height="605" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Encoding-Management-Profile-Default.jpg" alt="Encoding Management Profile Default" class="wp-image-175464" style="width:618px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Encoding-Management-Profile-Default.jpg 905w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Encoding-Management-Profile-Default-300x201.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Encoding-Management-Profile-Default-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 905px) 100vw, 905px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Default </strong>profile eye icon in the <strong>Operations</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="911" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/encoding-profile-management-eye-icon.jpg" alt="encoding profile management eye icon" class="wp-image-175471" style="width:620px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/encoding-profile-management-eye-icon.jpg 911w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/encoding-profile-management-eye-icon-300x78.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/encoding-profile-management-eye-icon-768x201.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The default <strong>Video Encoder</strong> profile will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1430" height="956" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Default-Encoding-Profile-settings.png" alt="P25_Default Encoding Profile settings" class="wp-image-175478" style="width:619px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Default-Encoding-Profile-settings.png 1430w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Default-Encoding-Profile-settings-300x201.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Default-Encoding-Profile-settings-1024x685.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P25_Default-Encoding-Profile-settings-768x513.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1430px) 100vw, 1430px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Creating a customized encoding profile</strong></h2>



<p>To create a custom encoding profile:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>+ Add</strong> to create your new customized<strong> Encoding Profile</strong> with a new name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="873" height="428" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Encoding-proifile-management-window.jpg" alt="Encoding proifile management window" class="wp-image-162793" style="width:616px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Encoding-proifile-management-window.jpg 873w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Encoding-proifile-management-window-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Encoding-proifile-management-window-768x377.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 873px) 100vw, 873px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a new <strong>Profile Name</strong>, then click the <strong>green checkmark</strong>.</li>



<li>Select your <strong>Video</strong> and <strong>Audio Encoder </strong>parameters and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="907" height="604" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Video-and-Audio-Encoding-Profile-configuration.jpg" alt="Video and Audio Encoding Profile configuration" class="wp-image-175485" style="width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Video-and-Audio-Encoding-Profile-configuration.jpg 907w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Video-and-Audio-Encoding-Profile-configuration-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Video-and-Audio-Encoding-Profile-configuration-768x511.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your new profile will be displayed in the <strong>Encoding Profile Management</strong> list. Close the window to continue.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding multiple source destinations </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding multiple source destinations</strong></h2>



<p>Adding multiple source destinations is handled through its object-oriented, drag-and-drop interface. This allows for “one-to-many” routing, where a single input can be distributed to an unlimited number of endpoints simultaneously.</p>



<p>To add multiple source destinations:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To populate the + Destination panel, click the <strong>+ Destination</strong> or green box in the left panel to create your first output destination.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1516" height="927" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-HomeProject-panel.jpg" alt="Destination panel" class="wp-image-175492" style="width:657px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-HomeProject-panel.jpg 1516w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-HomeProject-panel-300x183.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-HomeProject-panel-1024x626.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/MediaHub-HomeProject-panel-768x470.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1516px) 100vw, 1516px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Destination Type menu will display.</li>



<li>Select your <strong>Output Type</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2428" height="716" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1.png" alt="P24_Creating a new Destination type" class="wp-image-175499" style="width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1.png 2428w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1-300x88.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1-1024x302.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1-768x226.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1-1536x453.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Creating-a-new-Destination-type-1-2048x604.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2428px) 100vw, 2428px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Destination Configuration</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> to enter a source name, description, and tags.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2442" height="1254" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1.png" alt="P15_Other source description" class="wp-image-175261" style="width:658px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1.png 2442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-300x154.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-1024x526.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-768x394.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-1536x789.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P15_Other-source-description-1-2048x1052.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2442px) 100vw, 2442px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add each required output by selecting its protocol (e.g., RTMP for Facebook, HLS for a website, or SRT for a professional receiver) and entering the necessary credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2434" height="1128" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1.png" alt="P24_Naming and configuring your output destination" class="wp-image-175506" style="width:669px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1.png 2434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1-1024x475.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1-768x356.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1-1536x712.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P24_Naming-and-configuring-your-output-destination-1-2048x949.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2434px) 100vw, 2434px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> at the bottom of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Previewing a source before going live</strong></h2>



<p>To preview a source before adding it to the destination panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hover your mouse over the source block <strong>Preview</strong> button. The start button will be displayed.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Start </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="708" height="638" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_Source-preview-button.png" alt="P27_Source preview button" class="wp-image-175513" style="width:336px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_Source-preview-button.png 708w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_Source-preview-button-300x270.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 708px) 100vw, 708px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding sources to your destinations</strong></h2>



<p>To add sources to your Destination panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click and drag a source from the source panel to your output destination block or click the Route button on the source, and select outputs to route.</li>



<li>The source will automatically start decoding to go live. An orange notification will be displayed during this time.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="4480" height="2162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block.png" alt="P27_MediaHub interface - Source added to destination block" class="wp-image-175520" style="width:609px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block.png 4480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block-300x145.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block-1024x494.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block-768x371.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block-1536x741.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_MediaHub-interface-Source-added-to-destination-block-2048x988.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 4480px) 100vw, 4480px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="637" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_Source-decoding-message.png" alt="P27_Source decoding message" class="wp-image-175527" style="width:301px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_Source-decoding-message.png 734w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P27_Source-decoding-message-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the source is decoded and live, the user can stop going live by hovering the mouse over the red Live button and clicking the Stop button in the Destination block.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="722" height="642" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/image-1.png" alt="P27_Destination block - Stop button" class="wp-image-175548" style="width:303px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/image-1.png 722w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/image-1-300x267.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 722px) 100vw, 722px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A confirmation message will appear.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Stop</strong> to deactivate the destination.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="762" height="662" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Deactivating-the-source-destination-confirmation-message.png" alt="P28_Deactivating the source destination confirmation message" class="wp-image-175541" style="width:315px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Deactivating-the-source-destination-confirmation-message.png 762w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Deactivating-the-source-destination-confirmation-message-300x261.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 762px) 100vw, 762px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Tag feature &#8211; Destinations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Tag feature &#8211; Destinations</strong></h2>



<p>To add Personal and Group tags to your Destinations:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a destination block in the <strong>Destination</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The Destination configuration window opens.</li>



<li>Scroll down the <strong>Details</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Create a <strong>Personal Tag</strong> if you want the tag to be visible only to you. Click <strong>Group Tag</strong> if you want the tag to be visible to other users in your group who have access to the object it’s assigned to.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2902" height="864" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields.png" alt="P28_Details panel - Tag fields" class="wp-image-175555" style="width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields.png 2902w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields-300x89.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields-1024x305.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields-768x229.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields-1536x457.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Details-panel-Tag-fields-2048x610.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2902px) 100vw, 2902px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the tag type field and enter the <strong>Tag Name(s)</strong>. To confirm your entries, click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>



<li>Your new tags display in the Destination block.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> icon to display a list of created tags.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="631" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-block-Tag-names-display-1024x631.png" alt="P28_Destination block - Tag names display" class="wp-image-175562" style="width:376px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-block-Tag-names-display-1024x631.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-block-Tag-names-display-300x185.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-block-Tag-names-display-768x473.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-block-Tag-names-display-1536x946.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-block-Tag-names-display.png 1692w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Destination panel filter feature</strong></h2>



<p>The<strong> Filter</strong> icon in the <strong>Destination</strong> panel allows users to filter the source destination outputs displayed by the tag name. Users can use their “Created by Me” tags or by selecting a Destination type.<br>To use the destination filter feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Filter</strong> in the <strong>Destination</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The <strong>Filter</strong> menu opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Tag name</strong> in the <strong>Search</strong> field to locate and display a specific object.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1338" height="1094" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-Filter-feature.png" alt="P28_Destination Filter feature" class="wp-image-175569" style="width:412px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-Filter-feature.png 1338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-Filter-feature-300x245.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-Filter-feature-1024x837.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P28_Destination-Filter-feature-768x628.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1338px) 100vw, 1338px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Destination Type</strong>, Personal, or Group tag to filter and display your selection(s).</li>



<li>Click <strong>Filter</strong> again to hide the menu.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live First Destination filter feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Live First icon in the Destination panel allows users to filter the source destinations displayed by Live First, Last Edited, Last Created, and Alphanumeric.</p>



<p>To use the Live first filter feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Live First </strong>in the Destination panel.</li>



<li>The Filter menu opens.</li>



<li>Make a selection from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="530" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Destination-Filter-feature.jpg" alt="Destination Filter feature" class="wp-image-175576" style="width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Destination-Filter-feature.jpg 530w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Destination-Filter-feature-300x167.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Live First</strong> again to hide the menu.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Editing a MediaHub Project</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing a MediaHub Destination before going live</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The destination parameters can only be edited before going live.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To edit a MediaHub Destination parameter before going live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a destination block in the <strong>Destination</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1454" height="778" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Editing-a-source-destination.png" alt="P29_Editing a source destination" class="wp-image-175583" style="width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Editing-a-source-destination.png 1454w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Editing-a-source-destination-300x161.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Editing-a-source-destination-1024x548.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Editing-a-source-destination-768x411.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1454px) 100vw, 1454px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Destination Configuration</strong> page opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Destination-Configuration-window-1024x464.png" alt="P29_Destination Configuration window" class="wp-image-175590" style="width:630px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Destination-Configuration-window-1024x464.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Destination-Configuration-window-300x136.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Destination-Configuration-window-768x348.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Destination-Configuration-window-1536x695.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P29_Destination-Configuration-window-2048x927.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your changes and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking your project live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking your Source live</strong></h2>



<p>To take a source live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Drag and drop your source from the source panel into the destination output block or click the <strong>Route</strong> button to route a source to destinations. The message Starting the decoding process will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="726" height="634" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Source-panel.png" alt="P30_Source spinning up notification - Source panel" class="wp-image-175597" style="width:342px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Source-panel.png 726w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Source-panel-300x262.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 726px) 100vw, 726px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The video will spin up in the Destination output block.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="780" height="652" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Dest-panel.png" alt="P30_Source spinning up notification - Dest panel" class="wp-image-175604" style="width:334px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Dest-panel.png 780w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Dest-panel-300x251.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Source-spinning-up-notification-Dest-panel-768x642.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 780px) 100vw, 780px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the video, hover over the <strong>Live</strong> button and click <strong>Stop</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Restarting a source destination stream</strong></h2>



<p>To restart a stopped source destination stream:<br>Select the source in the Source panel, then drag and drop the source back into the Destination block.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Changing a Live destination source</strong></h2>



<p>When you drag and drop your new source into the live destination block window and click the Confirm button to switch sources, the source releases the previous source from the decoder, connects the source, routes the signal, accesses the transcoder conversion, and scales the video in place.</p>



<p>To change a live source on demand, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a source from the source panel and drag and drop it into the output preview window.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button to switch sources.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="439" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Changing-a-live-source-confirmation-message-1024x439.png" alt="P30_Changing a live source confirmation message" class="wp-image-175611" style="width:401px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Changing-a-live-source-confirmation-message-1024x439.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Changing-a-live-source-confirmation-message-300x129.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Changing-a-live-source-confirmation-message-768x329.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P30_Changing-a-live-source-confirmation-message.png 1040w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Deleting a Destination</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Deleting a Destination</strong></h2>



<p>To remove a destination block from the Destination panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Destination block you want to remove.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Trash</strong> icon at the top right of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination.jpg" alt="Deleting a destination" class="wp-image-175618" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination.jpg 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A confirmation message appears, click <strong>Delete</strong> to proceed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/destination-removal-confirmation-message.jpg" alt="destination removal confirmation message" class="wp-image-175625" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/destination-removal-confirmation-message.jpg 456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/destination-removal-confirmation-message-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source sharing feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source sharing feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Share feature functions as a gateway for immediate distribution, allowing you to bridge content from any source to your chosen audience with minimal technical effort.<br>Source owners can share their sources with other users and groups. Shared sources can be customized with different users’ access rights.</p>



<p>To share a Source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a <strong>Source</strong> in the Source panel.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Share</strong> (arrow) icon at the top of the configuration window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="3806" height="1732" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature.png" alt="P31_Share source feature" class="wp-image-175632" style="width:629px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature.png 3806w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature-300x137.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature-1024x466.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature-768x349.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature-1536x699.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P31_Share-source-feature-2048x932.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 3806px) 100vw, 3806px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the drop-down menu and select an <strong>Access right</strong> for the user.</li>



<li>Enter the user’s <strong>email address</strong> or <strong>Group Name</strong> in the “People with Access” field.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Share-new-source-pop-up-window.jpg" alt="Share new source pop up window" class="wp-image-175639" style="width:562px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Share-new-source-pop-up-window.jpg 607w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Share-new-source-pop-up-window-300x159.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Add</strong>, then <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Tag feature &#8211; Sources</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Tag feature &#8211; Sources</strong></h2>



<p>Add custom tags to your sources to quickly find and manage associated resources.</p>



<p>To add <strong>Personal</strong> and <strong>Group tags</strong> to your source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a source in the <strong>+ Source</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The <strong>Source info </strong>panel displays.</li>



<li>Go to the <strong>Name &amp; Tags</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<p>Core Tag Categories:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Personal Tags:</strong> These are used by individual operators to categorize their own specific assets or sources. They help a single user quickly filter and find their own feeds in a workspace shared by many.</li>



<li><strong>Group Tags:</strong> These are used for team-level organization. By applying a Group Tag (e.g., “Main Stage” or “Court 1”), any member of the production team can filter for all sources related to that specific part of the production.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1124" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags.png" alt="P11_Other Details-Adding tags" class="wp-image-175190" style="width:443px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags.png 1124w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags-300x91.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags-1024x310.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P11_Other-Details-Adding-tags-768x232.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1124px) 100vw, 1124px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the tag type and enter the <strong>Tag Name(s)</strong>. To confirm your entries, click <strong>Save</strong> at the bottom of the source panel.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source panel filter feature</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>Filter</strong> icon in the MediaHub Source panel allows users to filter and display sources in the panel by type and tag name.<br>To use the filter source feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Filter</strong> in the + Source panel.</li>



<li>The <strong>Filter</strong> menu opens.</li>



<li>Enter a source name in the <strong>Search field</strong> to locate and display a specific source.</li>



<li>Selecting a <strong>source input type</strong> in the list filters and displays your selection(s).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="390" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/source-filtering.jpg" alt="source filtering" class="wp-image-175646" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/source-filtering.jpg 390w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/source-filtering-210x300.jpg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Filter</strong> again to hide the menu.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source activity filter feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Activity filter in the Source panel allows users to filter the sources displayed in the panel by Active First, Last Edited, Last Created, and Alphanumeric.</p>



<p>To use the source Activity filter feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Active First</strong> in the <strong>+ Source</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The <strong>Filter </strong>menu opens.</li>



<li>Make a selection from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="2308" height="1280" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter.png" alt="P32_Source Activity first filter" class="wp-image-175653" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter.png 2308w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter-300x166.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter-1024x568.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter-768x426.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter-1536x852.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P32_Source-Activity-first-filter-2048x1136.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 2308px) 100vw, 2308px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Active First</strong> again to hide the menu.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Deleting Sources and destination output blocks</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Deleting Sources and destination output blocks</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to permanently delete a Source or destination block from your MediaHub user interface.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Deleting a Destination</strong></h3>



<p>To delete a destination block:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click a <strong>stopped destination</strong> output block in the <strong>Destination</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The destination configuration window opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>trash</strong> icon at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination.jpg" alt="Deleting a destination" class="wp-image-175618" style="width:360px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination.jpg 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The confirmation message will display.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="456" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/destination-removal-confirmation-message.jpg" alt="destination removal confirmation message" class="wp-image-175625" style="width:451px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/destination-removal-confirmation-message.jpg 456w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/destination-removal-confirmation-message-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Deleting a Source</strong></h3>



<p>To delete a Source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Ensure your destination block associated with the source is not live.</li>



<li>Click a <strong>Source</strong> in the <strong>+ Source</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The Source configuration window will be displayed.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> trash</strong> icon at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="326" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination.jpg" alt="Deleting a destination" class="wp-image-175618" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination.jpg 326w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Deleting-a-destination-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The confirmation message will display.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Delete</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="145" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Delete-source-confirmation.jpg" alt="Delete source confirmation" class="wp-image-163073" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Delete-source-confirmation.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Delete-source-confirmation-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Managing Tokens</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Managing Tokens</strong></h2>



<p>To purchase Tokens and view recent Token activity, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>User preferences</strong> icon and select <strong>Token Purchasing Portal</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="280" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/User-Preferences-menu.jpg" alt="User Preferences menu" class="wp-image-175660" style="width:250px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A confirmation message appears. Click <strong>OK</strong> to proceed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="149" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/token-purchasing-panel-open-confirmation.jpg" alt="token purchasing panel open confirmation" class="wp-image-175667" style="width:405px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/token-purchasing-panel-open-confirmation.jpg 461w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/token-purchasing-panel-open-confirmation-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU Home will open in a new tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Billing</strong> tab in the left column.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage Tokens</strong> window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="600" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-Tokens-window-1024x600.jpg" alt="Manage Tokens window" class="wp-image-175674" style="width:648px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-Tokens-window-1024x600.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-Tokens-window-300x176.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-Tokens-window-768x450.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Manage-Tokens-window.jpg 1525w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To exit MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To exit MediaHub:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Stop all</strong> running programs in the <strong>Source</strong> and <strong>Destination panels</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>User Preferences</strong> icon in the top navigation bar.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Sign out</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Opt-in features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Opt-in features overview</strong></h2>



<p>The opt-in features listed below are not enabled in the default, Project-based, modules described in Chapter 1. The “opt-in” features refer to specialized advanced processing tools and microservices that are not enabled by default but can be activated in the user interface to enhance video quality or workflow automation.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users must contact TVU Support to enable these features.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>InSync Advanced Frame Interpolation:</strong> The most prominent opt-in feature is the native integration of InSync Advanced Frame Interpolation. It’s advantages are simple activation, motion-compensated conversion, deinterlacing, and standards conversion.</li>



<li><strong>Self-hosted Static IP:</strong> Static IP assignments are region-specific and can only be requested by Group Admins. Contact support for more information.</li>



<li><strong>UHD Processing:</strong> As seen in your earlier configuration window, UHD (4K) encoding support is a selectable microservice toggle for high-resolution workflows.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Pack mode (opt-in):</strong> The TVU Pack has been added as a new output destination type for MediaHub. Users will be able to send videos to TVU Packs as either a Return Video Feed, or Voice over IP (VoIP).</li>



<li><strong>Redundancy &amp; Failover (opt-in): </strong>The software monitors signal health. If an input feed drops, it can be programmed to automatically switch to a backup source (e.g., a “Slate” or a secondary SRT feed).</li>



<li><strong>Color correction feature: </strong>TVU MediaHub color correction is part of the platform’s advanced video processing toolset, designed to ensure that any IP or SDI source meets professional broadcast standards. The platform provides both manual and AI-powered tools to manage signal integrity.</li>



<li><strong>Workflow builder:</strong> MediaHub introduces an optional UX and graphically-based workflow that better matches how a significant amount of users operate.</li>



<li><strong>VLAN service:</strong> For specific networking needs, users can enable VLAN Service through the receiver software integration.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced CBR output for Listener and Caller:</strong> We have introduced an Advanced CBR output option that has already shown a significant reduction in continuity error counts and improved overall SRT compliance.</li>



<li><strong>Open API Integration:</strong> For advanced users, MediaHub offers an opt-in for open API connectivity, allowing third-party tools to handle scheduling and monitoring.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Workflow and AI Microservices</strong></h2>



<p>While many core functions are automated, several operational features can be considered opt-in depending on the production’s needs:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>AI-Driven Active Search: </strong>Users can opt into using Active Search profiles that automate actions like creating video clips, sending notifications, or applying tags based on specific AI-detected criteria.</li>



<li><strong>Cloud Recording:</strong> Instant capture of live feeds for archival or rebroadcast can be activated as a specific destination microservice.</li>



<li><strong>Scheduling:</strong> Operators can opt to use the Scheduling tool to preplan and automate routing operations in advance.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>InSync Advanced Frame Interpolation</strong></h2>



<p>Activating this feature triggers a high-performance, CPU-based processing layer that provides several professional-grade benefits:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Advanced Motion Compensation:</strong> It provides high-end motion-compensated frame rate conversion, which is particularly useful for smooth transitions between 50fps and 60fps in live sports.</li>



<li><strong>High-Quality Deinterlacing:</strong> Seamlessly handles traditional interlaced formats (like 1080i) by converting them into modern progressive workflows (like 1080p) without typical visual artifacts.</li>



<li><strong>Low-Latency Conversion: </strong>Unlike hardware converters that can add several seconds of delay, this integrated service maintains a sub-second latency (approximately one second).</li>



<li><strong>Cost Efficiency:</strong> Since it is embedded in the MediaHub UI, it eliminates the need for expensive external standards conversion hardware.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Enabling InSync Advanced Frame Interpolation</strong></h3>



<p>To find and enable these enhancement tools for your source, follow these steps within the workspace:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click on the specific <strong>Destination</strong> block in the right panel that requires enhancement. The configuration window opens.</li>



<li>Within the configuration window, look for the <strong>Microservice</strong> section in the right panel.</li>



<li>To Enable the Service, move the<strong> InSync: Advanced Frame Interpolation</strong> slider to the right until green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="465" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P35_Microservice-InSync-Advanced-Frame-Interpolation-location-1024x465.png" alt="P35_Microservice - InSync Advanced Frame Interpolation location" class="wp-image-175681" style="width:673px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P35_Microservice-InSync-Advanced-Frame-Interpolation-location-1024x465.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P35_Microservice-InSync-Advanced-Frame-Interpolation-location-300x136.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P35_Microservice-InSync-Advanced-Frame-Interpolation-location-768x349.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P35_Microservice-InSync-Advanced-Frame-Interpolation-location-1536x698.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/P35_Microservice-InSync-Advanced-Frame-Interpolation-location-2048x931.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Configure the encoding profile settings (If needed): Once enabled, you can define your target parameters, such as converting from 50fps to 60fps or switching from interlaced to progressive scan modes.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the default Encoding profile cannot be configured. If needed, a new encoding profile can be created.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Workflow builder</strong></h2>



<p>workflow builder. While MediaHub and Workflow Studio are distinct tools, they are part of the same unified ecosystem, allowing you to move between routing and advanced workflow orchestration.<br>The Workflow builder assists users and support by providing troubleshooting tools to assist with a specific input or output.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>How to access Workflow Studio</strong></h3>



<p>To access Workflow Studio from MediaHub:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Source block</strong> in the Source panel.</li>



<li>The Source configuration window opens. Click the <strong>Workflow builder service</strong> icon at the top right of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="452" height="120" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Workflow-builder-icon.jpg" alt="Workflow builder icon" class="wp-image-175688" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Workflow-builder-icon.jpg 452w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Workflow-builder-icon-300x80.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Workflow Studio page opens in a new tab.</li>



<li>The Workflow Studio page shows a graphical representation of the underlying modules that are running and their status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="399" height="203" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Workflow-builder.jpg" alt="Workflow builder" class="wp-image-175695" style="width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Workflow-builder.jpg 399w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/08/Workflow-builder-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Appendix &#8211; Passthrough Transport and TVU Agent installation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Passthrough Transport Option</strong></h2>



<p>The encoding profile drop-down menu now includes an improved “passthrough” transmission option. This option allows output without PID re-mapping or re-muxing. Users can identify which outputs support passthrough.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Agent installation</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Agent is a lightweight software module used across all TVU SaaS products, including MediaHub and MediaMesh. It enables your local hardware to connect to the cloud, allowing seamless resource usage and control.</p>



<p>Users will first need to contact TVU Support to install the Agent. As a MediaHub user, the SDI Input source does not require TVU hardware to enable a device’s SDI input or output.</p>



<p>TVU Agent installation includes the following steps:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Step 1 &#8211; Log in to the TVU Home user interface</li>



<li>Step 2 &#8211; TVU Agent Installation</li>



<li>Step 3 &#8211; Execute the installation command</li>



<li>Step 4 &#8211; Activating the TVU Agent</li>



<li>Creating additional Box Pools</li>



<li>Box Pool port mapping</li>



<li>MediaHub verification and testing</li>



<li>Troubleshooting</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home</strong></h2>



<p>In the TVU Networks ecosystem, TVU Home (often accessed via home.tvunetworks.com) serves as the centralized management portal and unified authentication layer for all TVU cloud-native services, including MediaHub.</p>



<p>The integration is designed to move the user from “buying a product” to “managing a workflow.” </p>



<p>Here is how MediaHub integrates with TVU Home:</p>



<p><strong>Single Sign-on SSO and Unified Access</strong><br>TVU Home acts as the gateway. Once you log in to TVU Home, you have immediate access to the MediaHub interface without secondary logins. This integration ensures that:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Permission Syncing:</strong> User roles and permissions defined in TVU Home (e.g., Admin, Operator, Guest) automatically apply to MediaHub routing capabilities.</li>



<li><strong>Resource Centralization:</strong> All your available “sources” (like TVU One backpacks or TVU Anywhere apps) registered under your TVU Home account automatically appear as available input pins in the MediaHub interface.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Resource &amp; License Management</strong><br>MediaHub introduces a utility-based (SaaS) pricing model, and TVU Home is where this is managed:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Core Allocation:</strong> From the Home portal, you can monitor and manage how many processing cores are allocated to MediaHub.</li>



<li><strong>On-Demand Billing:</strong> You can track your “pay-as-you-go” usage (per-minute routing) through the billing and subscription modules within TVU Home.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Ecosystem “Bridge” Functionality</strong><br>TVU Home allows MediaHub to act as the “bridge” between other TVU apps:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Search:</strong> You can route a signal in MediaHub and, via the TVU Home back end, immediately see that feed appear in TVU Search for AI-driven clipping and transcription.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Producer:</strong> From the Home dashboard, you can launch TVU Producer and use MediaHub to feed it with diverse IP sources (SRT, NDI, or RTMP) that were converted or bridged in the Hub.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Command Center:</strong> MediaHub’s status, health alerts, and signal analytics are aggregated into the Command Center view available within the Home portal.</li>
</ul>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p>TVU MediaHub QSUG Rev C EN 08-2025 &#8211; © Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation, All rights reserved in all media.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-mediahub-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU MediaHub Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The One Model TM1100 Software Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/the-one-model-tm1100-software-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 19:30:28 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=154937</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU Networks One hardware can be used with two different software variations. The One, (single channel transmitter) or RPS One (multi-channel REMI encoder). </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/the-one-model-tm1100-software-quick-start-user-guide/">The One Model TM1100 Software Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1025" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-One-SW-Featured-image.jpg" alt="The One SW featured image" class="wp-image-134138" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-One-SW-Featured-image.jpg 1025w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-One-SW-Featured-image-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/The-One-SW-Featured-image-768x438.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1025px) 100vw, 1025px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Software setup, configuration, and going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you use your TVU One transmitter, refer to the latest TVU One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>The TVU One transmitter running The One/RPS One Software version 8.1 (Build 81349) or later uses the same hardware, which features two LCD console interfaces:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One single-channel transmitter</li>



<li>TVU RPS One multi-channel encoder</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To switch from a One to an RPS One console, contact TVU Support at support@tvunetworks.com. Once authorized, switching consoles is performed automatically. A reboot is necessary.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Single-camera connections</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter&#8217;s LCD screen can be operated using single or multi-channel inputs. For single-input connection configurations, refer to the following figures and the RPS One Software Quick Start User Guide for Multi-channel connections.</p>



<p>The following single camera combinations are supported:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="143" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Single-camera-connections-HDMI.png" alt="Single camera connection HDMI" class="wp-image-154649"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>HDMI only &#8211; Up to 4K p60</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Single-camera-connections-12G.png" alt="Single camera connection 12G" class="wp-image-154657"/></figure>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>12G SDI In (1) only &#8211; Up to 4K p60</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software user guide provides information about performing the basic configuration and operating the TVU One transmitter. Refer to the following guides for supplemental, detailed user documentation:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</li>



<li>TVU File-based Workflows Reference Guide</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning on the One</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button, and the One transmitter will boot up.</li>



<li>The initial status screen will display.</li>



<li>The modems begin to connect automatically.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> you may be prompted to upgrade your firmware. If you choose to upgrade, click the notification at the top of the status screen. It may take up to 30 minutes to complete.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="679" height="453" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/new-sw-version-alert-2.png" alt="new sw version alert" class="wp-image-154674" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/new-sw-version-alert-2.png 679w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/new-sw-version-alert-2-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One transmitter Live Status screen functions</strong></h2>



<p>When SDI is connected, transmission control in the field is allowed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="297" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-status-functions.jpg" alt="Live status functions" class="wp-image-154682" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-status-functions.jpg 438w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-status-functions-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU test pattern will display on the LCD screen if no transmission feed is connected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="RPS one online no input" class="wp-image-130409" style="object-fit:cover;width:413px;height:258px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One transmitter Live status screen descriptions</strong></h2>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status: </strong>The transmission monitor displays the TVU One’s current transmission status. If the LCD touchscreen displays “LIVE,” it indicates the transmission is Live. When a camera or input source is not connected to the TVU One transmitter, the transmission status will display the “Online” (Standby) or Preview mode until you take your input source live.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the One. The status of data cards connected to the encoder will appear as green, red, orange, or black. The green status indicates that the data card is connected. The orange status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. The red status indicates that the data card is not connected. The black status indicates there is no card.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Ethernet Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.</p>



<p><strong>(E) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Latency (Delay) Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).</p>



<p><strong>(H) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Audio Input Level Monitor:</strong> This monitor dynamically displays the unit&#8217;s audio input level (DBFS) with graphical colors.<br><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the battery charge status.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To select a new receiver, continue to &#8220;Selecting a receiver and going Live.&#8221;</p>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One unit will prompt you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Slide-to-go-live-2.png" alt="Slide to go live toggle" class="wp-image-154693" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Slide-to-go-live-2.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Slide-to-go-live-2-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, a countdown displays before the live transmission begins using the last receiver with which you most recently went Live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="countdown screen" class="wp-image-154702" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>All configuration options and settings are now accessible using the gear-shaped Settings icon located in the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<p>To go Live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Receiver</strong> in the Config tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To return to the previous screen, tap the Home button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver with which you want to go live from the drop-down menu and tap the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Receiver-selection.jpg" alt="Receiver selection" class="wp-image-130797" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Receiver-selection.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Receiver-selection-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Live screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-2.jpg" alt="Live streaming interface - Stopping Live" class="wp-image-154721" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Stop</strong> to enter Standby mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions" class="wp-image-154729" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Full-screen preview</strong></h2>



<p>To enable single full-screen views from the touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>full-screen icon</strong> on the status screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-154738" style="width:44px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-2.jpg" alt="Live streaming interface - Stopping Live" class="wp-image-154721" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the single-view display, tap the bottom-right icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/full-screen-view.jpg" alt="full screen view" class="wp-image-154746" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/full-screen-view.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/full-screen-view-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	The One Config tab menu</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One Config tab menu settings</strong></h2>



<p>Users can open the system configuration page by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the initial status page to configure the One using the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom right of the touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Config </strong>tab, then tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver with which you want to go live from the drop-down menu and tap the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Receiver-selection.jpg" alt="receiver selection" class="wp-image-154754" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Receiver-selection.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Receiver-selection-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One has true dual encoding. It encodes the same content at a fixed bitrate in the background and records to local storage. Users can monitor the live-stream bitrate. If the selected transmission bitrate drops below the threshold, a visual notification is displayed on the home screen.</p>



<p>The One model TM1100 supports onboard H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon to open the Settings screen, then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select an input <strong>Source</strong> channel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/LCD-settings-Config-Encoder-source.jpg" alt="LCD settings - Config Encoder source" class="wp-image-154764" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/LCD-settings-Config-Encoder-source.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/LCD-settings-Config-Encoder-source-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap<strong> Video</strong> to open the Video Encode menu.</li>



<li>Configure the <strong>Encoding</strong> and <strong>HDR/HLG</strong> settings.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>HDR / HLG Explained:</strong></p>



<p><strong>HDR (High Dynamic Range)</strong> increases contrast and color range, displaying brighter highlights and deeper shadows for more realistic images.<br><strong>HLG (Hybrid Log-Gamma)</strong> is a type of HDR designed for broadcast; compatible with both HDR and standard displays without needing metadata, making it ideal for live production.</p>



<p>Using 8-bit with HDR/HLG often results in visible artifacts, especially in smooth gradients. For effective HDR, 10-bit or higher is strongly preferred.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/encoder-video-encode-3.png" alt="Encoder - video encode" class="wp-image-154772" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/encoder-video-encode-3.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/encoder-video-encode-3-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Your selection will highlight green. The One must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>Chroma Subsampling: 4:2:0 vs 4:2:2</strong></p>



<p>Chroma subsampling reduces color information to save bandwidth while preserving image detail.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>4:2:0 samples color at half the horizontal and vertical resolution; best for streaming or storage-efficient video with lower color fidelity.</li>



<li>4:2:2 samples color at full vertical resolution and half horizontal; preserves more color detail, preferred for professional editing or broadcast.</li>



<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to open the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/LCD-settings-Config-Encoder-source.jpg" alt="LCD settings - Config Encoder source" class="wp-image-154764" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/LCD-settings-Config-Encoder-source.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/LCD-settings-Config-Encoder-source-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to select a <strong>Profile</strong>, <strong>Mode</strong>, <strong>Channel</strong>, and <strong>Bitrate</strong> settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/encoder-audio-settings.jpg" alt="encoder audio settings" class="wp-image-154781" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/encoder-audio-settings.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/encoder-audio-settings-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Encoder menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>



<li>To return to the Settings menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="aspect-ratio:1.4906367041198503;object-fit:cover;width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings menu will display. Tap <strong>Delay</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down buttons</strong> to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Latency-menu.jpg" alt="Latency menu" class="wp-image-132213" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Latency-menu.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Latency-menu-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK </strong>to confirm your settings. Tap the <strong>Back</strong> button to return to the Config settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NTP Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status on the touchscreen display. The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring</strong> <strong>(Slot)</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed transmitter information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong>s gear icon on the bottom of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:414px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings menu displays.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Slot </strong>to display the Slot monitoring window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and WiFi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(B)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(C)</strong> WiFi connection<br><strong>(D)</strong> Data cards</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="516" height="379" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/data-card-slot-monitoring.jpg" alt="data card slot monitoring" class="wp-image-154790" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/data-card-slot-monitoring.jpg 516w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/data-card-slot-monitoring-300x220.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To exit from the menu, click the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real-time and change the Network setting.</p>



<p>To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “&gt;” to view its real-time speed setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="535" height="358" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/display-slot-speed-icon.jpg" alt="display slot speed icon" class="wp-image-154799" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/display-slot-speed-icon.jpg 535w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/display-slot-speed-icon-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 535px) 100vw, 535px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The connected slots real-time speeds are displayed.</li>



<li>To return to the data card view, tap the ”&lt;“ button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="516" height="346" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/display-slot-speed.jpg" alt="display slot speed" class="wp-image-154807" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/display-slot-speed.jpg 516w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/display-slot-speed-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Slot monitoring screen without changing the Network Setting, tap <strong>Cancel</strong>.</li>



<li>To return to the Settings menu, click the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Story</strong></h2>



<p>The Story selection enables users to configure a Story name with a source.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One transmitter information (About)</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>About</strong> screen provides information on the model number, Peer ID, software version, App version, and region.</p>



<p>To access the About screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="aspect-ratio:1.4584837545126355;object-fit:cover;width:411px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the Config menu and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:413px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One’s <strong>About</strong> window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/About-screen-1.jpg" alt="About screen RPS and the One" class="wp-image-133790" style="width:413px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/About-screen-1.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/About-screen-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Settings menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>The Config tab allows the user to choose English and Chinese languages. To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:412px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the Config menu and tap <strong>Language</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg" alt="language option" class="wp-image-154712" style="width:412px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-option-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your <strong>Language</strong> option. The default is English.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-selection.png" alt="language selection" class="wp-image-154819" style="width:415px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Language-selection-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	The One transmitter settings tabs</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Wi-Fi tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Wi-Fi tab displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs&#8217; internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the Wi-Fi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Wi-Fi </strong>tab.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot</strong> QR code to join the packs&#8217; network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="446" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="hotspot qr code" class="wp-image-154827" style="width:404px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/hotspot-qr-code.jpg 446w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/hotspot-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration page QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="446" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/configuration-page-qr-code.jpg" alt="configuration page qr code" class="wp-image-154835" style="width:409px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/configuration-page-qr-code.jpg 446w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/configuration-page-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router tab</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears. For detailed information about Router settings and client connections, refer to Settings in the Web interface.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input 2" class="wp-image-154666" style="width:389px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> tab. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Router-in-OFF-position-1.png" alt="Router in OFF position 1" class="wp-image-154844" style="width:384px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Router-in-OFF-position-1.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Router-in-OFF-position-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the<strong> Ethernet host </strong>setting, tap and move the Ethernet Host slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Router-enabled.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-154852" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Router-enabled.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Router-enabled-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Stream tab allows users to control the stream output destination of a receiver remotely.</p>



<p>To control the stream output destination of a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select one <strong>Destination</strong> from the drop-down list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Stream-tab-1.jpg" alt="stream tab 1" class="wp-image-154861" style="width:413px;height:283px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Stream-tab-1.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Stream-tab-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the stream is live, the destination output will display red.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab.jpg" alt="stream tab" class="wp-image-152970" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-check tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Self Check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes. </p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device from the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Self-check</strong> tab.</li>



<li>To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all of the <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="321" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Self-check-tab.jpg" alt="Self-check tab" class="wp-image-154869" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Self-check-tab.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Self-check-tab-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Self-check</strong> <strong>Now</strong> button and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download tab</strong></h2>



<p>Enabling the Progressive download feature allows users to record clips by connecting a video camera to the SDI input. The recording is controlled by the video camera record button. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Camcorder mode applies to video cameras that have SDI with embedded time code.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Operating the Progressive download feature in Camcorder or Pack mode recordings is further explained in the “File-based Workflow Reference guide.”</p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions" class="wp-image-154729" style="width:411px;height:275px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Progressive Download tab.</li>



<li>Continue to “Camcorder mode” or &#8220;TVU Pack control mode.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. Having the time code inside the SDI signal is required.</p>



<p>To enable Progressive Download Camcorder mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Camcorder</strong> and move the Enable <strong>slider</strong> to the right until it turns green.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON.png" alt="Progressive Download tab" class="wp-image-104939" style="width:405px;height:271px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-768x513.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the video camera to display its controls.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Standby “Stby” displays in green when in camcorder mode and not recording.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-default-3.png" alt="Progressive download default 3" class="wp-image-154878" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-default-3.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder is recording, “• Rec” displays in red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-mark-in.png" alt="Progressive download mark in" class="wp-image-154889" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-mark-in.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-mark-in-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the video camera is finished recording, Standby “Stby” displays in green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-mark-done.png" alt="Progressive download mark in done" class="wp-image-154897" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-mark-done.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-mark-done-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop recording on the camcorder if you need to change your settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you change the settings to the <strong>Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder</strong> mode is running, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="640" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3.png" alt="Progressive Download in progress dialog" class="wp-image-104930" style="width:415px;height:277px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you change to <strong>Camcorder</strong> mode when running in <strong>Pack</strong> mode and the <strong>Mark In</strong> point is set but the <strong>Mark Out</strong> point is not, the following message displays. The processing becomes interrupted, and it defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="640" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-Download-in-progress-dialog.png" alt="Progressive Download in progress dialog" class="wp-image-104990" style="width:407px;height:271px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-Download-in-progress-dialog.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-Download-in-progress-dialog-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-Download-in-progress-dialog-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a file transfer is in progress, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar. If you take the clip live during the transfer process, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-105026" style="width:418px;height:279px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode</strong></h2>



<p>Pack mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download Pack control mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong> and move the enable slider to the right until it turns green.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>. A Success prompt will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="Progressive download Pack" class="wp-image-154906" style="width:415px;height:278px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-Pack-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/Progressive-download-Pack-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the [ &gt;] icon to enter the control page to set your mark-in and mark-out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions" class="wp-image-154729" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred, using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync methods, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will display if a file is being transferred when the Pack is shutting down.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 3" class="wp-image-154916" style="width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p> The transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the <strong>Transfer tab</strong> on the <strong>Settings</strong> screen to view the details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the pack is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Switch tab will only appear if the VLAN tunnel or Router feature is enabled on the device.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF) tab</strong></h2>



<p>The VFB connects from the One HDMI Out port. When the VFB function is enabled on a TVU One transmitter, the VFB allows the return video feed to transfer from a receiver in the field and display on a monitor in real-time.</p>



<p>To configure the Return Video Feedback from a transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>RVF</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Select Receiver </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Pack</strong> or<strong> SDI</strong> RVF type.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Two sources are available from most transceivers. The currently live pack feed on the receiver or the SDI input to the receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RVF-tab-disconnected.jpg" alt="RVF tab" class="wp-image-133877" style="aspect-ratio:1.4060402684563758;object-fit:cover;width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RVF-tab-disconnected.jpg 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RVF-tab-disconnected-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RVF-tab-disconnected-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>OK</strong> button.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button to return to the status screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-154927" style="aspect-ratio:1.4590747330960854;object-fit:cover;width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload tab</strong></h2>



<p>Using the Upload tab, users can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver.</p>



<p>To upload files:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the “Upload to” drop-down list, then select a USB source in the “From” drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the desired files and tap the<strong> Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Upload-tab.jpg" alt="Upload tab" class="wp-image-132409" style="aspect-ratio:1.5268817204301075;object-fit:cover;width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Upload-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Upload-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer tab</strong></h2>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and Auto Sync, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Transfer-tab-upload-list.png" alt="Transfer tab upload list" class="wp-image-132401" style="aspect-ratio:1.3544303797468353;object-fit:cover;width:413px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Transfer-tab-upload-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Transfer-tab-upload-list-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The green status indicator displays in the Transfer tabs’ Ongoing list when the file is being transferred.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-132418" style="width:402px;height:267px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the file transfer is complete, the file moves to the Transfer tabs’ <strong>Complete</strong> list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-132426" style="width:407px;height:274px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following message displays if file transfers are in progress when going live before the transfer completes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-105026" style="width:408px;height:272px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest tab in the Settings menu allows users to test the speed between the RPS One and the receiver.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Speedtest-tab.jpg" alt="Speedtest tab" class="wp-image-132477" style="width:421px;height:292px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Speedtest-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Speedtest-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: The One Model TM1100 SW User Guide Rev D EN 08-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/the-one-model-tm1100-software-quick-start-user-guide/">The One Model TM1100 Software Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>The One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/the-one-model-tm1100-hardware-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 19:22:57 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-fhd-and-4k-hardware-user-guide-copy/</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU Networks One hardware can be used with two different software variations. The One, (single channel transmitter) or RPS One (multi-channel REMI encoder).</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/the-one-model-tm1100-hardware-user-guide/">The One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="580" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-HW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg" alt="The One HW featured image" class="wp-image-174904" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-HW-Featured-image-1024x580.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-HW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-HW-Featured-image-768x435.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/The-One-HW-Featured-image.jpg 1031w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks Model TM1100 “One” and “RPS One” is the most compact, lightweight, and portable combination 5G cellular transmission and multi-camera remote production transmitter.</p>



<p>The TVU Networks “One” hardware can be used with two different software variations that display different LCD console interfaces. The One (single-channel transmitter) or the RPS One (multi-channel REMI encoder), as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="226" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture.png" alt="RPS one architecture" class="wp-image-129864" style="aspect-ratio:2.265486725663717;width:689px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/RPS-architecture-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The “One” Model TM1100 (in single-channel transmitter mode) delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.5-second latency at 3 Mbps. The One transmitter uses the H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding and compression standard to deliver greater efficiency in data use and increased transmission stability. The 4K input support is optional for SDI.</p>



<p>With the One, live video broadcasters can fully leverage the versatility of a small, lightweight, IP-based high-definition video field transmitter without sacrificing performance, features, or picture quality. Switch from single-channel to 4-channel fully frame-synchronized REMI wireless transmission at any time.</p>



<p>The One model TM1100 includes an onboard, removable Li-Ion battery, which, combined with external batteries, can provide unlimited runtime to give you more time for going live, recording, or transferring files.</p>



<p>The One can communicate using RTIL, IFB, and bidirectional VoIP between the studio and the field operator without latency.</p>



<p>Real-time dual encoding makes it possible to go live under any network conditions by simultaneously recording a full HD copy of your video for later download.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One transmitter components</li>



<li>Setting up the One transmitter</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the transmitter</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the One transmitter, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>Read and follow the notices and guidelines in this guide before you use your transmitter.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>NOTE:</strong> These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The One/RPS One Software version 8.1 (Build 81349) or later uses the same hardware, which features two LCD console interfaces:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The One single-channel transmitter</li>



<li>RPS One multi-channel encoder</li>
</ul>



<p>The One single-channel transmitter can be upgraded to the RPS One multi-channel encoder by contacting your sales representative.</p>



<p>Download the <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/one-4k-live-video-encoder/">One dat</a><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/one-4k-live-video-encoder/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">a sheet</a> at the top of the product page for a list of features.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One transmitter components</strong></h2>



<p>The One transmitter comprises the encoder, internal battery, and embedded modems. Weighing just 3.9 lb. (1.79 kg), the transmitter fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<p>The One features a newly designed, robust, and breathable backpack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-backpack.png" alt="The One backpack" class="wp-image-174912" style="aspect-ratio:1.0532786885245902;width:325px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-backpack.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-backpack-291x300.png 291w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard Components for the &#8220;One&#8221; model TM1100 transmitters include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU transmitter with up to 4x 1080p inputs or HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro Internal SD slot</li>



<li>1x Micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>Internal USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>Ethernet port</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>Onboard, removable Li-Ion battery</li>



<li>TVU One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One controls and operations</strong></h2>



<p>TVU transmitter is the central component of the One system. The transmitter handles video capturing, video encoding and transmission, modem management and dialing, and status/monitoring of the system.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the transmitter. The button turns green when the transmitter is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen and power indicator" class="wp-image-151111" style="aspect-ratio:1.25503355704698;object-fit:contain;width:400px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One transmitter side-panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The right and left-side panels of the One transmitter model feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="351" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-transmitter-right-side-panel.jpg" alt="The One transmitter right-side panel " class="wp-image-151127" style="width:398px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-transmitter-right-side-panel.jpg 366w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-transmitter-right-side-panel-300x288.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></figure>



<p>The One transmitter&#8217;s right-side panel</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-transmitter-left-side-panel.jpg" alt="The One transmitter left-side panel" class="wp-image-151119" style="width:403px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-transmitter-left-side-panel.jpg 370w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/The-One-transmitter-left-side-panel-300x264.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></figure>



<p>The One transmitter&#8217;s left-side panel</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the The One transmitter</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the One transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the transmitter’s connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmitter connections</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to set up the One transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable to the <strong>HDMI In</strong> port or connect the SDI cable to the <strong>SDI 1</strong> input port.</li>



<li>Connect the <strong>Ethernet</strong> input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection if available.</li>



<li>Connect the power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the audio component (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit but can also be easily removed. Complete battery power management for the One transmitter is available on the LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the transmitter opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the transmitter LCD touchscreen down and push down on the latches to release the battery and slide it away from the transmitter.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="135" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/battery-release-latches.png" alt="battery release latches" class="wp-image-134274" style="aspect-ratio:2.303703703703704;width:405px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/battery-release-latches.png 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/12/battery-release-latches-300x130.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the transmitter, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. The battery will charge significantly faster (approximately 3 hours) when the transmitter is turned off.</p>



<p>The TVU One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the transmitter, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery.png" alt="charging the RPS One battery" class="wp-image-150976" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Charging-the-battery-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is properly connected and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The power button displays a steady green light when the unit is powered on and charging.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is charging, and the unit is off. The LCD Screen displays the battery charging percentage.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount, g-mount, or gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the battery life of the transmitter while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the onboard battery life of the transmitter while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB C, USB micro, and USB type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<p>For more information, refer to the <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">POWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</a>.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6-Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three SIM trays. These SIM configurations are user serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The transmitter SIM card trays only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM card.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter features three dual SIM card trays for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of SIM tool into the round opening next to the SIM card tray until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU One, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack and battery mounting configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack while allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-backpack.png" alt="" class="wp-image-174912" style="width:309px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-backpack.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/TVU-One-backpack-291x300.png 291w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the essential ventilation of the encoder to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are three TVU One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>G-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:328px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:346px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:352px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:352px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Non-proprietary battery and mounting plate</strong>s</h2>



<p>There are two non-proprietary backpack external battery and mounting plate configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type battery and mounting configuration</li>



<li>G-type battery and mounting configuration</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Non-proprietary V-type battery and mounting plate</strong></h2>



<p>V-type battery and mounting plate backpack configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-type battery and mounting plate" class="wp-image-151040" style="width:368px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Non-proprietary G-type battery and mounting plate</strong></h2>



<p>G-type battery and mounting plate:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/g-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-768x1024.jpg" alt="g-type battery and mounting plate" class="wp-image-151048" style="width:372px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/g-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/g-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/g-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/g-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/g-type-battery-and-mounting-plate-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications</strong> &#8211;<strong> Model TM1100 transmitter</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="625" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/The-One-v8_1-product-spec.png" alt="The One v8.1 product spec" class="wp-image-140519" style="aspect-ratio:0.9294117647058824;width:782px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/The-One-v8_1-product-spec.png 582w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/The-One-v8_1-product-spec-279x300.png 279w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/01/The-One-v8_1-product-spec-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: The One Model TM1100 HW UG Rev D EN 08-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/the-one-model-tm1100-hardware-user-guide/">The One Model TM1100 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 18:54:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=166411</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The TVU One Model TM1000v4 is an all 5G single-channel transmitter and features onboard RVF and HDMI output. </p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="578" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-1024x578.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 SW Featured image v8-3" class="wp-image-174895" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-1024x578.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-300x169.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3-768x434.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/03/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-SW-Featured-image-v8.3.jpg 1034w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setup, configuration, and Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you use your TVU One transmitter, refer to the <em><a href="/?p=155783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Single-camera connections</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Single-camera connections</strong></h2>



<p>Refer to the following figures for input connection configurations.</p>



<p>The following camera combinations are supported:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/HDMI-In-TM1000v4.png" alt="HDMI In TM1000v4" class="wp-image-156531"/></figure>



<p>HDMI only &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="278" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/SDI-In-TM1000v4.png" alt="SDI In TM1000v4" class="wp-image-156539"/></figure>



<p>3G SDI In &#8211; Up to 1080 p60</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software user guide provides information on performing basic configuration and operating the TVU One model TM1000v4 transmitter.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Refer to the <em><a href="/?p=155783" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> to set up your hardware.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning on the TVU One</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>power</strong> button, and the TVU One transmitter will begin to boot up.</li>



<li>The initial status screen will display.</li>



<li>The modems begin to connect automatically.</li>
</ol>



<p>&#8220;No video input&#8221; will appear on the LCD touchscreen when no transmission feed is connected to the unit.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:389px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> you may be prompted to upgrade your firmware. If you choose to upgrade, click the notification at the top of the status screen. It may take up to 30 minutes to complete.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live status screen functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter Live status screen functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="431" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions.jpg" alt="TVU One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions" class="wp-image-156550" style="width:476px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions.jpg 431w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status:</strong> The LCD touchscreen displays the current transmission status of the TVU One. When the SDI video input source is connected to the transmitter, the touchscreen will display Standby until a channel is selected and taken “Live.”</p>



<p><strong>(B) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the transmitter. The status of data cards connected to the transmitter will appear as <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark>,<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"> <strong>red</strong></mark>, <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color"><strong>orange</strong></mark>, or<strong> black</strong>. The <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>green</strong></mark> status indicates that the data card is connected. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">orange</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is not connected. The <strong>black</strong> status indicates that no card is present.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Ethernet Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.</p>



<p><strong>(E) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Latency Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).</p>



<p><strong>(H) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Audio Input Level Monitor:</strong> Dynamically displays the audio input level (DBFS) for the unit with graphical colors.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the status of the battery.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter will prompt you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png" alt="Slide to go live button" class="wp-image-166419" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slide-to-go-live-v4-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, the transmitter begins the live transmission using the last receiver you most recently used to go Live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver, configure your settings, and go Live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the center of the LCD touchscreen. The initial status screen displays. Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new menu will display, and the new menu allows users to reorder, remove, and add menu options to customize the menu order based on user habits.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Setting,WiFi, and Hotspot buttons can not be removed.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Setting</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To return to the previous screen, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">you want to go live with from the drop-down menu, then tap&nbsp;<strong>OK</strong>, </span>then tap<strong>&nbsp;</strong>the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you only want to select a receiver but do not want to go Live, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button at the bottom-right corner of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="connecting with receiver screen" class="wp-image-151221" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Starting and stopping the transmission</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Starting and stopping the transmission</strong></h2>



<p>When the SDI camera source is connected, the “Standby” screen will display until you take the transmission live.</p>



<p>To take the transmission live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the green <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="going live" class="wp-image-156560" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The transmitter will display a prompt for you to slide the ‘Slide to go live’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png" alt="Slide to go live v4" class="wp-image-156569" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Slide-to-go-live-v4-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a transmission is live with a receiver, a red <strong>Stop</strong> button will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission v4" class="wp-image-156578" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>To stop the live transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>The LCD will return to the “Standby” mode when the live transmission is stopped.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg" alt="going live standby mode" class="wp-image-156560" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Live-1-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Full-screen preview</strong></h2>



<p>To enable a full-screen view from the touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> full-screen</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="28" height="29" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/full-screen-icon.jpg" alt="full screen icon" class="wp-image-151261" style="width:50px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg" alt="stopping a live transmission v4" class="wp-image-156578" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/stopping-a-live-transmission-v4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The full-screen mode will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view.jpg" alt="full-screen mode" class="wp-image-156596" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/full-screen-view-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the previous display, tap the bottom-right icon.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One Config settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Configuration settings</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the list of TVU One pack settings and explains how to locate and configure them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the initial status page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-156604" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the Setting screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Setting menu will display, tap the <strong>Receiver</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting config select receiver" class="wp-image-166433" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-select-receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver you want to go live with, then tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg" alt="setting select receiver" class="wp-image-166440" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-select-receiver-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Selecting an encoder option</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One TM1000v4 has true dual encoding. It encodes the same content at a fixed bitrate in the background and records to local storage. Users can monitor the live-stream bitrate. A visual notification is displayed on the home screen if the selected transmission bitrate drops below the threshold.</p>



<p>The TVU One model TM1000v4 supports onboard H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting </strong>button on the main menu to open the Setting screen, then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Encoder screen will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-166454" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Video</strong> to open the <strong>Video Encode</strong> menu.</li>



<li>Configure the <strong>Encoding</strong> setting.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H264" class="wp-image-166461" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H264-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Your selection will highlight green. The RPS One must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg" alt="setting encoder video H265" class="wp-image-166468" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-video-H265-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Chroma Subsampling: 4:2:0 vs. 4:2:2</strong></h3>



<p>Chroma subsampling reduces color information to save bandwidth while preserving image detail.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>4:2:0 samples color at half the horizontal and vertical resolution; best for streaming or storage-efficient video with lower color fidelity.</li>



<li>4:2:2 samples color at full vertical resolution and half horizontal; preserves more color detail, preferred for professional editing or broadcast.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow to return to the previous screen.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to open the <strong>Audio Encode</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg" alt="setting config encoder" class="wp-image-166454" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-encoder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p></p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Audio</strong> to select an <strong>Audio Codec</strong>, <strong>Audio Channel</strong>, <strong>Audio VBR/CBR</strong>, and <strong>Audio Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Audio Codec descriptions:</strong></h3>



<p><strong>Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)</strong>:<br>AAC is a versatile audio compression format known for its ability to deliver high-quality sound with efficient file sizes.</p>



<p><strong>AAC-LC (Low Complexity):</strong><br>AAC-LC is a specific profile within the AAC format, optimized for lower computational complexity and broad compatibility. It offers excellent sound quality while being easier to decode, making it ideal for devices with limited processing power. AAC-LC is commonly used in platforms like iTunes, YouTube, and digital radio broadcasting.</p>



<p><strong>AAC-HE (High Efficiency):</strong><br>AAC-HE, also known as AAC+ or AAC Plus, is an extension of the AAC format designed for even greater compression efficiency. It utilizes more advanced encoding techniques to achieve higher compression ratios, reducing file sizes without significant loss of audio quality.<br>AAC-HE Particularly suited for low-bitrate applications such as streaming over limited bandwidth or storing audio on devices with constrained storage capacity.</p>



<p><strong>OPUS Audio Codec:</strong><br>OPUS is a highly versatile and efficient audio codec designed for interactive, real-time audio applications like voice calls, video conferencing, and live streaming. It is widely adopted for delivering high-quality audio at low bitrates, making it perfect for modern communication and entertainment platforms.</p>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your <strong>Audio Encode selections</strong>. The Audio Codec now includes an <strong>OPUS</strong> option alongside the two AAC profile options.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo.jpg" alt="setting encoder audio 2 ch stereo" class="wp-image-166475" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-encoder-audio-2-ch-stereo-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Encoder menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow.</li>



<li>To return to the Settings menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Delay</strong> to configure the latency.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down</strong> buttons to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg" alt="setting delay" class="wp-image-166482" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-delay-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK </strong>to confirm your settings. To return to the Setting screen, tap the <strong>back</strong> Arrow.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NTP Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status on the touchscreen display. The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI panel.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP &amp; IFB &#8211; Single-channel configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To configure VoIP and IFB settings for a single channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the Setting screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>VoIP &amp; IFB</strong> to configure the settings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a <strong>VoIP</strong> or<strong> IFB</strong> configuration.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg" alt=" voip and IFB settings" class="wp-image-166489" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/single-channel-config-voip-and-IFB-settings-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring (Slot)</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed encoder information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down the menu and tap <strong>Slot</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / Slot</strong> monitoring screen opens.</li>



<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and WiFi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(B)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(C)</strong> WiFi connection<br><strong>(D)</strong> Data cards/slot number</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="302" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg" alt="Slot monitoring" class="wp-image-166496" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring.jpg 302w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-monitoring-300x227.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 302px) 100vw, 302px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real time and change the Network setting.</p>



<p>To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to view the real-time speed setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="218" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg" alt="Slot selection" class="wp-image-166503" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Slot-selection-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The real-time speeds of the connected slots are displayed.</li>



<li>To return to the data card view, tap the ”&lt;“ button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg" alt="Slot speed" class="wp-image-166510" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/slot-speed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap <strong>Back</strong> Arrow to return to the Slot monitoring screen without changing the Network Setting</span>.</li>



<li>To return to the Setting screen, tap the <strong>Back </strong>Arrow again.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Story</strong></h2>



<p>The Story selection enables users to configure a Story name with a source. </p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One transmitter information (About)</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>About</strong> screen provides the model, Peer ID, software version, App version and the designated ISX or IS+ mode, and region, information:</p>



<p>To access the About screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the configuration setting page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the Config menu and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / About</strong> information window displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4.jpg" alt="setting About ISX V4" class="wp-image-166517" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-About-ISX-V4-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Settings</strong> menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> Arrow.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>The Setting screen allows the user to choose between English and Chinese.</p>



<p>To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon, then the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The main menu will be displayed. Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> button to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg" alt="Setting reorder" class="wp-image-166426" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down and tap <strong>Language</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg" alt="setting config menu" class="wp-image-166447" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-config-menu-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting / Language </strong>screen will display. Select your location option.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg" alt="setting language" class="wp-image-166524" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/setting-language-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the <strong>Setting</strong> main menu, tap the <strong>back</strong> Arrow twice.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>The pack will automatically attempt to reconnect if the current WiFi connection disconnects.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available slots for WiFi adapters and configure the WiFi login information on the Pack’s LCD screen or by using the TVU One WiFi setup and configuration panel. For detailed information, refer to “WiFi configuration and settings”.</p>



<p>To confirm the TVU One’s WiFi status:</p>



<p>The “W” icon at the bottom of the initial status screen will display green when WiFi is connected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-151181" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>To configure WiFi:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Gear</strong> icon on the initial status screen to open the <strong>Setting</strong> screen, then tap the <strong>WiFi </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you don’t see the name, tap the Scan button to refresh the screen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi name</strong> you want to connect to.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen.jpg" alt="WiFi screen" class="wp-image-166538" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFi-screen-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>virtual keyboard </strong>will display.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Password</strong> and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg" alt="wifi enter password keyboard" class="wp-image-166545" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-enter-password-keyboard-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning WiFi off</strong></h2>



<p>To turn WiFi off and keep your connection settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> button.</li>



<li>Disable the <strong>Onboard WiFi</strong> slider. When WiFi is off, the WiFi screen shows no connections.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>The Hotspot screen displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs’ internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the WiFi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Settings (<strong>gear</strong>) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> button.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="Hotspot QR code" class="wp-image-166552" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-qr-code-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration page QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg" alt="Config qr code" class="wp-image-166559" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Config-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>For more information about the Hotspot feature and client connections, refer to “Configuring hotspot”.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears. </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-156604" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> menu will display. Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router<strong> slider</strong> to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled.jpg" alt="router disabled" class="wp-image-166568" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>Select the Ethernet Port Mode. For Advanced Router configuration and Ethernet LAN/WAN settings refer to “Router feature”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled.jpg" alt="router enabled" class="wp-image-166575" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switch</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch</strong></h2>



<p>The “Switch” mode is a Network switch feature. It’s visible on the pack LCD touchscreen is a quick-toggle shortcut for the VLAN Tunnel Switch feature.</p>



<p>While the detailed IP networking is usually done via the Web GUI, the LCD screen allows the field operator to engage or monitor the tunnel status without opening a laptop.</p>



<p>To enable the Switch feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-166582" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-online-no-input-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display. Tap the <strong>Switch</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabled, only one device can be set as a DHCP server.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Hotspot is only available when the TVU One is set as a DHCP server.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch.jpg" alt="Switch mode enabled" class="wp-image-166589" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Switch-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stream</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream </strong></h2>



<p>Using the Stream feature, a user can remotely control the stream output destination of a receiver.</p>



<p>To enable the Stream feature on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> main menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Receiver</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select one <strong>Destination</strong> from the drop-down list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream.jpg" alt="Stream screen" class="wp-image-166596" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/stream-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the stream is live, the destination output will display red; when loading, the status is yellow. Receivers that are available display white.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap the<strong> Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab.jpg" alt="Stream screen live" class="wp-image-166603" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Stream-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Self-Check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Check</strong></h2>



<p>The Self-Check feature enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live.</p>



<p>TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes. This feature can also be accessed in the Advanced configuration Self-Check tab. This is further explained in “Advanced Self-Check panel”.</p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device from the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll to the bottom of the Main setting menu, then tap the <strong>Self-Check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap one or <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">more&nbsp;<strong>Basic</strong>,&nbsp;<strong>Video</strong>, and&nbsp;<strong>Network</strong>&nbsp;checkboxes, then</span> tap the <strong>Self-check Now </strong>button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg" alt="Self-check screen" class="wp-image-166610" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Self-Check-button-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Self-check Now</strong> button to run diagnostics on your device.</li>



<li>Follow the prompts.</li>



<li>If the pack is live, the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg" alt="self check live" class="wp-image-166624" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-live-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When an issue occurs after self-checking the Basic, Video, or Network modules, the following warning message appears, indicating which module is not functioning correctly.</li>



<li>Tap the red module to display the configuration issue and make the appropriate correction(s), then tap <strong>Self-Check Again</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg" alt="self check warning" class="wp-image-166617" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-warning-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<p>When the Self-Check completes without any issues, the following message displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg" alt="self check success" class="wp-image-166631" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/self-check-success-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive download</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download</strong></h2>



<p>The Progressive download feature enables users to record clips by connecting a video camera to the SDI input. The video camera&#8217;s record button starts and stops recording. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Camcorder mode applies to video cameras that have SDI with embedded timecode.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The File-based workflows in Camcorder or Pack mode in the “<a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank"><em>File-based Workflow Reference Guide</em></a>” further explain recording.</span></p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 2" class="wp-image-156810" style="aspect-ratio:1.4945454545454546;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button from the main menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue to “Camcorder mode” or “TVU Pack control mode.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. Having the time code inside the SDI signal is required.</p>



<p>To enable Progressive Download Camcorder mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Camcorder</strong> and move the Enable slider to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the camcorder to display the controls.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg" alt="Progessive download camcorder" class="wp-image-166638" style="aspect-ratio:1.4889705882352942;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-camcorder-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Standby and record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Standby “Stby” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong> when in camcorder mode and not recording.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3.png" alt="Progressive download default 3" class="wp-image-156836" style="aspect-ratio:1.4944649446494465;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder is recording, “<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">• Rec</mark>” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in.png" alt="Progressive download mark in" class="wp-image-156845" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-in-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the camcorder finishes recording, Standby (“Stby”) displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done.png" alt="Progressive download mark done" class="wp-image-156853" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Progressive-download-mark-done-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop recording on the camcorder if you need to change your pack settings.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you change the settings to the <strong>Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder</strong> mode is running, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg" alt="Progessive download in progress" class="wp-image-166645" style="aspect-ratio:1.4981949458483754;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progessive-download-in-progress-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If you switch to&nbsp;<strong>Camcorder</strong>&nbsp;mode while running in&nbsp;<strong>Pack</strong>&nbsp;mode and the&nbsp;<strong>Mark In</strong>&nbsp;point is set but the&nbsp;<strong>Mark Out</strong>&nbsp;point is not, the following message will appear</span>. The processing becomes interrupted and defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg" alt="progressive download mark out not set" class="wp-image-166652" style="aspect-ratio:1.5018450184501846;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/progressive-download-mark-out-not-set-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a file transfer is in progress, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar. The following message will display if you take the clip live during the transfer process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="Live standby alert" class="wp-image-151484" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode </strong></h2>



<p>Pack control mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download Pack mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Settings<strong> gear</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> button in the Main menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong> and move the enable <strong>slider</strong> to the right until it turns <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>. A Success message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="Progressive download Pack" class="wp-image-166659" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Progressive-download-Pack-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the<strong>  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105036" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-black.png" alt="right arrow icon"></strong>icon to enter the control page to set your mark-in/out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 2" class="wp-image-156810" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-2-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync methods, a new file transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will display if a file is being transferred when the Pack is shutting down.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg" alt="The One LCD touchscreen - Live status functions 3" class="wp-image-156870" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-LCD-touchscreen-Live-status-functions-3-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<p>The transfer <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="24" height="23" class="wp-image-105045" style="width: 30px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/arrow-rt.png" alt="arrow file transfer"> icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the <strong>Transfer tab</strong> on the Settings screen to view the file transfer details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the RPS One is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	RVF</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF)</strong></h2>



<p>Version 8.2 and later supports separate return video feedback (RVF) with the Pack and an RPS receiver.</p>



<p>The Return Video screen has three modes that allow users to set up RVF from a Receiver, Producer, Partyline, or MediaHub session.</p>



<p>These modes can be output to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Inner HDMI</li>



<li>To V-box (HDMI 2)</li>



<li>To Pack’s LCD</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When enabled, a single return video can be simultaneously output to multiple outputs, such as two HDMI ports, the Pack’s LCD screen, and a phone or tablet.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The return video feed type setting is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>To configure <strong>RVF from a Receiver To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Main Setting menu &gt;<strong> RVF button</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2.jpg" alt="rvf - Receiver to inner HDMI 2" class="wp-image-166680" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session<strong> To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Inner HDMI</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the RVF From panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF - Receiver to inner HDMI Producer" class="wp-image-166673" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF </strong>button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RVF / To Inner HDMI screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF - Receiver to inner HDMI Partyline" class="wp-image-166694" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Inner HDMI &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Inner HDMI</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To Inner HDMI panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The RVF / To Inner HDMI screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a Media<strong> Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg" alt="RVF - To inner HDMI MediaHub" class="wp-image-166701" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-MediaHub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> <strong>&#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Receiver To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2) </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select<strong> Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg" alt="rvf - Receiver to rvf tab - Receiver to V-box HDMI 2-box " class="wp-image-166708" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-tab-Receiver-to-inner-HDMI-2-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt;<strong> RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF -  to v-box HDMI 2 Producer" class="wp-image-166715" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-producer-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partyline</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF - to v-box HDMI 2 Partyline" class="wp-image-166722" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-partyline-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To V-box (HDMI 2) &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from <strong>MediaHub To V-box (HDMI 2)</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the To V-box (HDMI 2) panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To V-box (HDMI 2) </strong>screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Media Destination</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF - to v-box HDMI 2 Mediahub" class="wp-image-166729" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-tab-to-v-box-HDMI-2-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the circle to select your output(s). Selections will turn red.</li>



<li>When finished, tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list set up" class="wp-image-166687" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-set-up-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD &#8211; RVF from Receiver</strong></h3>



<p>The VFB connects from the transmitter’s HDMI Out port. When the VFB function is enabled on an RPS TVU One, it allows the return video feed to be transferred from a field receiver and displayed on the Pack LCD in real time.</p>



<p>To configure the RVF from a <strong>receiver To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>receiver</strong> from the <strong>Receiver list </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Source From</strong> panel, select <strong>Live Stream</strong> or <strong>SDI</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg" alt="RVF to pack LCD Receiver" class="wp-image-166736" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-pack-LCD-Receiver-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Home </strong>button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>



<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from Producer</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Producer</strong> session <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu </strong>&gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack&#8217;s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Video From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Producer</strong>.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Program</strong> from the <strong>Select Program</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Producer" class="wp-image-166758" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Producer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or<strong> Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from Partyline</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>Partyline</strong> session <strong>To Pack‘s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>Partylin</strong>e.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Partyline Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Partyline" class="wp-image-166765" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Partyline-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To Pack’s LCD &#8211; RVF from MediaHub</strong></h2>



<p>To configure RVF from a <strong>MediaHub</strong> session <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>RVF</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the <strong>To Pack’s LCD</strong> panel, tap <strong>Click here to set up</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg" alt="rvf v4 output list" class="wp-image-166666" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/rvf-v4-output-list-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>RVF / To Pack LCD</strong> screen will display.</li>



<li>In the <strong>RVF From</strong> panel, tap <strong>MediaHub</strong>.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Destination</strong> panel, <strong>select a media</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Mediahub" class="wp-image-166772" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Mediahub-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</li>



<li>The preview will be displayed on the Pack’s LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD preview" class="wp-image-166743" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the output, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>



<li>If you navigate to another screen, the following message will be displayed. You can choose to <strong>Cancel</strong> or <strong>Confirm</strong> the operation.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg" alt="RVF to Pack LCD Confirm preview" class="wp-image-166750" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RVF-to-Pack-LCD-Confirm-preview-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Upload</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload</strong></h2>



<p>The Upload setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>Upload</strong> button.</p>



<p>Using the <strong>Upload</strong> button, users can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload.jpg" alt="Upload screen" class="wp-image-166779" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/upload-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a receiver from the <strong>Upload To</strong> drop-down list, then select a source in the <strong>From</strong> drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the files you want from the list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transfer</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer</strong></h2>



<p>The Transfer setting is accessed from the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong> &gt; <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</p>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and auto-sync:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer.jpg" alt="Transfer" class="wp-image-166786" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/transfer-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is Ongoing.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-151541" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following status displays when the file transfer is complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-151549" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following message appears when powering off the device if file transfers are in progress.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png" alt="live standby alert" class="wp-image-151565" style="aspect-ratio:1.5148148148148148;object-fit:cover;width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/Live-standby-alert-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Speedtest</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest feature is a critical tool for ensuring your bonded cellular and satellite connections have enough combined bandwidth for an HDR broadcast. Unlike a standard smartphone speed test, the TVU One test specifically measures the uplink capacity to the TVU ecosystem.</p>



<p>To perform a speedtest:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Speedtest screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon &gt; <strong>Main Setting menu</strong>.</li>



<li>Scroll down and tap the<strong> Speedtest </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Speedtest</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg" alt="Speedtest select receiver" class="wp-image-166793" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Go</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg" alt="Speedtest screen" class="wp-image-166800" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/speedtest-2-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One Advanced configuration &#8211; pack controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One system status monitoring and control using a Web browser, iPhone, or smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Transmitter’s operational status can be monitored, and various transmission functions can be controlled from a Web browser. This interface can be accessed using a standard web browser connected to the TVU One internal hotspot.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Connecting to the internal Hotspot</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Connecting to the internal hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to connect a laptop or phone to the internal hotspot.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Search for the hotspot on your iPhone/smart device, then when prompted, enter the case-sensitive SSID:<br>TVUPACK_XXXX<br>(Where X is the last <strong>4 digits</strong> of the TVU One’s PID)<br>The default password is the <strong>last 8 digits</strong> of the One PID.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>All password characters are uppercase. The password can be changed in the Web UI if desired.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect to the SSID using your iPhone/smart device. Refer to the following examples of how the status screens display on a smart device Web browser.</li>



<li>Once the connection is established, you can open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong> in the address line to see the One’s “System status.”</li>



<li>The TVU One System status panel displays.</li>



<li>The System status screen provides detailed information about the <strong>System</strong>, <strong>Network</strong>,<strong> IFB/VoIP</strong>, and <strong>Video</strong> status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="513" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status.jpg" alt="the One system status" class="wp-image-163345" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-system-status-225x300.jpg 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System status panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>System status panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expand the <strong>System</strong> caret to display System status, model, software version, and PID information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="521" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel.jpg" alt="v8.3 System panel" class="wp-image-166807" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-system-panel-249x300.jpg 249w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Network panel displays the current Network status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="733" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel.jpg" alt="v4 Network panel" class="wp-image-166814" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-network-panel-177x300.jpg 177w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB/VoIP panel</strong> <strong>&#8211; Audio Test</strong></h2>



<p>The IFB/VoIP panel allows the user to change the audio level of the IFB/VoIP function. Users can test the 3.5mm audio input and output interface hardware. File management and recorded media progress can be accessed in the Advanced configuration <strong>File</strong> &gt; <strong>Recorder</strong> tab.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio test, the device must be available and not in use for Live, or VoIP/IFB.</p>



<p>To perform an Audio Test:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>System</strong> status menu.</li>



<li>Expand the IFB/VoIP panel, then click the green <strong>Audio Test</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="405" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg" alt="IFB/VoIP panel" class="wp-image-166821" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-IFB-VoIP-panel-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Audio Test</strong> page will open.</li>



<li>Ensure that the microphone and speaker are connected, then click <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="994" height="501" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page" class="wp-image-166828" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page.jpg 994w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-300x151.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-768x387.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 994px) 100vw, 994px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the device is currently in use for Live/VoIP/IFB, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test page warning" class="wp-image-166835" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning.jpg 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-page-warning-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Start Test</strong>.</li>



<li>The default active microphone and speaker are auto-enabled message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="999" height="500" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test enabled" class="wp-image-166842" style="width:622px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled.jpg 999w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-300x150.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-enabled-768x384.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 999px) 100vw, 999px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Recording will start automatically when you enter this page. It will capture audio using the default microphone and display the input level on the level bar indicated in green. It will stop when you close or leave this page. If desired, you can click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button to stop the recording.</li>



<li>To play the last recorded audio captured via the default microphone, click the <strong>Stop Test</strong> button again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="995" height="462" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test capturing audio" class="wp-image-166849" style="width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio.jpg 995w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-capturing-audio-768x357.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 995px) 100vw, 995px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To run the test again, click the <strong>Start Test</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="998" height="483" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg" alt="Advanced Audio Test stop testing" class="wp-image-166856" style="width:632px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing.jpg 998w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-300x145.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Advanced-Audio-Test-stop-testing-768x372.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video panel</strong></h2>



<p>Expanding the Video panel displays video transmission information and status.</p>



<p>Click the<strong> Video</strong> caret to expand the panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu.jpg" alt="TVU One video menu" class="wp-image-163366" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/the-One-video-menu-300x288.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes two input format options: 4K and 1080P. These formats allow Twitch streamers to choose the maximum input format for the HDMI setting, allowing units to limit or configure the available Extended Delay Identification Data (EDID) resolutions. This feature enables forcing 1080P input detection via HDMI when a connected camera uses automatic resolution settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="623" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1.jpg" alt="video panel formats" class="wp-image-166863" style="width:390px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-1-208x300.jpg 208w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel allows users to select <strong>USB</strong> as the <strong>Input Port</strong> when the pack detects a USB video input source.<br>Supported USB cameras are:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro</li>



<li>Logitech Brio 100</li>



<li>Hikvision DS-U11</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="604" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2.jpg" alt="video panel input types" class="wp-image-166870" style="width:375px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-video-panel-2-215x300.jpg 215w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>The Video panel now includes input format options: 1080P30, 1080P50, 1080P5994, and 1080P60. When selecting USB as the video input port, set <strong>1080P30</strong> as the Input format.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu.png" alt="Select USB format menu" class="wp-image-163388" style="width:368px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu.png 473w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-USB-format-menu-224x300.png 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></figure>



<p>When the USB setting is successful, the USB input will be displayed at the top of the pack’s Home LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1.jpg" alt="USB input source displayed" class="wp-image-163396" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/USB-input-source-displayed-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>This operation can be configured for the Receiver, Producer, Partyline, and MediaHub on the Pack’s LCD screen and in the Advanced operations configuration <strong>Live</strong> &gt;<strong> Return Video</strong> screen.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Source configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the advanced operations configuration menu:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Three-bar advanced icon" class="wp-image-166877" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>IP Source</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>To configure an HDMI/SDI/USB input source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web configuration menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu &gt;<strong> IP Source</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>HDMI/SDI/USB</strong> radio button.</li>



<li><strong>Apply</strong> an available source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="303" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source.jpg" alt="select usb hdmi sdi source" class="wp-image-166884" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-usb-hdmi-sdi-source-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p>To configure an IP input source type:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Web configuration menu.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Live</strong> menu &gt; <strong>IP Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>SDI </strong>radio button.</li>



<li><strong>Apply</strong> an available source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="671" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source.jpg" alt="select IP source" class="wp-image-166891" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ip-source-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Power panel allows users to<strong> reboot</strong> and <strong>Power off </strong>the pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="175" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Power panel" class="wp-image-163199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Power-panel-300x137.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Network configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Network configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Network configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>three-bar </strong>icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Advanced icon" class="wp-image-152542" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>General</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Network</strong>. This allows users to navigate to, monitor, and control all aspects of transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="275" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network.jpg" alt="General &gt; Network" class="wp-image-166898" style="width:383px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-general-network-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the LAN settings panel, set the TVU One&#8217;s local LAN address. The default IP address is <strong>192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Subnet Mask</strong> and select a <strong>Router setting</strong> from the drop-down menu; the default is <strong>Auto</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="LAN settings" class="wp-image-166905" style="width:377px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the following procedures to scroll through the remaining Network options to complete the configuration settings:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hotspot</li>



<li>WiFi</li>



<li>Ethernet</li>



<li>Modems</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>WiFi configuration and settings</strong></h2>



<p>The WiFi menu provides configuration information and allows you to change WiFi settings. The One can optionally support multiple WiFi connections by purchasing optional hardware. For more information, contact TVU Networks support.</p>



<p>When multiple WiFi adapters are connected, you can scan available WiFi slots and configure WiFi login information using the TVU One WiFi setup and configuration panel.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	WiFi configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring WiFi</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the steps to configure your WiFi settings:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>WiFi</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg" alt="RPS One WiFi icon" class="wp-image-163227" style="width:328px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-WiFi-icon-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Scan</strong> button to display any available networks. The available networks are displayed in the center panel. Move the <strong>WiFi</strong> slider to the right to enable it.</li>



<li>The WiFi network is disconnected by default, as shown below in the configuration screen WiFi panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg" alt="WiFI panel" class="wp-image-166912" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-2-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired network from the center panel, then click the information “i” icon to connect the WiFi. The settings pop-up window displays. Enter the <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to.jpg" alt="connect to WiFI" class="wp-image-166919" style="width:341px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-connect-to-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If the password is incorrect, the following failure message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="605" height="190" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg" alt="WiFi failure message" class="wp-image-166926" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message.jpg 605w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-failed-message-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button to only save the WiFi parameters, or the<strong> Join</strong> button to save and connect to the WiFi network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="251" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-click-i-to-connect-pop-up.jpg" alt="Join to WiFI" class="wp-image-166933" style="width:343px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose<strong> Join</strong>, <strong>Save</strong>, and <strong>Connect</strong> to Wi-Fi, the following screen appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg" alt="WiFi panel connected" class="wp-image-166940" style="width:354px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>option, enable the slider. This option will automatically reconnect to the selected WiFi network if the signal drops.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked.jpg" alt="WiFi locked" class="wp-image-166947" style="width:353px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-wifi-locked-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To switch to another WiFi network, disable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi</strong> slider.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="570" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg" alt="WiFi panel connected" class="wp-image-166940" style="width:350px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-wifi-panel-enabled-w-disconnect-227x300.jpg 227w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>WiFi</strong> connection, then enable the <strong>Lock to current WiFi </strong>slider.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>If you enable the lock before connecting to another WiFi, the following message displays.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="607" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg" alt="No WiFi connection message" class="wp-image-166954" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message.jpg 607w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WiFI-no-connection-message-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 607px) 100vw, 607px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet configuration &#8211; Pack LCD</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Ethernet configuration on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen</strong></h2>



<p>Users can configure Ethernet DHCP and Static LAN IP’s on the Pack’s LCD touchscreen. Slot 11 is reserved for LAN configuration.</p>



<p>To configure the Ethernet on the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Ethernet</strong> screen is accessed by tapping the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1.jpg" alt="Settings icon" class="wp-image-166961" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/wifi-standby-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Main Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Ethernet</strong> screen will be displayed. The default IPv4 configuration is DHCP.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg" alt="Ethernet DHCP" class="wp-image-166968" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-Ethernet-DHCP-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the Ethernet configuration to Static, tap the <strong>Static</strong> button, then tap the <strong>Enter the IP Address</strong> field. The Virtual keypad will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static" class="wp-image-166975" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Static IP address </strong>using the keypad and tap <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static enter IP" class="wp-image-166982" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-ethernet-static-enter-ip-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static Apply" class="wp-image-166989" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Apply successful</strong> or <strong>Apply failed</strong> message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful.jpg" alt="Ethernet static Apply successful" class="wp-image-166996" style="width:387px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/ethernet-static-Apply-successful-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router feature</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>gear icon</strong> to open the Settings screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU RPS One online no input" class="wp-image-163291" style="width:385px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-RPS-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Main Setting</strong> menu will display.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg" alt="Setting menu" class="wp-image-166531" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Setting-reorder-2-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Router</strong> screen will be displayed.</li>



<li>By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the <strong>Router</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg" alt="Router disabled" class="wp-image-167003" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-disabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the Ethernet host setting, tap and move the<strong> Ethernet Host</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-167010" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-enabled-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Router feature (client connections)</strong></h2>



<p>If higher bandwidth is required when using a hotspot, the optional TVU Router feature can be enabled to allow clients connected to the TVU One with speeds of up to 200 Mbps.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Configuration page using an iPhone or smart device, open a web browser and enter <strong>http://192.168.4.1</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot </strong>icon to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-163241" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Network</strong> tab and expand the <strong>LAN Settings</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Auto</strong> in the <strong>Router</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>IP address</strong> and <strong>Subnet Mask</strong>, then click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="427" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg" alt="LAN settings" class="wp-image-166905" style="width:379px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-300x297.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/New-LAN-settings-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Scroll down on the <strong>Hotspot</strong> panel. <strong>Connected Clients</strong> display in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	USB remote control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>USB remote control PTT button operations</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>VoIP call operations</li>



<li>SCTE insertions</li>
</ul>



<p>Operators can now use a USB remote control as a Push-to-talk (PTT) button for the VoIP microphone. This allows users to mute and unmute the mic when in a VoIP call independently from their headset.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When attempting to click to another control mode while the mic is “Mute” a confirmation message appears. Click Yes to mute and change modes. The Mic will automatically reset.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg" alt="mute Mic confirmation" class="wp-image-167017" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mute-mic-confirmation-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP call operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP call operations</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the VoIP call Mute/unmute feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the<strong> Advanced</strong> menu, and the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP Call</strong> radio button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="695" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg" alt="Remote controller setting" class="wp-image-167024" style="width:657px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting.jpg 695w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Remote-controller-setting-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 695px) 100vw, 695px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB remote controller device to the TVU Pack. While on a VoIP call, press once to mute,</li>



<li>The Mic Status shows <strong>Mute</strong> in red.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg" alt="remote controller setting Mic status Mute" class="wp-image-167031" style="width:662px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-300x120.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/remote-controller-setting-Mic-status-Mute-768x308.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press again to unmute.</li>



<li>When a VoIP microphone call invitation is received, the following message will appear automatically on the LCD touchscreen for 3 seconds.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4.jpg" alt="VoIP call message displays V4" class="wp-image-167038" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/VoIP-call-message-displays-V4-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a VoIP call is connected, a white microphone icon appears at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="340" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4.jpg" alt="White Mic v4" class="wp-image-167045" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4.jpg 340w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 340px) 100vw, 340px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When using VoIP, the Mic displays a modulating white-and-green icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="229" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4.jpg" alt="White and green Mic v4" class="wp-image-167052" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4.jpg 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-and-green-Mic-v4-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When you press the remote button, a Mute the mic message appears and the mic icon turns red, indicating that VoIP is connected and the mic is muted.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4.jpg" alt="Mic mute mode v4" class="wp-image-167066" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Mic-mute-mode-v4-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the remote button again to unmute the mic. The mic icon will return to the white (connected and open) state.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message.jpg" alt="White Mic v4 message" class="wp-image-167059" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/White-Mic-v4-message-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE insertion</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SCTE insertion</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If a user switches to Inserting SCTE when the Mic is Muted, a message will appear asking if you want to change to “Live control,” when this is allowed, the Mic will reset to Mute automatically.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the SCTE insertion option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web configuration page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> menu, and then the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select the Inserting SCTE radio button to set the control option.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Duration and Preroll SCTE default values that appear are editable.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167073" style="width:620px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-300x140.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-768x358.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Plug the USB remote control device into the pack.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE 1" class="wp-image-167080" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the USB remote button once to begin inserting SCTE. The insertion automatically stops when the duration ends.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The default duration value is 120 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after rebooting the pack.</li>



<li>The default Preroll value is 2 seconds. This value can be edited and will be saved after rebooting the pack.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The countdown displays at the top of the LCD screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE count down" class="wp-image-167087" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-count-down-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the duration ends, the SCTE insertion automatically stops, and the following message displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="490" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE insertion complete" class="wp-image-167101" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete.jpg 490w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-insertion-complete-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 490px) 100vw, 490px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the user presses the Remote control device button while it’s active, an “SCTE Splice currently in process. Unable to complete the requested action until the current splice duration is complete” message displays on the LCD screen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg" alt="TVU one live status - SCTE in process message" class="wp-image-167094" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-one-live-status-SCTE-in-process-message-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resetting the Duration and Preroll parameters to default values</strong></h2>



<p>To change the SCTE parameters back to the SCTE default values:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Remote Control Setting</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Inserting SCTE</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Reset </strong>buttons to change to the default values.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1001" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="inserting SCTE" class="wp-image-167073" style="width:629px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1.jpg 1001w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-300x140.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Inserting-SCTE-1-768x358.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1001px) 100vw, 1001px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Web interface controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One Advanced configuration &#8211; Web interface controls</strong></h2>



<p>Log in to the Web User Interface to access the TVU One Advanced configuration page.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Hotspot configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One hotspot settings</strong></h2>



<p>The hotspot panel provides status information about clients connected through the hotspot.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring hotspot</strong></h2>



<p>Complete the following steps to configure hotspot status:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg" alt="Hotspot icon" class="wp-image-167108" style="width:342px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/Hotspot-icon-300x123.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Connected Clients list panel displays a list of devices that are connected using hotspots.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update the <strong>Password</strong>, edit the password field.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The new password must be 8 characters and does not take affect until the system is restarted.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The hotspot feature will enable a connected device to access the internet through one of the available network connections. This access allows file transfers via FTP or any other internet access. If higher bandwidth is required, refer to “Router feature.”</li>



<li>Choose the path from the <strong>WiFi</strong> panel to manually select the route taken (for example, a Hotel WiFi network).</li>



<li>In the <strong>Bandwidth</strong> drop-down menu, choose <strong>2.4 GHz</strong> or<strong> 5 GHz</strong> frequency.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="457" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg" alt="RPS One Hotspot panel" class="wp-image-163248" style="width:332px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/RPS-One-Hotspot-panel-252x300.jpg 252w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Modem panel provides modem configuration information to enable two modes: Manual and Auto. The transmitter automatically detects many cellular data cards and will self-configure when in Auto mode. If this is the case, no further action will be required. If a data card needs configuration, you can use the Modem panel to configure it by selecting the Manual roaming feature.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto mode</strong></h3>



<p>To enable Auto mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap or click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-167115" style="width:347px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for this modem</strong> checkbox and the <strong>Auto</strong> radio button.</li>



<li>The Roaming for all modems checkbox will be checked by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="672" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg" alt="modems all enabled roaming panel" class="wp-image-167199" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-enabled-roaming-panel-224x300.jpg 224w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the “Roaming for this modem” box is unchecked, the following warning message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167206" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you choose to disable Roaming, the <strong>Roaming for slot XX is disabled</strong> message appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="644" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg" alt="modem disabled default panel" class="wp-image-167213" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disabled-default-panel-234x300.jpg 234w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual roaming feature</strong></h3>



<p>The roaming for all modems is enabled by default.</p>



<p>The <strong>Manual</strong> radio button provides a global roaming toggle and an individual roaming switch for every slot. Changes to roaming settings (checked or unchecked) are saved automatically; clicking <strong>Apply</strong> is not necessary. Users can change roaming for all modems by clicking the <strong>Restore Defaults</strong> button.</p>



<p>To enable the <strong>Manual</strong> roaming feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap or click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="288" height="118" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-icon.jpg" alt="Modem icon" class="wp-image-167115" style="width:347px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modem</strong> panel opens.</li>



<li>Select the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong>,<strong> Roaming for this modem</strong>, and <strong>Manual</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> button to load the <strong>Carrier</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="499" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual.jpg" alt="modem manual" class="wp-image-167220" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual.jpg 499w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-193x300.jpg 193w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Carrier</strong> from the list and click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning.jpg" alt="modem manual scanning" class="wp-image-167227" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning.jpg 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-manual-scanning-191x300.jpg 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When successful, the <strong>Applied successfully</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="781" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot.jpg" alt="modem select slot" class="wp-image-167234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-select-slot-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn global Roaming off, <strong>uncheck</strong> the <strong>Roaming for all modems</strong> checkbox. The <strong>Disable Roaming</strong> warning message appears.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1.jpg" alt="modem disable roaming message" class="wp-image-167241" style="width:387px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modem-disable-roaming-message-1-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Disabl</strong>e button.</li>



<li>The <strong>All modems Roaming is disabled</strong> confirmation appears at the top of the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="500" height="617" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg" alt="modems all disabled panel 1" class="wp-image-167248" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1.jpg 500w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/modems-all-disabled-panel-1-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data card configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Configuring data cards</strong></h2>



<p>To configure specific data cards:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Available Slots</strong> drop-down menu to display a list of available slots for configuration.</li>



<li>If Manual configuration is required, input the settings provided by your carrier into the <strong>Network registration mode</strong> panel.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Apply</strong> to save any changes.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Ethernet configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet configuration DHCP IP</mark></h2>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet settings are accessed and configured from the System configuration <strong>Home</strong> panel and the pack&#8217;s LCD touchscreen.</mark></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color"><strong>Note:</strong> The DHCP IP address is automatically generated and cannot be manually entered.</mark></p>
</blockquote>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">To configure your Ethernet settings for a DHCP IP address:</mark></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Web browser UI</strong> and tap the <strong>Ethernet</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg" alt="Ethernet icon" class="wp-image-163270" style="width:345px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-icon-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>DHCP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Tap<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="557" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg" alt="Ethernet config" class="wp-image-163277" style="width:347px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-config-207x300.jpg 207w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Ethernet configuration Static IP</mark></strong></h2>



<p><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">To configure your Ethernet settings for a Static IP address:</mark></p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Configure IPv4</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Static IP</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Slot ID</strong> drop-down menu and select a slot number.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Static IP address</strong> in the <strong>IP Address</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the<strong> Subnet Mask</strong> in the<strong> Mask</strong> field.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Gateway</strong> in the <strong>Gateway</strong> field.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-black-color">Tap the <strong>Apply</strong> button to save your changes.</mark></li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg" alt="Ethernet Static IP" class="wp-image-163284" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Ethernet-Static-IP-186x300.jpg 186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return video</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live tab &#8211; Return Video</strong></h2>



<p>For the V-Box adapter, If the resolution of the return video from the receiver is 1080P or higher and the bitrate exceeds 2M, users can lower the resolution by selecting the appropriate Resolution and Bitrate in the drop-down menu.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating the return video resolution</strong></h2>



<p>To update the V-box adapter return video resolution:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the packs <strong>Advanced</strong> configuration window.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>Return Video</strong> panel and choose the appropriate <strong>Resolution</strong>.</li>



<li>Open the <strong>Receiver</strong> tab and choose the appropriate <strong>Bitrate</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg" alt="advanced v box panel" class="wp-image-167122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/new-advanced-v-box-panel-300x269.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the RVF feed resolution is too high, the following message appears on the LCD touchscreen.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="315" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab.jpg" alt="Pack RVF to high" class="wp-image-167129" style="width:418px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab.jpg 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/pack-return-video-tab-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Self-check</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Self-check panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Self-check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status while the device is not live. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes.</p>



<p>To perform a self-check on your device in the Advanced configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Advanced configuration UI.</li>



<li>Tap the Advanced menu and select the <strong>Self-check</strong> tab.</li>



<li>To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all <strong>Basic</strong>, <strong>Video</strong>, and <strong>Network</strong> checkboxes, then tap the <strong>Start self-check</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check.jpg" alt="advanced start self-check" class="wp-image-167136" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-start-self-check-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following pre-check prompts display when selected in Step 1.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Video check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm video message" class="wp-image-167143" style="width:507px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message.jpg 606w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-video-message-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Yes</strong> to confirm the Network check prompt.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg" alt="advanced confirm network message" class="wp-image-167150" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message.jpg 604w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-confirm-network-message-300x77.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check window displays its status.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="505" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg" alt="advanced checking module screen" class="wp-image-167157" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen.jpg 505w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-checking-module-screen-214x300.jpg 214w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check results display errors when completed. The errors are displayed in red.</li>



<li>Address any errors and tap the <strong>Self-check again</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="826" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg" alt="advanced self-check warnings" class="wp-image-167164" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-warnings-183x300.jpg 183w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Self-check report will display no red errors when complete.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="805" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report.jpg" alt="advanced self-check complete report" class="wp-image-167171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/advanced-self-check-complete-report-187x300.jpg 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router Configuration</strong></h2>



<p>The Run Router Live Together feature makes it easy for users to define (WAN) Router mode vs. (LAN) pass-through or receive mode. Ethernet Port Mode includes a WAN (share internet) radio button that sends bonded cellular internet through the Ethernet port. The LAN (Receive internet) radio button will accept the input into the unit through the Ethernet port.</p>



<p>To open the Router configuration panel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the three-bar icon or the Web UI to open the advanced operations panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="151" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Three-bar advanced icon" class="wp-image-166877" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/RPS-One-Advanced-icon-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select <strong>Router</strong>. The Router panel will be displayed.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>TVU Router</strong> slider.</li>



<li>The Ethernet Port Mode radio button is set to <strong>WAN (Share internet)</strong> by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="452" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg" alt="router 1" class="wp-image-167178" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mouse over the radio buttons to display their behavior.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="445" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg" alt="router 2" class="wp-image-167185" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2.jpg 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-2-300x266.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the <strong>Run Router Live Together</strong> feature is enabled, the router panel displays the <strong>Smart Traffic Allocation</strong> radio button under <strong>Data Preference</strong>. This button will prioritize Live streaming and use the excess for the router.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="504" height="446" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg" alt="router 1a" class="wp-image-167192" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a.jpg 504w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/router-1a-300x265.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG Rev D EN 08-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-software-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Software QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 18:39:56 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=163113</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The Model TM1000v4 “One” is a compact, lightweight, and portable 5G cellular single-channel transmitter featuring onboard RVF HDMI output.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="581" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-1024x581.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 Featured image" class="wp-image-174887" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-1024x581.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-300x170.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image-768x436.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-HW-Featured-image.jpg 1029w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks Model TM1000v4 “One” is the most compact, lightweight, and portable 5G cellular single-channel transmitter.</p>



<p>The TVU “One” Model TM1000v4 single-channel transmitter delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.5-second latency at 3 Mbps. The TVU One transmitter utilizes the H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding and compression standards to deliver greater efficiency in data usage and increased transmission stability, featuring onboard RVF HDMI output.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One features TVU’s enhanced next-generation Inverse Statmux Plus (ISX) transmission protocol technology ensuring ultra-low latency.</p>



<p>With the TVU One, live video broadcasters can fully leverage the versatility of a small, lightweight, IP-based high-definition video field transmitter without sacrificing performance, features, or picture quality.</p>



<p>The TVU One provides 1080p HDR remote production. The transmitter includes an onboard, removable Li-Ion battery, which, when combined with the POWERPAC 2, can provide unlimited runtime to give you more time for going live, recording, or transferring files.</p>



<p>The TVU One TM1000v4 can communicate using RTIL, IFB, and bidirectional VoIP between the studio and the field operator without latency.</p>



<p>Real-time dual encoding enables you to go live under any network conditions by simultaneously recording a full HD copy of your video for later download.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="226" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production.png" alt="TVU One TM1000v4 remote production" class="wp-image-156440" style="aspect-ratio:2.265486725663717;width:693px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production.png 512w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/The-One-TM1000v4-remote-production-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	About this user guide</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this user guide</strong></h2>



<p>This user guide provides detailed information about the following topics:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU One TM1000v4 transmitter components</li>



<li>Setting up the transmitter</li>



<li>Charging the battery</li>



<li>Turning off the transmitter</li>



<li>Backpack and battery configurations</li>



<li>Product specifications</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before you begin setting up the transmitter, it is recommended that you identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>Read and follow the notes and guidelines in this document before you use your TVU One transmitter:</p>



<p><strong>NOTE: </strong>These notices provide important tips, guidance, or advice.</p>



<p>Refer to the latest TVU One Model TM1000v4 software Quick Start User Guide for operational information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Components, controls, and operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter components</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter comprises the internal battery and embedded modems. Weighing just 3.9 lb. (1.79 kg), the transmitter fits easily in the average person’s hand.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="676" height="1080" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel.png" alt="TVU One TM1000v4 left panel" class="wp-image-156453" style="aspect-ratio:0.6153846153846154;object-fit:cover;width:264px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel.png 676w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel-188x300.png 188w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-Networks-One-left-side-panel-641x1024.png 641w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One standard components</strong></h2>



<p>Standard components for the “One” model TM1000v4 transmitters include the following:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU transmitter with one 3G-SDI 1080p input or HDMI input</li>



<li>1x micro internal SD slot</li>



<li>1x micro SD card (128 GB) Type 10</li>



<li>External USB connections (4x)</li>



<li>Ethernet port</li>



<li>IFB port</li>



<li>Power supply (AC Adapter)</li>



<li>TVU One breathable backpack</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Front panel LCD touchscreen display and power indicator</strong></h2>



<p>Press the power button on the front panel to turn on the transmitter. The button turns green when the unit is powered on. The LCD touchscreen displays configuration and status information for connected modems, including video input and transmission. When a video input is connected, an input preview is displayed on the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="258" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg" alt="LCD touchscreen and power indicator" class="wp-image-156461" style="aspect-ratio:1.015625;width:343px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator.jpg 258w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-150x150.jpg 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-50x50.jpg 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/LCD-touchscreen-and-power-indicator-108x108.jpg 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 258px) 100vw, 258px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>The TVU One side panel overviews</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter left-side and right-side panels feature the following input/output connections and controls.</p>



<p><strong>TVU One model TM1000v4 left-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="289" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 left-side panel" class="wp-image-156469" style="aspect-ratio:0.9082278481012658;width:359px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel.jpg 289w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-left-side-panel-277x300.jpg 277w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 289px) 100vw, 289px" /></figure>



<p><strong>TVU One model TM1000v4 right-side panel</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="361" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel.jpg" alt="TVU One model TM1000v4 right-side panel" class="wp-image-156477" style="aspect-ratio:1.150943396226415;width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel.jpg 361w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/TVU-One-model-TM1000v4-right-side-panel-300x268.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting up the transmitter</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>This section explains the transmitter connections, detaching and charging the battery, how to remove and replace SIM cards, and backpack battery configurations.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmitter connections</strong></h2>



<p>To set up the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the HDMI cable or connect the SDI cable to the <strong>SDI</strong> input port.</li>



<li>Connect the <strong>Ethernet</strong> input cable to the Ethernet port for a LAN connection if available.</li>



<li>Connect your power to the <strong>DC Input</strong> port.</li>



<li>Connect the IFB device (3.5 mm mini audio output jack) to the <strong>IFB output</strong> port.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Detaching the internal battery from the transmitter</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter’s internal battery is designed to fit within the unit and can be easily removed. Complete battery power management for the transmitter is available on the LCD touchscreen and the receiver interface.</p>



<p>Complete the following steps to detach the internal battery from the transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Users will find two spring-loaded latches on the side of the transmitter opposite the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Orient the transmitter LCD touchscreen down and push down on the latches to release the battery and slide it away from the transmitter.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Battery release latches</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches.jpg" alt="Battery release latches" class="wp-image-156485" style="aspect-ratio:2.248447204968944;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Battery-release-latches-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<p>To charge the internal battery without removing it from the transmitter, connect the provided AC power adapter to the DC input on the unit and plug the other end of the adapter into an electrical outlet. The battery will then begin to charge. When the transmitter is turned off, the battery charges significantly faster (in approximately 3 hours).</p>



<p>The TVU One comes with an AC adapter. To charge the transmitter, connect the AC adapter as shown.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4.png" alt="Charging the batteryTM1000 V4" class="wp-image-156494" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Charging-the-batteryTM1000-V4-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One displays the following power button status when the AC adapter is properly connected and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The power button displays a steady green light when the unit is powered on and charging.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is charging, and the unit is off. The LCD touchscreen displays the battery charging percentage.</li>



<li>The power button light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>An optional external TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery can extend the internal battery runtime. Refer to “TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations” on page 5 for more information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion batteries</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount, g-mount, or gold-mount plates inside the backpack to extend the battery life of the transmitter while in the field.</p>



<p>The TVU POWERPAC 2 Li-Ion battery mounts to the v-mount plate inside the backpack to charge and extend the onboard battery life of the transmitter while in the field. The POWERPAC 2 can power your accessories and transmitter simultaneously with the integrated USB C, USB micro, and USB type A interface.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png" alt="POWERPAC batteries" class="wp-image-150984" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Capture-7-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>For more information refer to the <em><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-powerpac-quick-start-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">P</mark></a><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">OWERPAC Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em>.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Inserting SIM cards</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inserting SIM cards</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter SIM card slots are designed to hold up to 6 Nano SIM (4ff) cards in three SIM trays. These SIM configurations are user serviceable.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The transmitter’s SIM card trays only accept Nano SIM (4ff) cards.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Complete the following steps to insert a SIM card into the embedded modem slot on the transmitter:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The unit must be powered down before inserting a SIM.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU one model TM1000v4 features three dual SIM card trays for use with the internal modems. To remove a SIM card tray, gently push the end of the SIM tool into the round opening next to the SIM card tray until it clicks and slightly pops out. Carefully pull the dual SIM tray out of the slot.</li>



<li>Place 2 SIM cards into the dual nano SIM card tray as shown below and carefully slide the carrier into the embedded modem slot. Ensure the SIM cards stay in their respective carrier recesses during this process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Dual-nano-SIM-card-carrier.png" alt="Dual nano SIM card carrier" class="wp-image-97486"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="282" height="189" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/SIM-type-reference.png" alt="SIM type reference" class="wp-image-97493"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Turning off the TVU One</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Turning off the TVU One</strong></h2>



<p>To turn off the TVU One:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the power button once. A sliding button will display on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Slide the button from left to right to power down the unit.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Backpack and battery mounting configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One backpack and battery mounting configurations</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One transmitter is designed to transmit from a wearable backpack. The backpack comfortably holds the pack, allowing users easy access to the power button and connections.</p>



<p>The touchscreen LCD interface on the pack can also be used while the unit is in the backpack. In addition, the backpack features breathable mesh that allows for the essential ventilation of the transmitter to prevent overheating.</p>



<p>There are two TVU One backpack external battery mounting configurations:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>V-type mounting configuration</li>



<li>Gold-mount configuration</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>TVU One and backpack</strong></p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-One-TM1000v4-and-backpack-new.png" alt="The One TM1000v4 and backpack new" class="wp-image-174871" style="width:330px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-One-TM1000v4-and-backpack-new.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/The-One-TM1000v4-and-backpack-new-291x300.png 291w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>V-type mounting plate configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>V-type mounting plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="V-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-150992" style="width:308px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/V-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>V-type mounting plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="v-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151000" style="width:327px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>V-type POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="v-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151008" style="width:338px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/v-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Gold-mount configuration:</strong></h2>



<p>Gold-mount plate configuration:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate 2" class="wp-image-151016" style="width:344px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and backpack detail:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="768" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg" alt="Gold-mount bag and plate" class="wp-image-151024" style="width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1024x768.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-300x225.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-768x576.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-1536x1152.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-bag-and-plate-2048x1536.jpg 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Gold-mount plate and POWERPAC battery:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="1024" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg" alt="Gold-mount and powerpac battery" class="wp-image-151032" style="width:356px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-768x1024.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-225x300.jpg 225w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1152x1536.jpg 1152w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-1536x2048.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Gold-mount-and-powerpac-battery-scaled.jpg 1920w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Product specifications</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product specifications</strong> &#8211; <strong>Model TM1000v4 transmitter</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="519" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg" alt="TVU One product spec v8.3" class="wp-image-166383" style="aspect-ratio:0.8383045525902669;width:840px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3.jpg 519w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-One-product-spec-v8.3-243x300.jpg 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 519px) 100vw, 519px" /></figure>



<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media. Document Part Number: TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG Rev D EN 08-2026</p>



<p></p>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-model-tm1000v4-hardware-qsug-v8-3/">TVU One Model TM1000v4 Hardware QSUG v8.3</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU One TM1000v3 FHD and 4K Software Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-software-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 06 Aug 2026 16:48:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=159272</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU One 4K delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.5-second latency at 3 Mbps within an ultra-compact, rugged hardware design.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-software-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU One TM1000v3 FHD and 4K Software Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="582" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-SW-Featured-image-1024x582.png" alt="TVU One FHD and 4K transmitter featured inage Post" class="wp-image-97402" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-SW-Featured-image-1024x582.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-SW-Featured-image-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-SW-Featured-image-768x436.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-SW-Featured-image-1536x872.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/TVU-One-SW-Featured-image-2048x1163.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction and Pack preparation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction and Pack preparation</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The contents and features in this software user guide is compatible with TM1000 V3 FHD / V3 4K v7.3 and higher (Linux R) and v6.5 and higher (Windows R).</p>
</blockquote>



<p>TVU One 4K delivers high-definition picture quality with 0.3-second latency at 3 Mbps. The TVU One FHD and 4K transmitters use the H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding and compression standard to deliver greater data efficiency and transmission stability.</p>



<p>The H.265 hardware encoding chip delivers full broadcast quality in 4K, 10-bit true 60 fps video at as low as 3 Mbps with proven patented Inverse StatMux Plus technology, ISX.</p>



<p>ISX is the ultimate transmission algorithm. TVU One 4K uses less data and combats packet loss to achieve transmissions with virtually zero latency, down to 0.3 seconds, even in a moving vehicle or when going live in 4K. The TVU One FHD transmitter can also transmit live 1080p-60 at as low as 800 Kbps. ISX offers better utilization of available bandwidth in congested/low-signal areas and has extremely low latency as low as 0.3 seconds on cellular.</p>



<p>Both TVU One transmitter models simultaneously aggregate up to 12 data connections and can obtain bandwidth from anywhere: cellular 3G/4G/5G, WiFi, Ethernet, or satellite.</p>



<p>The TVU One 4K and FHD models have 100% more battery life than their predecessors. The TVU One FHD can communicate without latency using IFB and bidirectional VoIP between the studio and the field operator.</p>



<p>Real-time dual encoding allows you to go live under any network conditions by simultaneously recording a full HD copy of your video for later download.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Before you begin</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>Before using your TVU One transmitter, refer to the latest <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-hardware-user-guide/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One FHD and 4K Hardware Quick Start User Guide</mark></a> to set up the hardware and identify the devices you intend to use with the unit, including cameras, cables, power sources, modems, TVU services, and unit accessories.</p>



<p>TVU One software builds (v6.8.2, v7.0, and higher) support the RVF adapter and can be controlled using the LCD touchscreen. It includes an RVF option to support viewing return video feeds from an iPhone or iPad. Refer to the TVU One data sheet for more features.</p>



<p>Builds prior to v8.2 featured two LCD console interfaces to choose from.</p>



<p>If you prefer using the improved TVU One console featured in this user guide, contact tvusupport@tvunetworks.com to upgrade your Pack’s software version.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>About this guide</strong></h2>



<p>This software user guide provides information about performing the basic configuration and operating the TVU One.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Charging the internal battery</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Charging the internal battery</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The battery will charge faster if the TVU One unit is powered off.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The TVU One comes with an AC adapter for charging. Connect the AC adapter as shown to charge the TVU One.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Charging-the-battery.png" alt="TM1000v3 battery charging" class="wp-image-159273" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Charging-the-battery.png 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Charging-the-battery-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Power button and battery icon status when charging</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One displays the following power button and battery icon status when the AC adapter is properly connected and the battery is charging:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the unit is powered on and charging, the power button displays a steady green light. The battery icon displays the percentage of charge left and indicates charging movement in green.</li>



<li>When the unit is on, the battery icon turns red and displays the percentage of charge left when a charge is required.</li>



<li>When the unit is powered on, the power light flashes red and green during a forced shutdown.</li>



<li>When the unit is powered off and charging, the power light displays a flashing red light.</li>



<li>When the unit is fully charged and on, the power light displays a steady green light, and the LCD battery symbol displays 100%.</li>



<li>The power light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>



<li>When fully charged and the power is off, the power light displays a steady red light.</li>



<li>The power light is off when the battery is not charged or connected to the unit.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Software setup, configuration, and going live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Software setup, configuration, and going live</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU LCD touchscreen interface</strong></h2>



<p>The transmitter’s new LCD touchscreen interface allows transmission control in the field. When the transmitter is first turned on and SDI is connected, the user sees the status display screen.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>The latest TVU One touchscreen interface will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" style="width:auto;height:289px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the touchscreen <strong>configuration (gear icon)</strong>. The Swipe to unlock screen will display. Tap and swipe to the right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TVU-One-slide-to-unlock-new.jpg" alt="TVU One - slide to unlock new" class="wp-image-152810" style="width:433px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TVU-One-slide-to-unlock-new.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TVU-One-slide-to-unlock-new-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The latest TVU One touchscreen interface will display unlocked.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU transmitter Live status screen descriptions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU transmitter Live status screen descriptions</strong></h2>



<p>When SDI is connected, transmission control in the field is allowed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="457" height="292" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-transmitter-Live-status-screen.jpg" alt="TVU transmitter Live status screen" class="wp-image-159287" style="object-fit:cover;width:525px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-transmitter-Live-status-screen.jpg 457w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-transmitter-Live-status-screen-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter Live status screen descriptions</strong></h2>



<p><strong>(A) Transmission Status:</strong> The transmission status monitor displays the TVU Pack’s current transmission status. If the LCD screen displays “LIVE,” it indicates the transmission is Live. If a camera or input source is not connected to the TVU One transmitter, the LCD screen will display “Online” (Standby) or Preview mode.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Display LCD:</strong> “No Video Input” displays on the LCD screen when the transmitter is not connected to a transmission feed.<br><strong>(C) Data Card Status Monitor:</strong><br>Displays the current number and status of all data cards connected to the TVU One. The status of data cards connected to the Pack will appear as <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color">orange</mark></strong>, or<strong> black</strong>. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is connected. The<strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-orange-color"> orange</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is attempting to dial. The <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong> status indicates that the data card is not connected. The <strong>black</strong> status indicates the absence of a card.<br><strong>(D) Ethernet Connection: </strong>Displays the status of the Ethernet connection.<br><strong>(E) Hotspot Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the hotspot connection.<br><strong>(F) WiFi Connection:</strong> Displays the status of the WiFi connection.<br><strong>(G) Latency (Delay) Status:</strong> Displays the current latency of the transmission.<br><strong>(H) Bit Rate Status:</strong> Displays the current Bit Rate (B/R).<br><strong>(I) Receiver Name:</strong> Shows the receiver name to which the unit is transmitting.<br><strong>(J) Battery Status:</strong> Indicates the status of the battery.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going Live</strong></h2>



<p>To go live using the receiver with which you last went live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Live</strong> button on the initial status screen to start the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" style="width:453px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU One unit will prompt you to slide the ‘<strong>Slide to go live</strong>’ button from left to right.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Slide-to-go-live.png" alt="slide to go live v3" class="wp-image-159294" style="width:456px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Slide-to-go-live.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Slide-to-go-live-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the button is engaged, the TVU One countdown displays before the live transmission begins using the last receiver with which you most recently went Live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="660" height="495" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png" alt="countdown screen" class="wp-image-154702" style="width:462px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/connecting-with-receiver-screen.png 660w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/02/connecting-with-receiver-screen-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Selecting a receiver and going Live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver and going Live</strong></h2>



<p>All configuration options and settings are now accessible using the gear-shaped Settings icon in the bottom right of the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<p>To select a new receiver and go live:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" style="aspect-ratio:1.5076923076923077;width:466px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Config</strong> tab, then tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" style="width:477px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>All of the selections in the Config tab are clickable except for the Story selection.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver with which you want to go live from the drop-down menu and tap the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Receiver-selection_1.jpg" alt="Receiver selection v3" class="wp-image-156620" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Receiver-selection_1.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Receiver-selection_1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When starting a live transmission from this menu, you will not be prompted to slide a button. The transmission will begin with a countdown.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The live screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live.jpg" alt="Live streaming interface - Stopping Live v3" class="wp-image-159301" style="width:480px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-streaming-interface-Stopping-Live-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap<strong> Stop</strong> to enter Standby mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-c.png" alt="Live standby v3" class="wp-image-159308" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-c.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-c-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU One config tab menu settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One config tab menu settings</strong></h2>



<p>Users can open the system configuration page by tapping the Settings gear icon on the initial status page to configure the TVU One using the LCD touchscreen.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a Receiver</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings </strong>gear icon at the bottom right of the touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Config</strong> tab and tap <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>All of the selections in the Config tab are clickable except for the Story selection.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver with which you want to go live from the drop-down menu and tap the <strong>Go</strong> <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Receiver-selection.jpg" alt="Receiver selection" class="wp-image-152842" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Receiver-selection.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Receiver-selection-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting an encoder option</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU One model FHD and 4K support on-board H.265/HEVC or H.264 encoding.</p>



<p>To select an encoding option:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon on the initial status screen to open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu, then tap <strong>Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Slide and tap to select one of the following options:</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Your selection will highlight green. The pack must be in live mode before you can change selections.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>H.264 Normal</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Fast Motion</strong></li>



<li><strong>H.265 Interview</strong></li>



<li><strong>Bandwidth:</strong> Normal or BGAN mode</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>BGAN Notes:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>BGAN mode is designed to handle the specific latency conditions of a BGAN satellite connection.</li>



<li>Use HDR Full Asymmetric mode (Full HDR Upload, 64kbps download).</li>



<li>Use an Ethernet connection between the BGAN terminal and TVU One.</li>



<li>Set TVU One to CBR 500kbps @ 3sec.</li>



<li>Set TVUOne Encoder mode (Setting-&gt;Config-&gt;Encoder) on the touchscreen to HEVC Interview Mode and Bandwidth to BGAN Mode.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To save your selection, tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>



<li>To exit from the menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Encoder-Type-menu.jpg" alt="Encoder type menu" class="wp-image-152866" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Encoder-Type-menu.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Encoder-Type-menu-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Delay management</strong></h2>



<p>To manage the second and sub-second Latency settings: </p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-152802" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings menu will display. Tap <strong>Delay</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To Exit this menu, tap the <strong>Home</strong> button.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap a box and use the <strong>up</strong> and <strong>down</strong> arrows to set the delay.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Latency-menu.jpg" alt="Latency menu" class="wp-image-152874" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Latency-menu.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Latency-menu-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong> to confirm your settings.</li>



<li>To exit from the menu, tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>NTP Host</strong></h2>



<p>Users can view the NTP host status on the touchscreen display.</p>



<p>The NTP Host IP address is configured in the Advanced settings Web UI panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data card monitoring</strong> <strong>(Slot)</strong></h2>



<p>To monitor detailed encoder information along with Ethernet, hotspot, and WiFi connections:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Settings menu displays.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Slot</strong> to display the Slot monitoring window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The data cards and their status display along with Ethernet, Hotspot, and Wi-Fi indicators:</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> Data cards<br><strong>(B)</strong> Ethernet<br><strong>(C)</strong> Hotspot<br><strong>(D)</strong> WiFi connection</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="234" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Data-card-slot-monitoring-web.jpg" alt="Data card slot monitoring web" class="wp-image-152882" style="width:517px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Data-card-slot-monitoring-web.jpg 335w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Data-card-slot-monitoring-web-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To exit from the menu, tap the<strong> Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Slot speed</strong></h2>



<p>A user can view the speed of each slot in real-time and change the Network settings.</p>



<p>To view a slot speed:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “&gt;” to view its real-time speed setting.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="350" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/displaying-a-slot-speed.jpg" alt="displaying a slot speed" class="wp-image-152890" style="width:487px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/displaying-a-slot-speed.jpg 350w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/displaying-a-slot-speed-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The connected slots&#8217; real-time speeds are displayed.</li>



<li>To return to the data card view, tap the “&lt;” icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="352" height="237" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Slot-speed-return-tab.jpg" alt="Slot speed return tab" class="wp-image-152898" style="width:489px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Slot-speed-return-tab.jpg 352w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Slot-speed-return-tab-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To open the <strong>Network Setting</strong> menu, tap a slot.</li>



<li>The Network Setting pop-up will display. Users can choose to lock in to a different speed if desired and <strong>Save</strong> the change.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Slot-speed.jpg" alt="Slot speed - Network Setting" class="wp-image-152906" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Slot-speed.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Slot-speed-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap <strong>Cancel</strong> to return to the Slot monitoring screen without changing the Netwo</span>rk Setting.</li>



<li>To return to the Settings menu, click the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Story</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> All of the selections in the Config tab are clickable except for the Story selection.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU One transmitter information &#8211; About</strong></h2>



<p>The <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>About </strong>screen provides information on the model number, Peer ID, software version, App version, and region</span>.</p>



<p>To access the About screen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the Config menu and tap <strong>About</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TVU One’s About window displays. The APP information will display either IS+ or ISX.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="488" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/About-IS.jpg" alt="About - IS+" class="wp-image-159315" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/About-IS.jpg 488w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/About-IS-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To return to the Settings menu, tap the <strong>Back </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Language selection</strong></h2>



<p>The Config tab allows the user to choose <strong>English</strong> or <strong>Chinese</strong>. </p>



<p>To select a language:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the “∇” button to scroll down to the bottom of the <strong>Config</strong> menu and tap <strong>Language</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg" alt="Config screen" class="wp-image-152834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Config-screen-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your <strong>Language</strong> option. The default is <strong>English</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Language-selection.png" alt="Language selection" class="wp-image-152922" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Language-selection.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Language-selection-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, tap the <strong>Back</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Wi-Fi tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Wi-Fi tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Wi-Fi tab displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the pack&#8217;s internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the Wi-Fi Configuration page in a Web browser.</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Wi-Fi</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Use your smart device to scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="299" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Hotspot-qr-code-web.jpg" alt="Hotspot qr code web" class="wp-image-152930" style="width:488px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, scan the <strong>Configuration</strong> page <strong>QR code</strong> to open the web browser window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="297" height="201" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/config-qr-code-web.jpg" alt="config qr code web" class="wp-image-152938" style="width:480px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>The following QR code will be displayed if Hotspot is turned off in the Wi-Fi configuration panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="323" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-hotspot-is-off.jpg" alt="v3 hotspot is off" class="wp-image-159333" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-hotspot-is-off.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-hotspot-is-off-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Router tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Router tab</strong></h2>



<p>Users can enable the Router on the touchscreen. Once enabled, the Ethernet Host slider appears.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>This feature must be enabled by support before it can be used.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To enable the Router Feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Router</strong> tab. By default, the router setting is off. Tap and move the router slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Router-in-OFF-position-1.png" alt="Router in OFF position 1" class="wp-image-152946" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Router-in-OFF-position-1.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Router-in-OFF-position-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the router setting is in the on position, the following screen displays.</li>



<li>To enable the Ethernet host setting, tap and move the <strong>Ethernet Host</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="384" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Router-enabled.jpg" alt="Router enabled" class="wp-image-152954" style="width:479px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Router-enabled.jpg 384w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Router-enabled-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 384px) 100vw, 384px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Stream tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stream tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Stream tab allows users to control the stream output destination of a receiver remotely.</p>



<p>To control the stream output destination of a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> (gear) icon on the LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Stream</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Receiver </strong>from the Receiver drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select one<strong> Destination</strong> from the drop-down list.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Publish</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab-1.jpg" alt="Stream tab 1" class="wp-image-152962" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab-1.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab-1-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the stream is live, the destination output will display <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>red</strong></mark>.</li>



<li>To stop the stream, tap the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab.jpg" alt="stream tab" class="wp-image-152970" style="width:460px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Stream-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SCTE tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SCTE tab</strong></h2>



<p>When the pack is live with TVU Channel, users can insert an SCTE 120-second splice with a 2-second preroll.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The pack must be live with TVU Channel to display the SCTE tab on the LCD touchscreen.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To insert an SCTE splice while a pack is live with TVU Channel:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="v3 SCTE 1" class="wp-image-159340" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>SCTE</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="322" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-default.jpg" alt="SCTE default" class="wp-image-159354" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-default.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-default-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The SCTE parameters need to be synchronized between Config-T and the LCD touchscreen. After modifications, they can be reset to default by using the Reset button.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Insert </strong>button to add the SCTE signal to the live stream.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-default.jpg" alt="SCTE default" class="wp-image-159354" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-default.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-default-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Insert</strong> button will change to a <strong>countdown</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-countdown-button.jpg" alt="SCTE countdown button" class="wp-image-159361" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-countdown-button.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/SCTE-countdown-button-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The countdown will also be displayed on the top bar of the pack’s Home screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-countdown-pack.jpg" alt="V3 SCTE countdown pack" class="wp-image-159368" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-countdown-pack.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-countdown-pack-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The SCTE tab will display a “Finished inserting SCTE signal” message, and the countdown button returns to &#8220;Insert.&#8221;</li>



<li>The Pack’s Home screen top bar returns to its Live state without the countdown.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-1.jpg" alt="v3 SCTE 1" class="wp-image-159340" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-SCTE-1-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Self-Check tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Self-Check tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Self Check panel enables you to self-check your devices’ basic, video, and network health status. TVU Support staff can use this information for troubleshooting purposes.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>A self check can be initiated while the device is not Live.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To perform a Self-Check on your device from the LCD touchscreen:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Self-Check </strong>tab.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">To run diagnostics on your device, tap one or all of the&nbsp;<strong>Basic</strong>,&nbsp;<strong>Video</strong>, and&nbsp;<strong>Netw</strong></span><strong>ork</strong>&nbsp;checkboxes and tap the <strong>Self-Check Now</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="487" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-Self-Check-tab-not-live.jpg" alt="V3 Self Check tab not live" class="wp-image-159375" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-Self-Check-tab-not-live.jpg 487w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-Self-Check-tab-not-live-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the device is currently live, the following message appears.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-Self-Check-tab-live.jpg" alt="V3 Self Check tab live" class="wp-image-159382" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-Self-Check-tab-live.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-Self-Check-tab-live-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Follow the <strong>Self-Check </strong>prompts.</li>



<li>The &#8220;All modules are working normally&#8221; message will display on the LCD touchscreen if there are no issues.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-self-check-success.jpg" alt="V3 self check success" class="wp-image-159389" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-self-check-success.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-self-check-success-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If any issues need attention, the following message will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="311" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-self-check-warning.jpg" alt="V3 self check warning" class="wp-image-159396" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-self-check-warning.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-self-check-warning-300x192.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the<strong> Self-Check Again</strong> button to rerun the diagnostics.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive Download tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Progressive download feature lets users record clips by connecting a video camera to the SDI input. The video camera record button controls the recording. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Camcorder mode applies to video cameras that have SDI with embedded timecode.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"> The &#8220;File-based&nbsp;<em>Workflow Reference Guide</em>&#8221; further explain<em>s </em>recording.</span></p>



<p>To enable the Progressive Download feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Settings</strong> gear icon at the bottom of the LCD touchscreen to open the Settings menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-c.png" alt="Live standby v3" class="wp-image-159308" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-c.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-c-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Progressive Download</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Continue with “Camcorder mode” or “TVU Pack control mode”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="644" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-OFF.png" alt="Progressive download off" class="wp-image-152986" style="width:498px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-OFF.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-OFF-300x201.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-OFF-768x515.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Camcorder mode</strong></h2>



<p>Camcorder mode can only be used with an SDI input. Having the time code inside the SDI signal is required.</p>



<p>To enable Progressive Download Camcorder mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap Camcorder and move the Enable slider to the right until it turns green.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON.png" alt="Progressive download Camcoeder control" class="wp-image-152994" style="width:520px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-768x513.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Record</strong> button on the video camera to display its controls.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Standby and Record modes</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Standby “<strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Stby</mark></strong>” displays in <mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark> when in camcorder mode and not recording</span>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="317" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Progressive-download-default-3.png" alt="Progressive download default 3" class="wp-image-132352" style="aspect-ratio:1.5148148148148148;width:528px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Progressive-download-default-3.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Progressive-download-default-3-300x198.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the video camera is recording, “<mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">• <strong>Rec</strong></mark>” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">red</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Progressive-download-mark-in.png" alt="Progressive download mark in" class="wp-image-132360" style="aspect-ratio:1.4945054945054945;width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Progressive-download-mark-in.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/Progressive-download-mark-in-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the video camera is finished recording, Standby “<strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Stby</mark></strong>” displays in <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">green</mark></strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-mark-done.png" alt="Progressive Download Mark out complete" class="wp-image-105017" style="aspect-ratio:1.4946236559139785;width:530px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-mark-done.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/Progressive-download-mark-done-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Stop the video camera from recording if you need to change your settings to Pack.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you change the settings to <strong>Pack</strong> while <strong>Camcorder</strong> mode is running, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="640" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3.png" alt="progressive download in progress" class="wp-image-153002" style="width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-down-ON-3-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">If you change to&nbsp;<strong>Camcorder</strong>&nbsp;mode when running in&nbsp;<strong>Pack</strong>&nbsp;mode and the&nbsp;<strong>Mark In</strong>&nbsp;point is set but the&nbsp;<strong>Mark Out</strong>&nbsp;point is not, the following message displays</span>. The processing becomes interrupted and defaults to the current <strong>Mark Out</strong> point.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="640" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Mark-out-not-set.png" alt="mark out not set" class="wp-image-153010" style="width:505px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Mark-out-not-set.png 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Mark-out-not-set-300x200.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Mark-out-not-set-768x512.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When a file transfer is in progress, a new file transfer ⇒ icon displays in the top status bar. If you take the clip live during the transfer process, the following message will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="live standby alert" class="wp-image-153018" style="width:505px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Pack control mode</strong></h2>



<p>Pack mode can be used in either SDI or HDMI. A time code is not required. Clips are downloaded, transferred, and taken live using the Pack Control mode.</p>



<p>To enable the Progressive download Pack control mode:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap <strong>Pack</strong> and move the <strong>Enable slider</strong> to the right until it turns green.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>OK</strong>. A Success prompt will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg" alt="progressive download pack control" class="wp-image-153026" style="width:495px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-Pack.jpg 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-Pack-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Progressive-download-Pack-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button. Your feed will display in “Standby” mode.</li>



<li>Tap the <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105036" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-black.png" alt="right arrow icon">icon to enter the control page to set your mark in/out preferences.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev.png" alt="Progressive Download in Standby mode" class="wp-image-159403" style="aspect-ratio:1.4928057553956835;width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-standby-rev-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p>When a file is being transferred using the Progressive Download, download, and Auto Sync methods, a new file transfer ⇒ icon displays in the top status bar of the LCD touchscreen. A prompt will display if a file is being transferred when the Pack is shutting down.</p>



<p>Tap the file transfer ⇒ icon displays when a file is being transferred. Tap the Transfer tab to view the file transfer details.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105055" style="width: 32px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/right-arrow-icon-red.png" alt="right arrow red">icon is red when a Progressive Download is in progress.</li>



<li>The camera  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="140" height="88" class="wp-image-105064" style="width: 34px" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/video-camera-icon.png" alt="video camera icon red"> icon is red when the Pack is live with a receiver.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Switch tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Switch tab</strong></h2>



<p>The switch tab will only appear if the VLAN tunnel or Router feature is enabled on the device.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Return Video Feedback (RVF) tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Return Video Feedback (RVF) tab</strong></h2>



<p>This feature requires the Video Feedback box accessory. The TVU One Video Feedback Box (VFB) is an external device used with TVU One TM1000V3 and v3+ transmitters running software version 6.7.<br>The return Video Feedback box is powered via the TVU One USB port and features a mini-HDMI interface for output to an external monitor.</p>



<p>The VFB connects from the TVU One USB port to a mini HDMI monitor port. When the VFB function is enabled on a TVU One transmitter, the VFB allows the return video feed to transfer from a receiver in the field and display on a monitor in real-time.</p>



<p>Refer to the &#8220;<em>TVU One TM1000V3 Video Feedback Box QSUG</em>&#8221; for detailed information about set up and usage.</p>



<p>Users can rename the RVF separately from the receiver’s name.<br>To create a custom duplicate RVF Pack and RVF SDI name:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="523" height="470" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-video-feedback-panel.jpg" alt="V3 video feedback panel" class="wp-image-159410" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-video-feedback-panel.jpg 523w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-video-feedback-panel-300x270.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /></figure>



<p>For the V-box adapter, the following message will be displayed if the receiver&#8217;s return Video resolution is set to 1080p or higher, and the bitrate exceeds 2 Mbps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="509" height="193" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/RVF-message.jpg" alt="RVF message" class="wp-image-159417" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/RVF-message.jpg 509w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/RVF-message-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 509px) 100vw, 509px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the configuration page, click <strong>Live</strong> &gt; <strong>Return Video</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Receiver</strong> radio button and select a receiver from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Source From</strong> radio button (e.g. Pack or SDI).</li>



<li>Select an <strong>Output To</strong> option.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1003" height="599" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-return-video-tab.jpg" alt="Live return video tab" class="wp-image-159424" style="width:616px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-return-video-tab.jpg 1003w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-return-video-tab-300x179.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Live-return-video-tab-768x459.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></figure>



<p>To configure the Return Video Feedback from a transmitter:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>RVF</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the<strong> Select Receiver </strong>drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Pack </strong>or <strong>SDI</strong> RVF type and tap<strong> OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Two sources are available from most transceivers. The currently live pack feed on the receiver or the SDI input to the receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="960" height="641" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RVF-tab-disconnected.jpg" alt="RVF tab" class="wp-image-153034" style="width:479px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RVF-tab-disconnected.jpg 960w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RVF-tab-disconnected-300x200.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/RVF-tab-disconnected-768x513.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 960px) 100vw, 960px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Home</strong> button to return to the status screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg" alt="TVU One online no input" class="wp-image-159280" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/TVU-One-online-no-input-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Upload tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Upload tab</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Using the Upload tab, A user can upload files from a USB flash drive to a Receiver.</p>



<p>To upload files:</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Upload</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Select a receiver from the “Upload to” drop-down list, then select a USB source in the “From” drop-down list.</li>



<li>Select the desired files and tap the<strong> Upload</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Upload-tab.jpg" alt="Upload tab" class="wp-image-153042" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Upload-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Upload-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transfer tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transfer tab</strong></h2>



<p>To view file transfer status, including progressive download, download, and auto-sync:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Transfer </strong>tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Transfer-tab-upload-list.png" alt="Transfer tab upload list" class="wp-image-153050" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Transfer-tab-upload-list.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Transfer-tab-upload-list-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The green status indicator displays in the Transfer tab’s <strong>Ongoing</strong> list when the file is being transferred.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-ongoing.png" alt="File transfer ongoing" class="wp-image-132418" style="aspect-ratio:1.5074074074074073;width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-ongoing.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-ongoing-300x199.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the file transfer is complete, the file moves to the Transfer tab’s <strong>Complete</strong> list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-complete.png" alt="File transfer complete" class="wp-image-132426" style="aspect-ratio:1.3516129032258064;width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-complete.png 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/11/File-transfer-complete-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The following message displays if file transfers are in progress when going live before the transfer completes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Live-standby-alert.png" alt="" class="wp-image-153018" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Live-standby-alert.png 481w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Live-standby-alert-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Speedtest tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Speedtest tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Speedtest tab in the Settings menu allows users to test the speed between the RPS One and the receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Speedtest-tab.jpg" alt="Speedtest tab" class="wp-image-153058" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Speedtest-tab.jpg 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Speedtest-tab-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Receiver</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>GO</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Mute/Unmute mic in VoIP call via USB remote controller</strong></h2>



<p>A VoIP call is started on the Receiver. When a VoIP call request is received, a pop-up message will be displayed at the top of the Pack’s LCD screen.</p>



<p>To configure the <strong>Remote controller Setting</strong> to <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP call</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the local Web interface configuration page.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Advanced</strong> &gt; <strong>Remote Controller settings</strong>.</li>



<li>Set the control option to <strong>Mute/Unmute Mic in VoIP Call</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="272" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-voip-call-config.jpg" alt="v3 voip call config" class="wp-image-159431" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-voip-call-config.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-voip-call-config-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB remote controller device to the TVU Pack.</li>



<li>The USB remote controller device will be used as a PTT button for VoIP. While on a VoIP call, press once to mute and again to unmute.</li>



<li>This action is synchronized with the configuration page and displayed as follows.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="272" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-voip-call-config-unmute.jpg" alt="v3 voip call config unmute" class="wp-image-159438" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-voip-call-config-unmute.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/v3-voip-call-config-unmute-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP call invitation on Pack</strong></h2>



<p>When a VoIP call invitation is sent to the Pack, a message will be displayed and automatically close after 3 seconds. The message can be closed manually by tapping the “X.”</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-connecting.jpg" alt="VoIP connecting" class="wp-image-159445" style="width:477px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-connecting.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-connecting-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>When VoIP is connected, a white microphone icon displays at the top of the status bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="61" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/White-mic.jpg" alt="White mic" class="wp-image-159452"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="489" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-connected.jpg" alt="VoIP connected" class="wp-image-159459" style="width:477px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-connected.jpg 489w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-connected-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></figure>



<p>When speaking using VoIP, the height of the green fill increases as the speaking volume increases, then decreases as the volume decreases.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="65" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/speaking-mic.jpg" alt="speaking mic" class="wp-image-159466"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-speaking.jpg" alt="VoIP speaking" class="wp-image-159473" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-speaking.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-speaking-300x201.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<p>When VoIP is connected and the microphone is muted, a pop-up message will be displayed, and the mic icon will turn red.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="41" height="62" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Mute-mic.jpg" alt="Mute mic" class="wp-image-159480"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="321" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-mute.jpg" alt="mic muted" class="wp-image-159487" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-mute.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-mute-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<p>When you press again to unmute, the mic icon returns to white.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-tap-to-unmute.jpg" alt="VoIP tap to unmute" class="wp-image-159494" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-tap-to-unmute.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/VoIP-tap-to-unmute-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Tally status display</strong></h2>



<p>Producers can display Preview (PVW) and Program (PGM) Tally status on their transmitter during live broadcasts.</p>



<p>When the transmitter receives the red tally signal, the On-Air status panel will display, and the video preview will be outlined in red.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="328" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-1.jpg" alt="Tally on-air" class="wp-image-159501" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-1.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-1-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<p>Tap the expansion icon “&gt;” in the red tally panel to return to the Home screen while on-air.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-2.jpg" alt="Tally panel closed on-air" class="wp-image-159508" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-2.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-2-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<p>When the transmitter does not receive the tally signal, the Home screen does not display the expansion icon “&gt;” in the right panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-3.jpg" alt="No Tally signal" class="wp-image-159515" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-3.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-3-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>When the transmitter receives the green tally signal, the <strong>Preview</strong> status panel will display, and the Video preview will be outlined in green.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="485" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-TAlly-4.jpg" alt="Tally signal in preview mode" class="wp-image-159522" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-TAlly-4.jpg 485w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-TAlly-4-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 485px) 100vw, 485px" /></figure>



<p>Tap the expansion icon “&gt;” in the tally panel to return to the <strong>Home</strong> screen while in preview mode.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="326" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-5.jpg" alt="Tally expansion icon closed" class="wp-image-159529" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-5.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/V3-tally-5-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU One FHD and 4K Software QSUG Rev L EN 08-2026</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div>


<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-one-tm1000v3-fhd-and-4k-software-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU One TM1000v3 FHD and 4K Software Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Anywhere Quick Start Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-anywhere-quick-start-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 03 Aug 2026 14:31:03 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=143277</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Anywhere instantly turns your smartphone, tablet, or laptop into a transmitter for high-quality live transmission and streaming from remote locations.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-anywhere-quick-start-guide/">TVU Anywhere Quick Start Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large" id="block-cb371199-e27c-4e26-a333-5d43bf0d06e8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="581" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-1024x581.png" alt="TVU Anywhere User Guide" class="wp-image-92799" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-1024x581.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-300x170.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-768x436.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-1536x872.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-User-Guide-2048x1163.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-c2d1ce11-7d5f-42b7-b240-3a7c2d43f80e">TVU Anywhere instantly turns your smartphone, tablet, or laptop into a transmitter for high-quality live transmission and streaming from remote locations. </p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e4de8ac7-386c-4586-8a0e-5b1000575eab"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3097f029-8699-48ac-bbbb-fb4fcfd5235a">TVU Anywhere is a mobile live-streaming app delivering high-quality live transmission for video broadcasting in remote locations. Thousands of mobile journalists and live streamers use TVU Anywhere as their number-one broadcast app for Android, iPhone, iPad, Windows, and many other mobile devices.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b76ab67f-e84f-47f7-924a-42584dfdad4a"><strong>TVU Anywhere overview</strong></h2>



<p id="block-1db1723d-65d5-4cc0-9e9a-6e9dcfd5fb5d">TVU Anywhere allows users to transmit full-HD video from anywhere using cellular bonding technology and HEVC encoding.</p>



<p id="block-37cb3459-0d1e-4cf3-b14e-c0511cf7d728">TVU Anywhere aggregates your mobile smart device’s 3G/4G/LTE/5G connection and available WiFi for high-definition wireless video transmissions using patented IS+ technology and HEVC encoding.<br>This provides a high bandwidth connection reducing lags, and giving your live broadcast the highest level of stability when streaming live video from your iPhone, Android, iPad, or any other mobile device.</p>



<p id="block-0b313341-611f-46f2-bc82-bbc170d27fce"><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/guides/multi-camera-live-streaming-with-any-smartphone-or-camera/">TVU Anywhere also provides an affordable Cloud-based live remote production for anyone that wants to stream to multiple CDNs.</a></p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6a2f586a-1349-4a35-832a-b3e5f7ef3662"><strong>Features overview</strong></h2>



<ul id="block-7e825307-b378-4787-bda5-57697aa723fe" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Advanced theme: </strong>The TVU Anywhere app offers a new (advanced) theme with added features. </li>



<li><strong>User-friendly interface:</strong> Go live, monitor, and control the transmission from an easy-to-use interface. Key status information such as real-time transmission rate and live streaming are provided.</li>



<li><strong>Dual camera support:</strong> Simultaneous use of the front and rear of a smart mobile device allows a Picture-by-Picture (PBP) or Picture-in-Picture (PIP) transmission.<br>Dual Camera is supported on the following Apple devices: iPhone XS, XR, XS Max, 11, 11 Pro, 11 Pro Max, 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 12 Pro Max, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro, 13 Pro Max, 14, 14 Plus, 14 Pro, 14 Pro Max, 15, 15 Pro, 15 Pro Max, 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro, and 16 Pro Max, and iPad Pro 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generations and M4.</li>
</ul>



<ul id="block-c0b49b66-4f4f-4f0b-90b8-57c6e537d829" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Return Video Feed (VFB):</strong> The return video feedback feature allows users to view a live feed from the studio or remote location for enhanced participation.</li>



<li><strong>Remote Pan-and-Zoom:</strong> A remote operator in the studio can control the camera’s focus, brightness, and also pan-and-zoom without intervention from the device user in the field. This provides unprecedented control over camera framing and exposure without degradation of HD picture quality.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Token integration: </strong>The Token feature provides a simple token-based system for easy management of user accounts. The Token feature is used in the field to pair your TVU Anywhere with your receiver without TVU support intervention.</li>



<li><strong>TVU’s Inverse StatMux Plus (IS+) technology:</strong> Aggregates your device’s cellular wireless connection and available WiFi to provide HD and 4K quality live video using HEVC video transmission.</li>



<li><strong>Simultaneous Streaming and Recording:</strong> Live stream video from TVU Anywhere while recording in the media directory of a smart device. Streams simultaneously to multiple social media sites from any smartphone or tablet.</li>



<li><strong>Support for Sony PDT-F1 internal camera:</strong> The PDT-FP1 functions in the field as a 5G portable data transmitter and creator tool designed to transfer high-speed images and video directly from cameras to cloud servers or FTP sites. Users can use TVU Anywhere on this device both for its internal camera and external HDMI input.</li>



<li><strong>Integrated TVU Voice:</strong> Utilize integrated VoIP technology for two-way conversation between a TVU receiver at the studio and a smart device in the field.</li>



<li><strong>Support for DJI devices: </strong>TVU Anywhere can be enabled for use with DJI drones as a video source that can be streamed live back to the studio.</li>



<li><strong>Support for smart mobile devices:</strong> iOS, MacOS, and Android.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with the Apple Center Stage iPad Pro (M1):</strong> AI camera tracking follows multiple subjects, allowing operatorless productions.<br>&#8211; TVU Anywhere broadcasting app enhances your iPad live streams with integrated AI-based technology that automatically recognizes and tracks the subject as he or she moves.<br>&#8211; The Apple Center Stage feature for the iPad Pro with M1 chip, integrated within TVU Anywhere via API, frees on-screen subjects from the constraints of remaining in a fixed position, greatly improving the professionalism of a single-person live video production.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Partyline:</strong> TVU Partyline provides video conferencing and live briefing capabilities. When used with TVU Anywhere, all participants can:<br>&#8211; Join a TVU Partyline session from TVU Anywhere with a Web link.<br>&#8211; Interact and collaborate live from remote locations.<br>&#8211; Add pictures and video clips as a source (Anywhere iOS, MacOS, and Android.)<br>&#8211; Use the Picture-in-Picture (PIP) feature to add a pre-loaded image to the foreground and a background image (Android and iOS supported).<br>&#8211; The unread message indicator displays when you have a new message.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Producer:</strong> Easily integrate TVU Anywhere with TVU Producer for Cloud-based video production.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with TVU Grid:</strong> For live video switching, routing, and distribution to multiple locations.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with MediaHub: </strong>Supports VFB and VoIP from MediaHub.</li>



<li><strong>Security:</strong> TVU Anywhere offers the option of enabling AES encryption.</li>



<li><strong>Integrates with OBSbot 4K AI camera:</strong> Smart-streaming PTZ camera with AI tracking (USB-C) for MacOS.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Guide contents</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7a0bf225-ac11-4759-bfc8-7b3454a7756c"><strong>Quick Start guide contents</strong></h2>



<p id="block-13b18ee1-3d86-4c4a-937d-76f5d1f05996">This Quick start guide provides instructions to complete the following tasks:</p>



<ul id="block-f213c4e4-2470-417d-a117-bb63d73df53a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>How to Download and install the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>How to contact TVU Support to complete your registration.</li>



<li>How to pair your device with a receiver.</li>



<li>How to operate the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>How to create a hotspot connection with a TVU Pack.</li>



<li>How to integrate the TVU Anywhere app with a DJI device.</li>



<li>How to use the Token feature with the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Compatibility</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-c8a3e9b0-fd14-4045-8fe7-2bd3b9a896d0"><strong>Compatibility</strong></h2>



<p id="block-885d1195-9a7c-4063-97f4-a08d7834d598">The TVU Anywhere app supports iOS, Android, MacOS, and Windows OS. (It’s recommended using the latest system version.)</p>



<p id="block-d53f6403-5f99-45c1-b16a-25c5ddc8c21d">The recommended phone models are as follows:</p>



<ul id="block-5186827c-57b1-420e-98e9-795ed6293ad3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Samsung: S7, S9, S10, S20, S21, S22, S23, S24, Note 8, Note 9, Note 20</li>



<li>Huawei: Mate 10, Mate 20/20 Pro, Mate 30/5G, Mate 40, P20, P30, P40, and P50.</li>



<li>iPhone: 7/7P, 8/8P, X/XS Max, 11/11Pro/11 Pro Max,12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 12 Pro Max, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro, 13 Pro Max, 14, 14 Plus, 14 Pro, 14 Pro Max, 15, 15 Pro, and 15 Pro Max. 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro, and 16 Pro Max.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-aaf49248-4212-433e-b287-7b9cdbe95305"><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app &#8211; Smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ae0ef3e0-c3d4-4a3a-97eb-40125a8f0366">Complete the following steps to install the TVU Anywhere app.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Installing the TVU Anywhere app on your iOS or Android device</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6528d72c-d0f9-4280-a5a8-e8d61f9dc09f"><strong>Step 1</strong>:<br><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your iOS smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-87c7b732-3038-4f33-9b79-ef283393219c">The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the app store.</p>



<p id="block-bf41eb1f-23c3-4020-bef3-9aa93f180709">To download and register the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-f2ba1141-04fa-406a-998d-d073217a1b51" class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, go to the <strong>App Store</strong> and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere Pro</strong> in the search field.</li>



<li>Download and install the <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> app onto your smartphone.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7f0d78a3-e792-4195-b628-13585f1a51d9"><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your Android device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-87f2d365-1650-43f7-a5bd-c8865e9ca989">The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the Google Play Store.</p>



<p id="block-017dc232-05fb-4134-9785-bc3830119285">To download and register the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-d3be9140-d369-40f0-b667-deb01841acda" class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, click the <strong>Google Play</strong> icon and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> in the search field.</li>



<li>Download and install the <strong>TVU Anywhere </strong>app onto your smartphone.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211;  TVU Anywhere iOS and Android device registration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-221ac6e5-0b5c-4e38-8c00-9f01e91a396f"><strong>Step 2:</strong><br><strong>TVU Anywhere iOS and Android registration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ee847648-e549-43b2-9e67-245f03f598c7">To finalize your TVU Anywhere registration:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-605d9942-71fa-4a6f-b650-944a4237a6c7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to your <strong>Applications</strong> and launch the <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> app. Note that the TVU Anywhere app icon for Android devices will not denote “Pro.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-462c0f63-5d6a-4dc1-a92a-20fb3c4f098b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726" style="object-fit:cover"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-48f1c230-e022-4075-a72f-6f652fcde49b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the features bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> info</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8b356ed8-68da-4f4a-a8b5-3a91003ba2e6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg" alt="Info icon" class="wp-image-158735" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-428821f8-62a9-4a30-85ac-82731692ebdf" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Write down your device<strong> PID</strong> displayed in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-7271325b-6fa1-4aab-bfea-d723f9c6c227"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png" alt="PID pop up screen" class="wp-image-158742" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-9359ee77-710d-4cd6-baf4-0793d1680290">Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</p>



<ul id="block-5536a621-76a0-4205-ad9a-08589cd83d3f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>



<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you can begin streaming.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 1 &#8211; Installing the TVU Anywhere app on an iPad, Mac Pro, or Windows device</div>


<p>Complete the following steps to install the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6dc0e02f-6e81-4c58-95ef-e16c6e9fb7c7"><strong>Step 1:</strong><br><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your iPad or Mac Pro</strong></h2>



<p id="block-391b0701-591e-45eb-acda-c4e35a4e6947">The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the TVU Networks TVU Anywhere Product page at: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/</a></p>



<p id="block-ad003c4c-4a5a-46f6-9c84-0ead9098f888">To download and register for the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-a6d49608-c792-40d9-9008-647e15c5537d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>App Store</strong> icon or <a href="https://apps.apple.com/us/app/tvu-anywhere-pro/id883099579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://apps.apple.com/us/app/tvu-anywhere-pro/id883099579</a> to download and install the TVU Anywhere app onto your iPad.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-43c7d464-ee24-4f29-add9-38889edaff39"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Website-App-Store-Link.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Website - App Store Link"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-d339584c-914f-4529-accc-6a76f13592b5"><strong>Installing the TVU Anywhere app onto your Windows device</strong></h2>



<p id="block-f131dc5f-4aa8-440d-829c-b6a0d7835acb">The TVU Anywhere Pro app is available free of charge from the TVU Networks TVU Anywhere Product page at: <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-anywhere/</a></p>



<p id="block-c9de5d93-7388-4d19-b61d-00eb1a50a8cc">To download and register for the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<ol start="1" id="block-80f16a04-6df9-4d2f-8b87-8384b5dfdf84" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Free</strong> <strong>Windows Download</strong> icon or click <a href="https://dl.tvunetworks.com/TVUAnywhere/TVUAnywhere.zip" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://dl.tvunetworks.com/TVUAnywhere/TVUAnywhere.zip</a></li>



<li>Download and install the TVU Anywhere app to your PC or laptop.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-f069ba1f-2da3-4a36-ab14-d21c852f5b1c"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Website-Windows-Link.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Website - Windows Link"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-ac788843-c5e4-4e96-812a-e23347494062" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to your Download folder and click the file to start the TVU Anywhere app installation.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Step 2 &#8211; iPad, Mac Pro, and Windows registration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-fed2b39f-ac80-408b-9061-10120e9dc703"><strong>Step 2:</strong><br><strong>iPad, Mac Pro, and Windows registration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8cfa5c0f-2b82-42b4-9c26-7e977eaff7c5">To finalize your TVU Anywhere registration:</p>



<ol id="block-da6f6bb6-538b-4d1e-8068-a17354f8f9e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Go to your Applications folder and launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726" style="object-fit:cover"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-b3a00a94-d4e8-48c9-94ef-5ad290343863" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Info</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-ed733c02-18b5-4ef0-bb3f-8a2f0bb52fa4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-Advanced-About.png" alt="iPad info icon" class="wp-image-158749" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-Advanced-About.png 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-Advanced-About-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-282ec8e6-508d-41c4-a750-ee6b1ac4e2d6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and write down your device&#8217;s <strong>PID</strong> displayed in the Info screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-7991bbe5-f950-4f50-9b5e-c8cc222926f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-PID.png" alt="iPad PID" class="wp-image-158756" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-PID.png 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-controls-PID-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-cbe25bed-624b-4e26-9bf4-83da81c70e1e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul id="block-a04dea7d-d9bc-4267-9ee4-75f003d6e72f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" id="block-ce562e92-9afc-4c93-9cd1-daeb340983bb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you can begin streaming.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-04fefd7a-8c28-4cf0-aeb1-551f825be107"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-Streaming.png" alt="TVU Anywhere iPad Pro Streaming"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Pairing your device with a TVU receiver</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-369a0901-86c1-4679-84b1-84410c60d9fb"><strong>Pairing your device with a TVU receiver</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9dcaa6fa-f4d2-46a2-9b64-38f2019b7801">Email TVU Support at support@tvunetworks.com. TVU support will pair your TVU Anywhere app to the receiver receiving your stream.</p>



<p id="block-ddae8b5f-0cb6-4fd3-840e-09342fb4ee81">In addition, TVU Anywhere integrates with the TVU Command Center Token feature. Activating the Token feature allows an administrator to pair with a list of registered receivers using the Command Center user interface.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For more information about the Token feature, refer to &#8220;Appendix A of this Quick Start User Guide&#8221;TVU Token feature overview.&#8221;</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU Anywhere operational controls and functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8cc44576-1a22-4e83-bcde-a45f494c610d"><strong>TVU Anywhere operational controls and functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-be3a9892-4f1d-4363-b1eb-c3d7d69cd2d7">After launching the TVU Anywhere app, the interface will display the following operational controls and functions.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Operational-controls-and-functions.png" alt="Operational controls and functions" class="wp-image-158764" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Operational-controls-and-functions.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Operational-controls-and-functions-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-be3a9892-4f1d-4363-b1eb-c3d7d69cd2d7"><strong>Select icon</strong> &#8211; Press the <strong>Select</strong> icon next to the battery indicator to open the Scan window and pair your device with a receiver.<br><strong>Folding menu</strong> (double arrows) &#8211; Press the double arrows “&gt;&gt;” folding menu to open the <strong>feature menu icons</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ab28f3fd-83db-46f4-a505-3d37647ed68a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Home-screen.png" alt="feature bar" class="wp-image-158771" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Home-screen.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Home-screen-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The feature icon selections are described as follows from left to right:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-primary-menu.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere primary feature menu" class="wp-image-158778" style="width:494px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-primary-menu.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-primary-menu-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Crop icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the Crop icon to select part of the video image.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere overlay icon" class="wp-image-158785" style="width:491px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Filmstrip icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the filmstrip icon to open the alternate source menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg" alt="filmstrip icon" class="wp-image-158792" style="width:481px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Filmstrip</strong> source selections include Native camera captures, pictures, and external device pairing. Features include PIP, PBP, BGM, and BGM Blur:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) icon</strong> &#8211; The PIP icon allows the user to transmit an overlay on top of their transmission.</li>



<li><strong>Picture-by-Picture (PBP) icon</strong> &#8211; The PIP icon allows users to transmit two pictures side-by-side.</li>



<li><strong>Background manager icon (BGM)</strong> &#8211; The BGM icon displays a subject with a full background.</li>



<li><strong>Background manager icon (BGM Blur)</strong> &#8211; The BGM icon displays a subject with a blurred background.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/alternate-source-menu.png" alt="alternate source menu" class="wp-image-158799" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/alternate-source-menu.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/alternate-source-menu-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Create Video Clip icon</strong> &#8211; Press the Clip icon to create and edit a video clip from recorded videos and photos.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere create and edit video" class="wp-image-158806" style="width:490px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Upload icon</strong> &#8211; The Upload icon allows users to upload their video clips or pictures to a receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere upload a video" class="wp-image-158813" style="width:499px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Setting icon</strong> &#8211; Tap the Setting icon to open the Advanced menu operations such as Video, Audio, Record, MISC, About, and external device configuration and enablement options.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Advanced settings icon" class="wp-image-158820" style="width:499px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png" alt="advanced settings menu" class="wp-image-158827" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ul id="block-5bed4e6f-e819-4d19-8930-90ac6e33cefa" class="wp-block-list">
<li></li>
</ul>



<p><strong>VFB icon</strong> &#8211; The VFB icon allows the user to initiate a return video feedback from a local SDI or Live source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere VFB icon" class="wp-image-158834" style="width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Screen Broadcast icon</strong> &#8211; Use the Screen Broadcast function to record everything on your screen, including notifications. Enable the Do Not Disturb function to prevent unexpected notifications.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Screen Broadcast icon" class="wp-image-158841" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Snapshot icon</strong>: The camera icon to add a native camera capture to your source menu. This feature allows you to capture an image in Live or Standby mode.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere snapshot icon" class="wp-image-158848" style="width:526px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The right panel operational controls and features are described from bottom to top.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Right-panel-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Right panel controls and functions" class="wp-image-158855" style="width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Right-panel-controls-and-functions.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Right-panel-controls-and-functions-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Record button</strong> &#8211; The Record video function records in Live or Standby mode.<br><strong>Partyline icon</strong> &#8211; Press the Partyline icon to join or create a Party.<br><strong>Live button</strong> &#8211; Press the Stop Icon to Start and Stop the Live video function.<br><strong>Stream button</strong> &#8211; Use the Stream button to stream live.<br><strong>Front and rear facing camera icon</strong> &#8211; Press this icon to switch between front and rear camera perspectives.<br><strong>Stabilization</strong> &#8211; The stabilization feature allows users to capture video in standard, aggressive, or extreme environments.<br><strong>White balance (WB)</strong> &#8211; The WB feature allows a user to adjust the white balance of their video.<br><strong>Zoom</strong> &#8211; The Zoom feature allows a user to zoom into an image.<br><strong>Light</strong> &#8211; The Light feature allows a user to adjust the screen brightness in order to save power.<br><strong>Focus</strong> &#8211; To focus on a specific area of the screen, tap the area, and the camera will refocus in that area of the image.<br><strong>Beauty icon</strong> &#8211; Adjusts the lighting of an object. This feature also enhances a person’s image by reducing facial imperfections.<br><strong>Exposure</strong> &#8211; The Exposure feature allows a user to adjust the video exposure setting.<br><strong>Transmission</strong> &#8211; The Transmission feature allows users to adjust the delay and bitrate when live.<br><strong>Microphone</strong> &#8211; Select the desired mic ( embedded mic, earphone mic, or Bluetooth mic).</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Operating the TVU Anywhere app</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>New functions</strong></h2>



<p id="block-60e75ff3-143e-44b7-a2b6-b5b3c92d15dd">The latest functions include:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Partyline (MacOS): displays a web-side participants list when screen share is highlighted. Supports Partyline stereo capture and playback.</li>



<li>Partyline (Android/iOS): Supports remote control speaker, recording in CBR mode, and Timelock with Command Center, and displays party name on top of the Party ID when joining a meeting.</li>



<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with a preloaded picture as background.</li>



<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with the back camera as background.</li>



<li>Two Picture-by-Picture PBP functions.</li>



<li>Two Background Manager options (BGM and BGM Blur)</li>



<li>Support for DJI Drone (iOS based on DJI SDK v4.16.2) and DJI Drone (Android, based on DJI SDK v5.14.0).</li>



<li>Support for Center Stage with the new M1 iPad Pro.</li>



<li>Support for Accsoon M1 as an external video capture device for Android smartphones.</li>



<li>Support for Accsoon SeeMo/SeeMo Pro/SeeMo 4kp30 as external video capture devices (iOS/iPadOS only).</li>



<li>Streaming directly to social media platforms and other CDNs.</li>



<li>Using the TVU One as a streaming source.</li>



<li>The option to rename local files when uploading.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ea4e1c64-2e63-4f90-8569-acb3df16c2f3"><strong>Choose your registered receiver</strong></h2>



<p id="block-692c61f7-9caf-4d47-a0d6-cf3b3d3b5b49">Complete the following steps to choose a registered receiver:</p>



<ol id="block-358648fe-4a69-46d7-9434-a929381459e6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Select</strong> <strong>receiver or scan to pair</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select the paired receiver from the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-038d3aef-f5af-4e62-b928-c93fa6cec260"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Select Receiver or Scan to pair" class="wp-image-158862" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-f4ded2cd-243d-4506-83a0-8dd6c05c2d07" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you did not select a receiver from the drop-down list, the <strong>Scan</strong> screen will automatically display.</li>



<li>Enter any “optional” information and press <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Scan-screen-user-info.jpg" alt="Scan screen user info" class="wp-image-158869" style="width:513px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Scan-screen-user-info.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Scan-screen-user-info-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A second <strong>Scan</strong> screen will display. Continue with “Token pairing.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg" alt="scan screen" class="wp-image-158876" style="width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token pairing</strong></h2>



<p>To <strong>Scan</strong> or <strong>Enter</strong> a <strong>Token code</strong> to pair your smartphone with a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To <strong>Enter</strong> a <strong>Token code</strong>, press the “<strong>123</strong>” icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg" alt="scan screen" class="wp-image-158876" style="width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/scan-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>Token code</strong> and press <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="467" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Token-code-pairing.jpg" alt="Token code pairing" class="wp-image-158883" style="width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Token-code-pairing.jpg 467w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Token-code-pairing-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To manually scan a Token code, press the <strong>Scan</strong> icon and allow the smartphone to scan the <strong>Token QR code</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5e3701ab-1130-4a20-ba18-1f63b7c69c89"><strong>Selecting and playing recorded video into the stream</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2dbf088d-84ad-4869-82c0-182a8139cfbc">Below the menu bar is a grid of 6 boxes. Each box is a placeholder for a selected photo or video which can be added to the live stream.</p>



<p id="block-9463e295-a9b6-407e-8a62-88b50af2120f">To add a video for live playout:</p>



<ol id="block-1ee9a491-0580-43b6-b438-1b3e04a46e43" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> Filmstrip</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-560449c1-f7fd-4f06-8672-c91cbca32308"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg" alt="filmstrip icon" class="wp-image-158792" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-4aae50e4-97b8-453f-857e-37827bb4dd1d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Plus (+)</strong> icon and select<strong> Video</strong> from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9b4e10be-698c-405d-96df-31ebdb9d7045"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/film-icon.png" alt="activating a video selection" class="wp-image-158890" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/film-icon.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/film-icon-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-ed7b92ec-2684-4961-941a-9cb85725e558">The saved video menu opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-e9806229-640e-4707-a9c8-86fa81727736"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-1024x473.jpg" alt="Making a video selection" class="wp-image-158897" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-1024x473.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-768x355.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection-1536x710.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Making-a-video-selection.jpg 1792w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-2c0af89e-99f4-457b-b7e6-9a928c3ee57d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your selection and press <strong>Done</strong> or the <strong>Back</strong> button to make another selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-6d15ce27-ac30-4568-a94d-8fa279c7ed0b"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/video-selected-preview-mode.jpg" alt="video selected preview mode" class="wp-image-158904" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/video-selected-preview-mode.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/video-selected-preview-mode-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-1bd66ef4-c5df-4a27-a647-751e82880e08" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Play a video, tap the video thumbnail once, and it will play into the live stream. At the end of the clip, it will return to the camera feed.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Playing a video will cancel the PIP or PBP setting and the stream will return to the last used primary camera.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-da4bf3b5-75ef-4fdc-ac08-9e418075b30e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/BGM-Blur.png" alt="Playing a video (BGM) blur" class="wp-image-158911" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" id="block-35503f50-fa35-4092-a124-cc6a063f406f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete a preselected video, press and hold one of the boxes that contain a video thumbnail. A red delete bar will appear.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-92d30f11-d138-465c-8428-9403eaed76bf"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/delete-video.png" alt="deleting a video" class="wp-image-158918" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-356bc4a3-1c3d-4cab-97c8-f1d3569fb018"><strong>Standby status indicator</strong></h2>



<p id="block-56391e18-d55e-4175-b0f4-28c8eb63c7f6">After you have selected your receiver, the status indicator in the top left corner of the screen displays “<strong>STANDBY</strong>” until you go live with the receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-31b96e63-4d50-4354-b554-fee6cb1f849f"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-STANDBY-mode-2-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - STANDBY mode 2" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5a0e2b95-1aeb-402a-923c-40feb6543125"><strong>Going Live with a receiver</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ddd58905-f715-465c-9b2c-2072dffd291a">To take your video live with a receiver, press the red <strong>Live</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-125e7627-a735-446c-97a0-7a6d7c189372"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Go-LIVE-button-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere go LIVE button" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-8cf8720f-b5dd-4d96-80e8-0e2ee2abb0e4"><strong>Live and Offline status indicators</strong></h2>



<p id="block-58a9c023-3212-4923-8621-228f0d79103d">When you go live with the receiver, the status indicator changes to “<strong>LIVE</strong>” and displays the receiver you are transmitting to. In addition, the live streaming time and the transmission rate are displayed at the top-left of the screen. If the status indicator reads <strong>OFFLINE</strong>, TVU Anywhere is not paired with a TVU receiver, or the TVU receiver is not powered on, and you cannot transmit live video.</p>



<p id="block-7f177cbe-c727-48b1-851e-a15a603d5eb9">The “<strong>LIVE</strong>” status indicator displays in the top left corner of the app when the Live transmission begins, as shown in the following graphic.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-152d8029-e13f-48f5-9f65-5b4bbc6f0ada"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere “OFFLINE” transmission status indicator" class="wp-image-93756" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-OFFLINE-indicator-2.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-816bf81b-8787-4f29-a156-1de2a330d84a"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Live-indicator-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere “LIVE” transmission status indicator" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-eade4dfa-5c14-4991-9bf4-e9eef8786de3"><strong>Record button</strong></h2>



<p id="block-786d5920-421a-4968-9b41-3852a90e0774">The Record video function can record in Live or Standby mode.</p>



<p id="block-4eb269a2-3ae2-476d-82e0-2adf3d8ba3bf">To record in live or Standby mode, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-8eb77064-e23a-42d1-873a-f5c8568267d1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the green <strong>Rec </strong>button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-73091be1-4739-433a-af53-687be6b122cb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-1024x473.jpg" alt="record button" class="wp-image-158925" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-1024x473.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1-768x355.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-1.jpg 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p id="block-5d1505fc-f254-4ba6-b52e-65da34ccbe88">When you are recording, the Rec button turns to a green square, and a counter starts at the top left of the screen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-c9fdbef3-6642-4710-ac0c-c2e5eb627459"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-1024x473.jpg" alt="recording" class="wp-image-158932" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-1024x473.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a-768x355.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Record-button-2a.jpg 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-e19a80e1-5c11-40b7-84e8-3bbd364ebd0d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the recording, press the<strong> green square</strong>. Your recording is saved to your smart device.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ac712797-d244-4a66-8cfc-07f80720925a"><strong>Reverse facing camera feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-02807067-d5d7-4c3b-9e68-6334f68a3f13">This feature allows a user to switch between front and rear camera perspectives.</p>



<p id="block-5c3eb539-6f8a-4abd-82f4-80fe5ed35f2f">To use the reverse-facing camera feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-3d25d5f3-7ede-4e21-ae77-aaecdea1c728" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>reverse camera</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>reverse camera</strong> icon again to return your camera to front-facing mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e1fb90b1-269a-4356-a883-c40abbf24412"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-reverse-screen.jpg" alt="reverse camera icon" class="wp-image-158939" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-reverse-screen.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-reverse-screen-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-10fac26e-b11d-49b5-9495-07586bd95f9d"><strong>Stream feature</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Note: </strong>The Stream feature is a paid feature and is available to users that sign in using their active TVU Producer account.</p>



<p id="block-8320d264-cae5-4ab1-abec-47b360777545">The Stream feature allows users to:</p>



<ul id="block-e5037974-927f-47f6-9816-640482803d9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Live stream an entire live Partyline video to Social Media platforms and other CDNs.</li>



<li>Use TVU Anywhere as a streaming source.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-5e996637-4a5d-4456-9ff9-09d2a9dcd063">To stream live video, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-9048c7f6-6518-4c54-b317-7e0986443927" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Stream</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-dde2daa3-5d2d-41d1-9a1b-e99f1d737363"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Stream-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Stream icon" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-557d46ac-9b0b-4e99-ae6b-e33484cd882a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Sign in using your TVU credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e9a3608b-4066-4ed3-b29f-4a5405af0b92"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Partyline-Sign-in.png" alt="Partyline - Sign in" class="wp-image-158946" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Partyline-Sign-in.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Partyline-Sign-in-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-530d1ebd-df5c-4b60-8e23-2d8cd1344cbb" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Follow the prompts to stream live.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-944440a8-c251-45c2-9905-a39a19c630c5"><strong>Partyline capability feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8d996ef3-b3ab-463f-8e49-408b9d926801">The Producer Partyline capability feature integrates with TVU Anywhere App version 9.0.42 and above. Partyline provides video conferencing capabilities between multiple or remote participants in a live production.</p>



<p id="block-5b36287b-f454-4742-b7fa-2e52d349db3f">A production initiator sends the TVU Anywhere app user a web link in the field to pair their device to the Partyline session. The Participants can see a return feed on the main screen indicating what is being broadcast.</p>



<p>Partyline Support:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Join a party using a Party ID or create a party and live</li>



<li>stream the entire party video to Social Media platforms</li>



<li>and other CDNs.</li>



<li>Join a party by inputting the party ID.</li>



<li>Active TVU Voice (VoIP) with Partyline when the app is</li>



<li>running in the background.</li>



<li>Prompt allows users to re-enter a Partyline session if</li>



<li>exited unintentionally.</li>



<li>Global control and Audio matrix.</li>



<li>Stereo capture and playback.</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-563864fb-e275-458a-ab87-246e3036a3a2">The Partyline feature allows users to join or create a Partyline session.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-1c2da62f-c176-4ac5-8ba5-9ae9221faaed"><strong>Create a Party</strong></h2>



<p id="block-33324851-4f68-4992-a952-d6fc98cd200d">To start a party:</p>



<ol id="block-9a42e057-c500-471d-82b9-4b9a5d6826e1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Partyline</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-5a849330-45ab-4320-9704-b5489b83ad0a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Join or Start a Party icon" class="wp-image-158954" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-675e4dc4-55a5-456e-80a5-e98c78d91390" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Create New Party</strong> button and log in to Partyline with your user credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-37b688ad-b2e3-4041-8a17-d480cf3a5dac"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Partyline feature join or create" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-a1384a4f-36a7-49a6-aae7-53feb3e77e0c" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Invite</strong> link to copy the code. Send participants the code to join.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-b0183df1-729c-4377-ba83-6a82e6e72c20"><strong>Join a Party</strong></h2>



<p id="block-8e566550-c879-4e33-bc77-9d4a6501d3e3">To join a Party:</p>



<ol id="block-de1cdb42-20b3-4f45-8ca5-20f81bfb80dd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the TVU Anywhere app and press the <strong>Partyline</strong> icon.</li>



<li><strong>Copy</strong> and paste the Partyline <strong>URL</strong> sent by the host and press <strong>Join</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-6c03878c-8aca-4acc-a0f8-0ff02a87d949"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-Join-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Partyline feature - Join" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:482px;height:auto"/></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-c922d65f-af05-4548-9807-102526ac06c6"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Join Live party Participant view" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:481px;height:auto"/></figure>



<h5 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Anywhere Partyline session example.</strong></h5>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding overlay sources</strong></h2>



<p>The Add overlay sources icon allows users to add up to six sources. User’s can add URL, HTML streams, and the phone’s GPS information.<br>To add overlay sources:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>overlay source</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere overlay icon" class="wp-image-158785" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-overlay-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the Plus “+” in one of the six preview blocks.</li>



<li>Choose a URL, HTML format or GPS from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/add-new-source-menu.png" alt="add new source menu" class="wp-image-158961" style="width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/add-new-source-menu.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/add-new-source-menu-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Configure your selected source in the pop-up screen using one of the following <strong>URL Source</strong>, <strong>HTML source</strong>, or <strong>GPS information</strong> methods.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>URL source</strong></h2>



<p>To configure a URL source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>URL</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable<strong> Web interaction</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Z order</strong>.</li>



<li>Adjust the <strong>Frame Rate</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the View Mode “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to select <strong>Preview</strong> or <strong>Preview and Live</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Save</strong> in the top banner.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/URL-source-config.png" alt="URL source config" class="wp-image-158968" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/URL-source-config.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/URL-source-config-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>HTML source</strong></h2>



<p>To configure a HTML source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the “&gt;” to enter or paste the <strong>Input HTML</strong> source code</li>



<li>Enable<strong> Web interaction</strong>.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Z order</strong>.</li>



<li>Adjust the <strong>Frame Rate</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap the View Mode “<strong>&gt;</strong>” to select <strong>Preview</strong> or <strong>Preview and Live</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Save</strong> in the top banner.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/HTML-source-config.png" alt="HTML source config" class="wp-image-158975" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/HTML-source-config.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/HTML-source-config-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>GPS information</strong></h2>



<p>To configure the phone&#8217;s GPS information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Coordinates</strong>.</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Speed</strong> (This will impact the devices’ energy).</li>



<li>Enable the <strong>Altitude</strong>.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Save</strong> in the top banner.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/GPS-source-config.png" alt="GPS source config" class="wp-image-158982" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/GPS-source-config.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/GPS-source-config-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-6b0287cc-9846-440d-b0c9-c9c1bb409ca6"><strong>Using the dual-camera feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-612998a9-cd95-4e9a-a207-0ed5a8f18c99">The TVU Anywhere Dual camera feature is enabled when using the Picture-by-Picture (PBP) or Picture-in-Picture (PIP), and two Background manager (BGM) modes. These modes allow simultaneous use of the front and rear-facing cameras.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with a preloaded picture as background.</li>



<li>Picture-in-Picture (PIP) with the back camera as background.</li>



<li>Two Picture-by-Picture PBP functions.</li>



<li>Two Background Manager options (BGM and BGM Blur.)</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-bfc15c45-bf6d-48b5-91fe-d046a4d8656f">Dual Camera is supported on the following Apple devices: iPhone XS, XR, XS Max, 11, 11 Pro, 11 Pro Max, ,13, 14/14 Plus/14 Pro/14 Pro Max, 15, 15 Pro, 15 Pro Max. 16, 16 Plus, 16 Pro, 16 Pro Max, and iPad Pro 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th generations and M4.</p>



<p id="block-3e1afba4-63e2-4c8c-a570-6c96dc28caea">To use this feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-630690d2-7a1f-47bb-87c0-84f6a4b243ef" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>Filmstrip</strong> icon to open the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-c2ec1553-385c-4b09-9fb6-bd831dc1799a"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg" alt="filmstrip icon" class="wp-image-158792" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-film-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-369b1f1e-932e-4b22-87ce-e33942bf2dff" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Place your iPhone in a position to capture the front and rear-facing images.</li>



<li>Press the <strong>PBP</strong> icon for side-by-side Picture-by-Picture, or the <strong>PIP</strong> icon to overlay video from the front camera onto the back camera video.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-c70dc7dd-18e6-47f7-978b-0e61d55a2926"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Dual-Camera-2-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Dual Camera PBP example" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The PBP or PIP icons display green when active.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-396e2d5b-01e5-44e9-a1c2-665ca7ae7359"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Dual-Camera-1-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Dual Camera PBP" style="aspect-ratio:2.160337552742616;width:513px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>BGM</strong> (Blur) icon to blur the background image.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="240" height="111" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/BGM-Blur.png" alt="Playing a video (BGM) blur" class="wp-image-158911" style="width:503px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click away from the menu to return to the main screen.</li>



<li>To move the placement of the PIP image, press and hold the PIP video and drag it to a new position.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Create Video Clip feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Create Video Clip feature allows users to select and edit local photos and videos to stream live.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Create Video Clip</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere create and edit video" class="wp-image-158806" style="width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-and-edit-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create Video Clip</strong> window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-video-clip-window.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere create video clip window" class="wp-image-159012" style="width:516px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-video-clip-window.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-create-video-clip-window-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Plus</strong> icon to select local photos or video. You will be prompted to allow access to your photo library. In settings, select an access level.</li>



<li>Press <strong>Edit selected photos</strong>, then press <strong>Show selected</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="222" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/photos-selected-2.png" alt="photo selected" class="wp-image-159005" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/photos-selected-2.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/photos-selected-2-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-30ac8e57-f810-4a05-be82-01067282b554"><strong>Upload feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-6657896d-f76b-49b2-8677-6e4ee1b6ac98">You can upload your recorded videos and pictures to a receiver using the Upload feature.</p>



<p id="block-8f57795c-77e1-479e-b212-e86911d6d5af">To upload your content to a receiver, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-36954c47-397c-4a68-9764-2893368e269e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Upload</strong> icon to open the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-39fef9bf-fc7b-49de-8f42-9f701e3de117"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere upload a video" class="wp-image-158813" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-upload-a-video-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-0b467bf9-5a6b-4d11-8960-830d3d16ab9a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Upload screen opens. Press the <strong>Plus (+)</strong> icon and select <strong>Album</strong> to upload your video clips or pictures to the paired receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-a5cfdb13-48c5-48c4-ae5b-20d59ec1bee6"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Uploads.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Uploads" class="wp-image-158990" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Uploads.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Uploads-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-6e7ef490-8b2b-4980-99dd-d6447207bb54" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Make your selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-400fcce4-415e-4bbd-8570-91280f45b048"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Make-an-upload-selection.png" alt="Make an upload selection" class="wp-image-158998" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Make-an-upload-selection.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Make-an-upload-selection-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-c968fa1a-392a-41b3-a60a-e97617e4ce40" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Preview window, press the<strong> Done</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-61f46690-faa1-4943-bedc-15bb0bca1bb8"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Upload-preview.png" alt="upload preview" class="wp-image-159020" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Upload-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Upload-preview-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-15d30f98-fcdd-4f8f-9272-9890a031ae01" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Destination</strong> Type. To rename your file, press the <strong>File Name</strong> field.</li>



<li>To upload your video clips or pictures to the paired receiver, press <strong>Upload</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-5dd5c77e-aac0-4584-9fe7-cc2fcc2ca1db"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Rename-feature-and-upload-to-receiver-or-Producer-screen.png" alt="Rename feature and upload to receiver  or Producer screen" class="wp-image-159027" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Rename-feature-and-upload-to-receiver-or-Producer-screen.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Rename-feature-and-upload-to-receiver-or-Producer-screen-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-a4f4fd72-05f9-4800-aa56-1ca6df0ae6ab"><strong>Advanced features</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4248cad5-1c30-42bb-b53d-b278ee1fc0d3">The Setting icon opens the Settings menu, where you can access Video, Audio, Record, MISC, About, and external device configuration and enablement options.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p id="block-4248cad5-1c30-42bb-b53d-b278ee1fc0d3">Refer to “Advanced settings” for Advanced feature use and controls.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Tap the <strong>Setting</strong> icon to open the Setting menu.</li>
</ol>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-bd468244-0006-4312-950f-dc24f6a1a431"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Advanced settings icon" class="wp-image-158820" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Setting</strong> menu will be displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png" alt="advanced settings menu" class="wp-image-158827" style="width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Settings-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-dea8891e-1bbf-48b2-a8b2-37e1c8eb6a6b"><strong>Return Video Feedback (VFB)</strong></h2>



<p id="block-ce52fb7c-b30d-4e0b-a337-948d1b0dd90f">The VFB icon allows users to initiate a return video feedback from a local SDI or Live source. The VFB feature allows the option to hide the local video preview when VFB takes the full screen.</p>



<p id="block-ce52fb7c-b30d-4e0b-a337-948d1b0dd90f">To use this feature, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-3bff0f9d-fef4-40de-a91a-8330fde5c577" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>VFB</strong> icon to open the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-69b631f5-d718-4d4c-acd8-0cccd1bea029"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-VFB-function-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere VFB function" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-662803d0-ed93-4404-9c33-0926730b34b2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the desired output and source from the pop-up menu, then press <strong>Start</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-db849d37-a4c6-4dbd-9a65-be5bae2e3561"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Start-Live-VFB-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Start Live VFB" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-3d1900e3-460e-419b-b027-5f064eba59f6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>VFB</strong> icon in the function bar to stop the live transmission, then press the red <strong>Stop</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-7ea36af8-485f-424e-9cb4-d2d95ceef1ba"><strong>Screen Broadcast feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-257ee312-77fe-4186-9515-ad4d27b1323b">Use the Screen Broadcast function to record everything on your screen, including notifications.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To prevent unexpected notifications during the screen broadcast, enable the “<strong>Do Not Disturb</strong>” function in the TVU Anywhere Control Center interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="225" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Control-center.jpg" alt="control center" class="wp-image-159038" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Control-center.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Control-center-300x156.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<p id="block-b388964b-ed41-4d62-870d-f1665a966796">To use the Screen Broadcast feature:</p>



<ol id="block-17b73623-1df9-4836-801e-d9f76de84ecd" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Screen Broadcast</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-6a694dc4-ac33-43e7-82f4-2f558995bbfd"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Screen Broadcast icon" class="wp-image-158841" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Screen-Broadcast-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-4ecb1efb-5134-4a99-8e48-7bf53f134dc8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Start Broadcast</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1629b76c-4989-42ec-ad19-215561f51c80"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Screen-Broadcast-icon.png" alt="start screen broadcast  " class="wp-image-159045" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Screen-Broadcast-icon.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Screen-Broadcast-icon-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-67573c7c-2474-4f4f-94af-987915c94934"><strong>Snapshot feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c08321b2-8471-4964-9ddb-709388891b9d">Use the camera icon to add a native camera capture to your source menu. This feature allows you to capture an image in Live or Standby mode.</p>



<p id="block-e2c0228c-cac6-4753-a0b8-a704ee062900">To use the Snapshot feature:</p>



<ol id="block-46e5e661-9ca4-4c94-8cd4-f11956137ece" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Snapshot</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-91dd8c57-c5cb-48a6-a03b-f454240ba6bd"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere snapshot icon" class="wp-image-158848" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-snapshot-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-45450bf2-f1b2-4a96-8f59-701fe2741a81" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The snapshot preview temporarily displays. Press the <strong>Snapshot</strong> icon again to replace the image if needed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d06b3ea1-a1f7-459f-87e2-01ecebe44410"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature.jpg" alt="snapshot preview" class="wp-image-159053" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature-300x139.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Snapshot-preview-feature-768x355.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-67c5e989-161e-4c68-aaf9-a13925fb844b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Filmstrip</strong> icon. Your image is displayed in the Native Camera source window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-1128a52c-f011-427e-9928-2f3c6b4332f3"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Native-camera-preview.png" alt="Native camera preview" class="wp-image-159060" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Native-camera-preview.png 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Native-camera-preview-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f7cdc589-d3bb-4a06-a3c6-f2f2beab9888"><strong>Flash feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-7c059d80-a70d-40fd-a41d-4466626b5b5f">The flash feature turns on the flash for extra lighting when needed. </p>



<p id="block-7c059d80-a70d-40fd-a41d-4466626b5b5f">To use the flash feature:</p>



<ol id="block-7c63fe5f-43df-4a62-a7bf-df89b0a8852a" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To turn on the flash, press the <strong>flash </strong>icon.</li>



<li>To turn the flash function off, press the <strong>flash</strong> icon again.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-9e2aaf64-be1e-4379-93fe-5f072d01a394"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Flash-icon.jpg" alt="flash icon" class="wp-image-159068" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Flash-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Flash-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Stabilization feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Stabilization feature allows users to record video in standard mode or in aggressive or extreme environments.</p>



<p>To use the Stabilization feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Stabilization</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Select your appropriate option.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="800" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature.png" alt="Stabilization feature" class="wp-image-159075" style="width:521px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature.png 800w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Stabilization-feature-768x355.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0df2654d-85ef-49e9-b8d4-4c6e729a5a0f"><strong>White balance (WB) feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4e2cef25-9d94-49cd-8be7-18b451c5d461">The WB feature allows a user to adjust the white balance of an image automatically or manually. <strong>Auto</strong> is the default setting. To switch to the <strong>Manual</strong> setting, tap <strong>Auto</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-Auto.png" alt="WB feature Auto" class="wp-image-159082" style="width:529px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-Auto.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-Auto-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<p id="block-147f546c-0d23-4a92-b99a-8bca67c908e3">To manually adjust the WB:</p>



<ol id="block-aeee8907-68fd-410d-8fe1-27899300eba6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>WB</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Use the adjustment bars to correct the white balance.</li>



<li>To reset the white balance, press<strong> Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-65d96857-7811-4804-a52f-c75ec6832abb"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-manual.png" alt="WB feature manual" class="wp-image-159089" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-manual.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WB-feature-manual-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-5ec93423-1b87-449d-88ef-6f9fe8e766eb"><strong>Zoom feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-207d4b07-6aed-4dba-9b6d-35d12b938d81">The Zoom feature allows a user to zoom into an image.</p>



<p id="block-2558fd2c-9753-4163-ae89-a1b2151f0a9d">To use the Zoom feature:</p>



<ol id="block-3b22a131-b150-41c8-888e-bbf074004487" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Zoom</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Use the adjustment bar to magnify your image.</li>



<li>To reset the magnification, press <strong>Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-94104ee2-661c-46b5-84b6-112ef3d2d9b4"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Zoom-feature.png" alt="Zoom feature" class="wp-image-159097" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Zoom-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Zoom-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-3961ede0-6264-4dc5-a48f-f68de5608621"><strong>Light (Brightness) feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-2fb0e7dc-8a8c-41b4-b386-602fa4e84bc2">The Light feature allows a user to adjust the brightness of the overall image.</p>



<p id="block-a97dd10b-27be-448c-ae0d-a4a546d57b25">To adjust the brightness:</p>



<ol id="block-8da82da0-1bc0-4191-9140-28a4ceba36ba" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Light </strong>in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Use the adjustment bars to adjust the brightness.</li>



<li>To reset the brightness, press <strong>Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-d188a2f1-e700-421f-b9a2-5e425dbf6a7f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Light-feature.png" alt="light feature" class="wp-image-159104" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Light-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Light-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Focus feature</strong></h2>



<p>To focus on a specific area of the screen, tap the area, and the camera will refocus in that area of the image.</p>



<p>To use the Focus feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Focus </strong>in the vertical sidebar. This feature is set to <strong>Auto</strong> by default.</li>



<li>Tap the area on the screen that you want the camera to focus on.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Auto.jpg" alt="auto focus" class="wp-image-159111" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Auto.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Auto-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Auto</strong> to change to the <strong>Manual</strong> mode. This mode will allow you to adjust the focus manually.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Manual.jpg" alt="manual focus" class="wp-image-159118" style="width:508px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Manual.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Focus-feature-Manual-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-48d6d7fa-ad75-45e8-bdd8-02f5ad6c1132"><strong>Beauty feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-eeded6a7-550f-475c-af42-8cd90b2c7d7f">The Beauty feature adjusts and applies a softened filter to the subject. This feature also enhances a person’s image by reducing facial imperfections.</p>



<p id="block-08390a25-e881-4cd1-b2fe-2857e53c75eb">The Beauty feature applies to 720P, 480P and 1080P30 settings.</p>



<p id="block-babe1163-8fee-4489-93ad-d984d2beed2c">To use the Beauty feature:</p>



<ol id="block-67b0e9b5-df99-42ff-8cab-12f86fca3197" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Beauty</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>To adjust the enhancement level, move the bar up to enhance the subject.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-ebee2f91-0b1a-4b8c-9364-e0ee6f5b5157"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Beauty-feature.png" alt="beauty feature" class="wp-image-159126" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Beauty-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Beauty-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-4f73f8a6-a589-4913-b5f8-a16d5c6182b9"><strong>Exposure feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-9c45d973-9599-4cbf-993e-3f5464c85be2">The Exposure feature allows a user to adjust the exposure setting for the content. This feature is set to Auto by default.</p>



<p id="block-ecd9092f-249d-437e-bee5-618967c066f3">To adjust the exposure:</p>



<ol id="block-d5b72d81-f5b3-4709-b8b6-84194cf5fbc9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>Exposure</strong> in the vertical sidebar.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Auto</strong> to display the <strong>Manual</strong> setting. Use the adjustment bar to adjust the exposure setting.</li>



<li>To reset the exposure setting, press <strong>Reset</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature.png" alt="auto exposure" class="wp-image-159140" style="width:511px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-8ec50996-0e2a-4d59-a3b2-986f9458de8f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-manual.jpg" alt="exposure feature manual" class="wp-image-159133" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-manual.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/exposure-feature-manual-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transmission feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Trannsmission feature allows users to adjust the bitrate and delay during a live transmission.</p>



<p>To use the Transmission feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>When the transmission is Live, press <strong>Transmission</strong> in the vertical sidebar. The setting bar displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Transmission-feature.jpg" alt="Transmission feature" class="wp-image-159148" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Transmission-feature.jpg 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Transmission-feature-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Adjust the <strong>Delay</strong> and <strong>Bitrate</strong> sliders.</li>



<li>Tap <strong>Reset</strong> to return to the original settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-f53dc2dc-f435-4f4f-8e5a-17a9f6487258"><strong>MIC feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-79ae4d21-8c79-439d-83fc-4124238123ba">The MIC feature allows for the manual selection of the source microphone.</p>



<p id="block-3b613f2b-f985-4b6e-9e67-91f008f0d13b">To use the MIC feature:</p>



<ol id="block-fbcdb7bf-29d5-43cd-a93f-2f461304b170" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press <strong>MIC </strong>in the vertical sidebar. The MIC setting bar displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-771810be-d847-40a2-a389-86e74072631c"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/MIC-feature.png" alt="MIC feature" class="wp-image-159155" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/MIC-feature.png 320w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/MIC-feature-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-a0ea5423-0b3e-45a0-8d8e-f9908a414e12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the MIC type, <strong>Exterior</strong>, <strong>Built-in</strong>, or <strong>Bluetooth</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	</div>

<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-65feaec1-8c0a-451f-a1c7-ffc65a9534c8"><strong>Advanced settings</strong></h2>



<p id="block-44d6075d-d2f9-4181-bb07-9b2c8a3d283c">This section explains TVU Anywhere advanced features in the Setting menu and how to use them.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ad9ec21c-0c69-4114-b52b-cf8af3661e21"><strong>Advanced features</strong></h2>



<p>Settings information about your device, video, audio, recording, NTP, IS+, external devices, and DJI can be accessed from the Setting menu.</p>



<p>It is recommended that you review your settings and enable the features you would like to use by moving the slider to the right until it turns green.</p>



<p>To access the Setting menu:</p>



<ol id="block-7d60cd66-9e37-470a-89fb-adccd710c727" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Setting</strong> icon in the feature bar.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-cf9eb2b1-d9d6-4601-a3d6-845089877657"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="266" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere Advanced settings icon" class="wp-image-158820" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Advanced-settings-icon-300x139.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p id="block-96635ac5-1fed-4e99-8095-11ba14711b68">To set the resolution and frame rate for your transmission:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Video panel, set the <strong>Resolution</strong> and <strong>Frame Rate</strong> that is optimal for the transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-0a02347d-eec7-4399-b494-124c97823c21"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="618" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Setting-screen_Video-panel.png" alt="Setting screen_Video panel" class="wp-image-174808" style="width:536px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Setting-screen_Video-panel.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Setting-screen_Video-panel-300x276.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable or disable any other video-related features for the transmission.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Remote Camera viewing</strong> to authorize remote viewing via TVU Command Center, TVU Channel, and TVU Search.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Video-panel_Remote-Camera-Viewing.jpg" alt="Video panel_Remote Camera Viewing menu" class="wp-image-174815" style="width:540px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Video-panel_Remote-Camera-Viewing.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Video-panel_Remote-Camera-Viewing-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Swipe the menu upward to access the Audio, Record, and MISC settings.</li>



<li>To use the Partyline feature, enable the appropriate mic features in the <strong>Audio</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>This audio option allows users to use audio capturing for live transmission to a receiver. It can capture only the phone camera, and also mix the IFB (TVU Voice) audio in the capture, or audio that comes from Partyline if Partyline is enabled.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Record panel enable the appropriate features.</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>When enabling metadata, it adds metadata information to the recorded videos. It can be helpful for TVU Search or other purposes that require identifying what the video is about.</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the MISC panel, enable the appropriate features.</li>



<li>The Theme setting is automatically set to the theme you have chosen. To change Themes, disable the default setting and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="772" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_Audio_Record_Misc.png" alt="Advanced setting screen_Audio_Record_Misc" class="wp-image-174822" style="width:537px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_Audio_Record_Misc.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_Audio_Record_Misc-261x300.png 261w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Extrnal Devices panel, enable the appropriate settings. Refer to the specific External device procedures for setting up your device.</li>



<li>The<strong> About</strong> panel provides your device, PID, and UUID information. Tap the <strong>User Guide</strong> link to display an overview of the DJI and professional camera support you can use with TVU Anywhere.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="758" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_External-Devices_About.png" alt="Advanced setting screen_External Devices_About" class="wp-image-174829" style="width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_External-Devices_About.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_External-Devices_About-266x300.png 266w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-aa42973d-e1c6-4a28-9394-d1be23a04713"><strong>Creating a hotspot connection to a TVU Pack</strong></h2>



<p id="block-3d5f0076-3da1-42c3-b854-94c5a4be78fb">The Hotspot screen on the Pack displays two QR codes. Users can scan the Hotspot QR code to join the packs’ internal Hotspot. Scanning the Configuration page QR code opens the WiFi Configuration page in a Web browser.<br>Complete the following steps to create a hotspot connection to a TVU Pack using the TVU Anywhere app:</p>



<p id="block-3d5f0076-3da1-42c3-b854-94c5a4be78fb">:</p>



<ol id="block-3344fcdc-d60d-4100-b7f8-d9b7ef5593d9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Settings </strong>(gear) icon on the pack’s LCD touchscreen.</li>



<li>Tap the <strong>Hotspot</strong> tab.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Tap the <strong>Sc</strong></span><strong>an </strong>icon in the TVU Anywhere app. Orient the QR code inside the crop marks and scan the <strong>Hotspot QR code</strong> to join the pack’s network.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg" alt="Hotspot qr code" class="wp-image-174836" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Hotspot-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Hotspot-qr-code-300x203.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" id="block-983eba0c-e11b-428b-a165-6d4a8d59817f" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Once the connection is established, use your TVU Anywhere app to scan the<strong> Configuration page QR code</strong>.</li>



<li>A Web browser window will open the configuration page on your smart device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="318" height="212" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Config-qr-code.jpg" alt="Config qr code" class="wp-image-174843" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Config-qr-code.jpg 318w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Config-qr-code-300x200.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Choose the appropriate WiFi configuration settings.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-89f7eca7-8afa-48aa-a138-7612b763faec"><strong>Apple Center Stage integration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-96b2c4ba-6357-4a1c-aa66-66acb1057559">This feature allows operator-less Live Video Production with Apple Center Stage.</p>



<p id="block-3c0df687-2a2d-42ed-827c-4ea8f0ec7455">Users can Live stream from their iPad Pro using the built-in hardware and bring quality to a mobile broadcast or live video production.</p>



<p id="block-6ded57f8-d54d-4f27-b4d0-6bc31e857bd1">TVU Anywhere broadcasting app enhances iPad live streams with integrated AI-based technology that automatically recognizes and tracks the subject as he or she moves.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-cd284e93-ef4a-468c-a438-3645544fffd7"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-iPad-Pro-Streaming.png" alt="TVU Anywhere iPad Pro Streaming"/></figure>



<p id="block-fb4dcded-dea2-492f-9577-861139bd75ce">The Apple Center Stage feature for the iPad Pro with M1 chip, integrated within TVU Anywhere via API, frees on-screen subjects from the constraints of remaining in a fixed position, greatly improving the professionalism of a single-person live video production.</p>



<p id="block-593877db-871c-4e2f-b33d-e72d5617215f">The technology also reacts if an additional subject enters the shot (such as an interviewee) by automatically zooming out to capture the additional subjects and zooming back in again when the interview is completed. No external controls are required to operate Center Stage in TVU Anywhere.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-eaf9e54a-177b-4f87-99e3-6054115a37ad"><strong>TVU Anywhere DJI integration</strong></h2>



<p id="block-92bb9223-59c7-4be0-ab93-ddf51c59ae29">This section describes additional TVU Anywhere applications, including:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enabling TVU Anywhere for use with DJI drones.</li>



<li>Using the TVU Token feature.</li>



<li>Pairing the TVU Anywhere app with a registered receiver using the TVU One QR code menu</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Enabling TVU Anywhere for use with supported DJI drones</strong></h2>



<p id="block-63f62d05-3d07-4160-bd9f-961a82c7035e">TVU Anywhere app (version 6.2.4.291 or later) supports the transmission of videos from a DJI drone. This section introduces the methods for connection, disconnection, and registration. If you have any questions, contact TVU Support at +1.650.440.4812.</p>



<p id="block-bdf7a402-89fd-46c2-b896-bdd9f2c274b4">The new TVU Anywhere Theme provides an overview of the DJI Drone support.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized" id="block-e32c57ee-9d89-40c9-bc1a-9f245b08767f"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="386" height="184" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Iphone-frame-Features-DJI-and-Camera.png" alt="dji drone set up
" class="wp-image-159163" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Iphone-frame-Features-DJI-and-Camera.png 386w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Iphone-frame-Features-DJI-and-Camera-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 386px) 100vw, 386px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>ATTENTION:</strong> DJI account registration is required when using a DJI drone in China.</p>
</blockquote>



<p id="block-b826f1d3-97ed-4006-bc17-a22396f004cd">DJI account registration and bound are required when using a DJI Drone in China. Failure to do so will result in the Drone’s video being unable to work with the TVU Anywhere app. You can go to the DJI official China website to register your DJI account using your phone number (do not use your e-mail address) as shown in the “DJI registration example (China).” The account information will be used when the device is active and will bind the DJI device to the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-2374f8b7-d73c-4f89-bde9-8ed58a444c05"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/drone-registration-china.png" alt="drone registration china" style="width:231px;height:370px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-83e6ec70-a0b2-4202-9f2c-5b02fe663d2d"><strong>Supported DJI drone models and TVU Anywhere platforms</strong></h2>



<p id="block-c0ae234b-a9c8-446a-8df6-82d889520794">TVU Anywhere platforms:</p>



<ul id="block-6f1ed2de-4620-439f-a972-5d75299c4174" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Hardware: iPhone 7 and above</li>



<li>Software: iOS 10 and above</li>
</ul>



<p>Supported DJI Drone (iOS based on DJI SDK 4.16.2):</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Mavic Pro</li>



<li>Mavic Air 2</li>



<li>Inspire1</li>
</ul>



<p id="block-408ee57e-e5c6-4edd-8046-ba2516dcfbb8">Supported DJI Drone (Android, based on DJI SDK v5.14.0):</p>



<ul id="block-f503cd95-7fb7-4fc8-a58a-2e24463c8c7e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>DJI Mini 4 pro</li>



<li>DJI Mini 3 Pro</li>



<li>DJI Mini 3</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>TVU Anywhere is not compatible with drone controller models that have an embedded display.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-ecdcd6a1-dc6c-420d-9993-d6540e9ee93f"><strong>Using TVU Anywhere with a DJI drone</strong></h2>



<p id="block-5d121fe0-7450-4452-8e69-5b73c4b65ea0">To use the TVU Anywhere app with the supported DJI drone, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-10ec2f5e-27c1-49eb-84ef-ade88e84d088" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Download and install the latest version of TVU Anywhere app to your phone.</li>



<li>Turn on the DJI drone and drone controller.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> You may test the drone and controller with the DJI Go app.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" id="block-263cc0a9-8faf-4d62-9eea-f3372ca98b6d" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Connect the USB cable to the iPhone and drone controller. Then, launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li>Enable the DJI device in the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Video will automatically switch from the drone to the TVU Anywhere app once enabled. If the screen on the TVU Anywhere app does not display, make sure your DJI device is enabled in the TVU Anywhere app.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" id="block-75449bac-79ee-4502-a3d3-727f60f7b17e" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you are operating the DJI drone in China, verify that the DJI account is activated and bound. Click <strong>Sign in</strong> DJI and enter the account password for binding and activating, as shown below.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="343" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_External-Devices_DJI-activation.png" alt="Advanced setting screen_External Devices_DJI activation" class="wp-image-174850" style="width:567px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_External-Devices_DJI-activation.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/04/Advanced-setting-screen_External-Devices_DJI-activation-300x153.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p id="block-6514f5e9-df70-41d8-a6f5-64d44b4b0738">The Binding and application activation states will display as “Bound” and “Activated” if the operation succeeds, as shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full" id="block-8c015777-2664-499d-8993-9a94376a416e"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="185" height="81" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/DJI-enable-2.jpg" alt="DJI account activation success (China)" class="wp-image-93770"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-0a3126db-2fae-4dcb-8e53-9280583240ed"><strong>Using the Partyline capability feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Producer Partyline capability feature integrates with TVU Anywhere app version 9.0.42 and later. Partyline provides video conferencing capabilities between multiple participants or remote participants in a live production. By using the TVU Anywhere app, all participants (or talent personnel) can video conference with each other.</p>



<p>A production initiator sends the TVU Anywhere app user a web link in the field to pair their device to the Partyline session. The Participants can see a return feed on the main screen indicating what is being broadcast.</p>



<p>The Partyline capability feature uses Real Time Interactive Layer (RTIL) technology to provide video conferencing capabilities for remote live production. For more information, refer to the TVU Producer Partyline Quick Start User Guide.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Join Live party Participant view" class="wp-image-121803" style="width:496px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1536x710.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view.png 1792w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Step 1 &#8211; Download and install the TVU Anywhere app onto your iOS smart mobile device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the App Store. To download and register the TVU Anywhere app, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, go to the <strong>App Store</strong> and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere Pro</strong> in the search field. Download and install the iOS TVU Anywhere Version 9.0.43 or later on your smartphone or laptop.</li>



<li>Go to your<strong> Applications</strong> folder and launch the TVU Anywhere app.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> Information</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg" alt="Info icon" class="wp-image-158735" style="width:505px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and write down your device <strong>PID</strong> displayed in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png" alt="PID pop up screen" class="wp-image-158742" style="width:510px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you are now ready to begin streaming.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>On Mac OS</strong></h2>



<p>Download and install the TVU Anywhere app version 9.0.0b111 or later to your Mac OS device.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Download and install the TVU Anywhere app onto your Android device</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU Anywhere app is available free of charge from the Google Play Store. To download and register the TVU Anywhere app, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>From your mobile device, click the <strong>Google Play</strong> icon and enter <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong> in the search field. Then, download and install the<strong> TVU Anywhere</strong> app version 9.0.42 or later on your smartphone.</li>



<li>Go to your <strong>Applications</strong> folder and launch the TVU Anywhere app. Note that the TVU Anywhere app icon will not denote “Pro.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="69" height="72" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-App-logo.jpg" alt="TVU Anywhere App logo" class="wp-image-158726"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>double arrows</strong> to open the feature bar.</li>



<li>Press the<strong> Info</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg" alt="Info icon" class="wp-image-158735" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Info-icon-selected-300x138.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate and write down your device <strong>PID</strong> displayed in the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png" alt="PID pop up screen" class="wp-image-158742" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up.png 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/PID-pop-up-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Contact TVU Support to complete your registration. You will need to provide the following information:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The device PID</li>



<li>The receiver(s) name and PID</li>
</ul>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the PID is successfully registered, you are now ready to begin streaming.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Step 2 &#8211; Create or Participate in the party</strong></h2>



<p>The Partyline feature allows users to join or create a Partyline session.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> You will be prompted to sign in with your user credentials to create a new party. Anyone can join a party without signing in.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Create a Party</strong></h2>



<p>To create a new a party:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Partyline</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Join or Start a Party icon" class="wp-image-158954" style="width:528px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Join-or-Start-a-Party-icon.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Press the <strong>Create New Party </strong>button and log in to Partyline with your user credentials.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-1024x473.png" alt="" class="wp-image-93238" style="width:536px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Partyline-feature-join-or-create.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Participate using the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p>The remote participant can now see this user interface in the TVU Anywhere app and can join a video conference with all other remote participants on the Partyline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Join Live party Participant view" class="wp-image-121803" style="width:550px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view-1536x710.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/TVU-Anywhere-Join-Live-party-Participant-view.png 1792w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the switch button to reverse the front and rear camera views on your cell phone.</li>



<li>Click the camera <strong>ON</strong> to enable participants to see you. Click the camera <strong>OFF</strong> if you prefer not to be seen.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Microphone</strong> button to control the microphone&#8217;s On/Off function. When you click the Microphone button to Off, you are active, and participants cannot hear you.</li>



<li>Horizontally scroll the screen to view more participants.</li>



<li><strong>PIP mode</strong> &#8211; Click <strong>PGM</strong> or a participant’s source to enlarge their window. The enlarged picture and your picture display in PIP mode. Click the screen again to exit PIP mode.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Appendix A &#8211; TVU Token feature overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-44cd0ce4-ad37-4f58-ad3b-0c3f2557d605"><strong>Appendix A &#8211; TVU Token feature overview</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-94c67f22-fcdd-40ae-9727-4a28753e36b7"><strong>Pairing your device via the Token feature</strong></h2>



<p id="block-93dd2331-6d62-49c3-a615-d2a838fcc3f9">Before TVU Anywhere can go Live, it must first be paired with one or more receiving devices. These pairings can be created on a self-service basis by utilizing the Token feature.</p>



<p id="block-c89e1fb1-1a75-4683-bb7a-527f6a1d625d">A Token comes in a numeric or QR code generated by your TVU system administrator and provided to you. Entering this Token code will automatically pair your device with the appropriate TVU output receivers.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-90866d64-c506-4e2d-87a6-57ff263308f9"><strong>Important information about device settings</strong></h2>



<p id="block-a1aa3e3c-f05b-4e9f-803c-a8ea4bca50fb">When using the TVU Anywhere app, set your device to the “Do not disturb” mode.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>I<strong>mportant: </strong>Setting your device to the “Do not disturb” mode while you are using TVU Anywhere will keep your TVU Anywhere app from closing in the event you receive an incoming call.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-9c0f71ef-c8a8-42a2-a1e7-c957c09cd065"><strong>Accepting a Token using the TVU Anywhere app</strong></h2>



<p id="block-cb0e680b-242b-43f4-9d82-9cc22e355fca">To accept a Token using the TVU Anywhere app, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-624d1ff6-0aa7-4759-bf28-7774ff38339b" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Obtain the <strong>Token</strong> code from your administrator.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image" id="block-49ea4f68-e702-400a-b685-2e8fc79cebcb"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/QR-code-live-mobile-broadcast-app.png" alt="This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is QR-code-live-mobile-broadcast-app.png"/></figure>



<ol start="2" id="block-0a0b85ee-694d-4549-a6cd-5583b770da71" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Scan or manually enter the Token code, open your TVU Anywhere app. Then, click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon in the receiver bar.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>There is a limit of 50 devices that can be used for each token QR code. You can accept the Token code using two methods. You may either scan a printed or displayed QR code, or enter the numeric token code manually. The manual method is highly recommended.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized" id="block-40deaf5e-230c-42f4-90fb-afad91218aad"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="473" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere - Select Receiver or Scan to pair" class="wp-image-158862" style="width:512px;height:237px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-1024x473.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-300x139.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair-768x355.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Anywhere-Select-Receiver-or-Scan-to-pair.png 1050w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-aec1df96-5b37-431a-8dfb-d786e59ce486" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Scan window displays. Enter the<strong> phone number</strong> and<strong> introduction information</strong> in the fields at the top of the screen. This step is optional but highly recommended. Press <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-37514381-51bd-4ff6-a17a-d06b4068fbf1"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-code-Next-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code Next" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<p id="block-a0df1735-0af5-403d-be30-41e0b08a4df3">The scan window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-f6c3e808-b72f-45ff-81f7-15a64bb63186"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-code-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" id="block-92ddb65c-8a9f-4f37-b966-aea802324295" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Continue with “Scan the Token QR code” or “Manually enter the Token code.”</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-04ffeeb0-2559-43a2-b237-ac2f66b83e69"><strong>Scan the Token QR code</strong></h2>



<p id="block-104f8ecc-7ad3-4064-b816-36f8dd6d7b3c">To scan your Token code, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-b0105ef8-1ccb-46df-ab87-dfe25996da23" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Scan</strong> icon in the function bar. Then, press the green <strong>Scan</strong> icon at the bottom of the Scan window.</li>



<li>Align the <strong>Token QR code</strong> inside of the green frame. The app reads the QR code. A ‘Success’ pop-up displays.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-9aae86a2-abd5-4f9b-9715-bd56f6d5f7c7"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Engage-fan-with-QR-Code-Token-TVU-Anywhere-mobile-streaming-app.png" alt="Add unlimited number of participants and fans to your live streaming" style="width:508px;height:384px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e0f6e970-c8d1-4fa8-a7ea-638c47a44486" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your system administrator must approve your code before you can go Live.</li>



<li>To go live, click the <strong>Live</strong> icon in the function bar. Press the red <strong>Live</strong> button in the right panel if you use the new theme.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-fbd1349a-590c-4796-a506-036723c7514e"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Go-LIVE-button-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere go LIVE button" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading" id="block-e90e6ce5-a7f6-4644-85bc-8b48d483a18d"><strong>Manually enter the Token code</strong></h2>



<p id="block-4f2442f0-7eda-4f34-b284-ece5b2d37074">To manually enter the Token code, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol id="block-34b07f88-ea2d-4d94-b283-4beffe8e8529" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Scan</strong> icon in the function bar. Then, select the <strong>Enter 123</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>phone number</strong> and introduction information in the fields at the top of the screen. This step is optional but highly recommended. Press <strong>Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-563d6a7b-bb27-4d5b-93d0-6ac39258011e"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Scan-QR-code-Next-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere Scan QR code Next" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<ol start="3" id="block-e91238e8-4c3d-408a-b43c-f7c9cc514347" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the <strong>Token code</strong> in the license field and click <strong>Apply</strong>. A ‘Success’ pop-up displays.</li>



<li>Your system administrator must approve your code before you can go Live.</li>



<li>To go live, click the <strong>Live icon</strong> in the function bar. Press the red<strong> Live button</strong> in the right panel if you are using the new theme.</li>



<li>The red<strong> Live</strong> indicator displays when you are live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image is-resized" id="block-be5b3285-7424-4a58-938b-573058118fd5"><img decoding="async" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/TVU-Anywhere-Live-indicator-1024x473.png" alt="TVU Anywhere “LIVE” transmission status indicator" style="width:512px;height:237px"/></figure>



<p></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p class="has-small-font-size">© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Anywhere QSUG Rev H EN 07-2026</p>
</blockquote>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-anywhere-quick-start-guide/">TVU Anywhere Quick Start Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Command Center User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 24 Jul 2026 19:48:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=173086</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Command Center is a robust cloud-based central management system for all of your TVU devices and services.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/">TVU Command Center User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="604" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-1024x604.jpg" alt="Featured image Command Center QSUG" class="wp-image-173087" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-1024x604.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-300x177.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG-768x453.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Featured-Image-Template-Posts-TVU-Command-Center-QSUG.jpg 1028w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Product overview</strong></h2>



<p><a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/products/tvu-command-center/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center</mark></a> is an Enterprise Video Management Platform and Live cloud-based streaming solution.  TVU Command Center offers centralized remote management and control of your TVU transmitters and solutions. As a cloud-based solution, TVU Command Center provides the convenience of remote access from any location with an Internet connection. </p>



<p>TVU Command Center also permits IP video sources to be added, deleted, transmitted, and output to a third-party website or Content Delivery Networks (CDN) such as YouTube, Ustream, and Facebook Live.</p>



<p>Manage TVU transmitters, receivers, multiple live feeds, and input sources. Control TVU Grid switching, routing, and video distribution. Monitor data usage and analytics. Schedule automatic live transmissions and broadcast to any live-streaming website.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Introduction, setup, and base operation</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Introduction, setup, and base operation</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Command Center offers centralized remote management and control of your TVU transmitters and solutions.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Before you begin</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Networks makes it easy to sign up for a Command Center account. From the TVU Networks website, click the <a href="http://cc.tvunetworks.com"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Sign up/Login</mark></a> button at the top of the page. On the Sign in page, click Sign Up, enter the required fields, click <strong>Get Started Now</strong>, and follow the registration steps.</p>



<p>This TVU Command Center User Guide provides an overview of the new user interface and instructions for setting up and using the TVU Command Center&#8217;s basic and advanced operations.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Features</strong></h2>



<p>TVU Command Center’s robust cloud-based toolset comes with the following features:</p>



<p><strong>Route tab</strong> &#8211; The Route tab has the following features:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Route</strong> tab displays paired receivers and available sources. Users can select one or more receivers and go live with available sources from this tab. </li>



<li><strong>Sources</strong>: The My Sources page is accessed by selecting the Route tab in the left panel and the Sources tab in the top navigation panel. Sources can be displayed by status, bookmark, type, by name, Live first, or by which source was online first.</li>



<li><strong>Receivers</strong>: Users can access the Receivers page by selecting the Route tab in the left panel and selecting the Receivers tab in the top navigation panel. The Receivers page displays receivers paired to their account. Users can click the source drop-down menu below the preview to select and go live with a source associated with that receiver.</li>



<li><strong>Advanced Control</strong>: The Advanced Control page is accessed by selecting the Route tab in the left panel and the Advanced Control tab in the top navigation panel. The Advanced icon on the Receivers page also opens the Advanced Control page, which includes the Source panel. It also displays the Settings, control, and diagnostic data for a selected source.</li>



<li><strong>Multi-Control feature</strong>: The Multi-Control feature allows synchronization of up to twelve TVU transmissions on the same delay by enabling Time Lock. The Multi-Control page is accessed by selecting the Route tab and Receivers tab from the top navigation panel and clicking the green Multi-Control button.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>Monitor tab</strong>: The Monitor tab allows users to watch full-motion live videos of their current live receivers in a multi-view format without timing out. Users can listen to the output audio, view individual windows full screen, and use VoIP controls to communicate with each receiver’s TVU Pack.</p>



<p><strong>Grid tab</strong>: The new TVU Grid for Command Center features allow TVU Command Center account owners to access and manage Grid sources outside their traditional organizational boundaries.</p>



<p><strong>Token tab</strong>: The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the token feature, allowing an operator to automatically pair receivers without intervention from TVU Support.</p>



<p><strong>RPS tab:</strong> Command Center supports the RPS, RPS Link devices up to 6 video inputs and an RPS One 4-channel (max) transmitter source. The RPS tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode.</p>



<p><strong>Chat feature</strong>: Contact the TVU Support team via chat within the new Command Center user interface.</p>



<p><strong>Alert icon</strong>: TVU Command Center Alert feature allows users to send alerts about sources or receivers to other Command Center accounts with access to those devices.</p>



<p><strong>Setting icon:</strong> Access all features and system settings enabled to display in the Settings menu.</p>



<p><strong>Social Accounts tab</strong>: The TVU Share feature enables users to share or publish a source directly to a social media account or website.</p>



<p><strong>User preferences</strong>: Full control of TVU receivers, including Geo-locate, a GPS-based map view of all powered TVU transmitters.</p>



<p><strong>Tracking and location features:</strong> Track TVU receivers, including Geo-locate, and show a GPS-based map view of all powered TVU transmitters.</p>



<p><strong>TVU Pack battery level notification:</strong> The Command Center interface will display an alert and a battery low indicator when a Pack reaches a critical battery level of 5%. The pop-up clearly identifies the specific Pack(s) with the critical battery and provides hotlinks to the corresponding Packs&#8217; “My sources” entries.</p>



<p><strong>Battery Status indicator:</strong> When a paired device battery is low, users will hear a “beep” and a Battery indicator message at the top right of the Command Center window appears.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Logging in to the TVU Command Center</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Logging in to the TVU Command Center Web User Interface</strong></h2>



<p>To sign in to Command Center, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open a Web browser window and enter: <a href="http://cc.tvunetworks.com"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">http://cc.tvunetworks.com</mark></a></li>



<li>Click <strong>Enter</strong>. The Sign in pop-up displays.</li>



<li>To Sign in to the TVU Command Center Web user interface, enter your <strong>email</strong> and <strong>Password</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1445" height="708" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page.png" alt="Command center sign in page" class="wp-image-144548" style="object-fit:cover;width:738px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page.png 1445w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page-300x147.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page-1024x502.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/command-center-sign-in-page-768x376.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1445px) 100vw, 1445px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Sign in</strong>.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Command Center User Interface overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center User Interface</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the new TVU Command Center user interface&#8217;s four main tabs in the left panel:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Route tab</strong> &#8211; All transmissions can be managed from the Route tab. The Route tab displays paired receivers and available sources. Users can select one or more receivers and go live with available sources from this tab. Sources can be filtered by status, bookmark, type, and by name, or by which source was online first. The Setting page can be accessed by clicking the gear icon in the bottom-left corner of the advanced receiver page.</li>



<li><strong>Monitor tab</strong> &#8211; The Multi-view page has been renamed as Monitor. The integration of the TVU Multi-view feature enables previewing six live video streams on a single monitor. The TVU Multi-view feature is available to monitor more than six live video streams on a single monitor. Select the display matrix, and if the number of monitored videos exceeds the matrix&#8217;s maximum, you will see pagination.</li>



<li><strong>Grid tab</strong> &#8211; The Grid tab gives the user complete control over all TVU Grid video content switching, routing, and distribution.</li>



<li><strong>Token tab &#8211;</strong> Select the Token tab to share the QR code with others for TVU Anywhere pairings. Using the Token tab feature, the operator can perform automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</li>



<li><strong>RPS tab: </strong>Command Center supports the RPS, RPS Link devices up to 6 video inputs and an RPS One 4-channel (max) transmitter source. The RPS tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode The RPS tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode. Users can switch 1, 2, 3, or 4 on the touchscreen to output to a single receiver. All video formats and frame rates must be the same to use this function in Command Center.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center User Interface Route tab</strong></h2>



<p>After a successful login, the TVU Command Center Web user interface Route tab and Sources page will be displayed by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-Route-tab-2.png" alt="TVU Command Center User interface - Route tab" class="wp-image-149281" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-Route-tab-2.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-Route-tab-2-300x110.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<p>By default, the Source tab displays source thumbnails in the list view. Users can rearrange the columns by clicking the vertical three-dot menu in the window&#8217;s top-right corner. You can also shuffle the columns by dragging and dropping the column titles.</p>



<p>Users can also change the “Sources” view from gallery preview to list view by clicking the view icons in the window&#8217;s top-right corner.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="409" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface.jpg" alt="TVU Command Center User interface" class="wp-image-163459" style="object-fit:cover;width:560px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface.jpg 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/TVU-Command-Center-User-interface-300x226.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Route</strong> tab &gt; <strong>Sources</strong> tab provides an efficient way to access sources and receivers. </p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Available sources are displayed with a green status indicator.</li>



<li>The drop-down menu to the right of the source preview displays the receiver paired with the source.</li>



<li>Use the top drop-down menus in the top navigation panel to display sources and receivers in a sortable list.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="606" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Paired-receiver-menu.jpg" alt="paired receiver menu" class="wp-image-173094" style="object-fit:cover;width:581px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Paired-receiver-menu.jpg 606w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Paired-receiver-menu-300x137.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /></figure>



<p>Users can select a source from the source or receiver window to open the expanded source window. Use the drop-down menu in the highlighted column to change the destination receiver for the selected source. To take the source live, click the <strong>Go Live</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="332" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Source-Control-panel.jpg" alt="Expanded source window" class="wp-image-173101" style="width:739px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Source-Control-panel.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver selection menu</strong></h2>



<p>The Receivers page displays a sortable list of receivers paired with a user’s Command Center account. Select the&nbsp;<strong>Route</strong>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<strong>Receivers</strong>&nbsp;tab in the top navigation panel to open the Receivers page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="293" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Receivers-page.jpg" alt="Receivers page" class="wp-image-173108" style="object-fit:cover;width:740px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Receivers-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Receivers-page-300x131.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver page controls and functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Receivers page - Controls and functions" class="wp-image-163481" style="aspect-ratio:2.2627737226277373;object-fit:contain;width:790px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Controls-and-functions.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Controls-and-functions-300x108.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Source selection menu:</strong> Select a source from the drop-down menu to go live with.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> Click the <strong>video preview</strong> to open the expanded receiver control panel.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the <strong>Video or Destination</strong> in the search bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="152" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Search-bar.jpg" alt="Search bar" class="wp-image-163488" style="width:788px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Search-bar.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Search-bar-300x84.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Sort by Status:</strong> Click the Status menu to sort your receivers by their status. Checking the <strong>Status checkbox</strong> in the drop-down menu allows users to sort and display receivers by their current status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="311" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/route-tab-status-menu.jpg" alt="route tab status menu" class="wp-image-173115" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/route-tab-status-menu.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/route-tab-status-menu-300x212.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Publish icon:</strong> The publish icon enables users to publish an output video stream to a Website of their choice.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-14"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Receivers page Advanced functions</mark></a>” more information about Advanced status and settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) Bookmark Menu:</strong> Preset bookmarks display and can be selected from the Bookmark drop-down menu in the Sources and Advanced top-navigation windows.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Receiver filter menu:</strong> This menu allows users to sort receivers <strong>By Name</strong>, <strong>Online First</strong>, and <strong>Live First</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(H) Bookmark icon:</strong> Click the Bookmark icon to create a preset bookmark for a specific receiver. Clicking the <strong>Bookmark icon</strong> lets you designate that receiver as a favorite. Selecting the My Favorite checkbox in the top navigation will sort and show only favored receivers in the results.</p>



<p><strong>(I) Advanced icon:</strong> The Advanced Control icon opens the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> page, where users can access the source panel, preview a source selection, and access the <strong>Setting</strong> menu.</p>



<p><strong>(J)</strong> <strong>Multi-Control button:</strong> The green <strong>Multi-Control</strong> button opens the Multi-Control window.</p>



<p>The Multi-Control window includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="467" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window.jpg" alt="Multi-Control window" class="wp-image-163502" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-300x260.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong> </p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Timelock is only available when all selected receivers are live with a TVU Pack.</li>



<li>Refer to Advanced operations “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-18"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Receivers page &#8211; Using the Multi-Control button</mark></a>” for more information about using multi-control settings and functions.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(K) Page Navigation:</strong> Click the navigation buttons to flip through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="329" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel" class="wp-image-163509" style="object-fit:cover;width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p>The Expanded Receiver Control page includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Audio bars:</strong> Provide a visual indicator of the video stream’s audio output.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Stop button:</strong> Click the red Stop button to stop a live source.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Audio mute icon:</strong> The speaker icon will allow users to enable or disable the audio output without affecting the actual audio output of the stream.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Extended receiver information icon:</strong> Click the “i” icon next to the receiver name to display information about the receiver, including PID and software version.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Delay and bitrate control settings:</strong> These sliders control a TVU Pack stream&#8217;s bitrate and delay settings.</p>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Quality histogram:</strong> The Quality histogram displays the live transmission status.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Source transmission diagnostics:</strong> Displays &#8220;Details&#8221; that represent the health and format of a source and its transmission. Battery, error rate, and line quality will only populate for a TVU Pack transmission.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page preview block</strong></h2>



<p>The receiver preview block has elements that should already be familiar to you, such as the receiver name, source selection drop-down, and the Take (Live) button. We have added new functional elements to the source preview block, which include bookmark settings, my favorites (heart), memo text box, and the Advanced icon.</p>



<p>The <strong>Advanced</strong> icon is located in the Receivers page preview block. When a receiver is online, the Advanced control icon in the source preview screen turns white. When the receiver is offline, this icon is grey.</p>



<p>Click the “<strong>Advanced</strong>” icon to display the Advanced Control page for that specific receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to the Advanced operations “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-28"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Advanced Control page</mark></a>” for more information about Advanced features and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="476" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-preview-block-elements.jpg" alt="Receivers page preview block elements" class="wp-image-163517" style="width:452px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-preview-block-elements.jpg 476w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-preview-block-elements-300x262.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Advanced Control page can be opened using the <strong>Advanced</strong> icon or <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="384" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-window.jpg" alt="Advanced  Control window" class="wp-image-173122" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-window.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-window-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The source video preview block controls and functions (when Live) are described as follows:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="318" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live.jpg" alt="Source preview when live" class="wp-image-163670" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live-300x267.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Source status indicator:</strong> The Source indicator displays “Live” when the source is live.</p>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>(B)</strong>&nbsp;<strong>Receiver name:</strong>&nbsp;Your selected receiver name is displayed in this field.</span></p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Source selection drop-down menu:</strong> Click the source drop-down menu to view the source and receiver you have gone live with.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-173129" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-drop-down-menu.jpg 298w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-drop-down-menu-213x300.jpg 213w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 298px) 100vw, 298px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)  Stop button:</strong> Click the Stop button to stop the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Expand info icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Expand info</strong> icon to expand a view containing the information you already know. The Modem status indicators are at the bottom. These show the current connection status of each modem in your TVU Pack. Starting at the top and from left to right, the modem order is Top: 1&gt;2&gt;3 and bottom: 4&gt;5&gt;6.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Modem Colors:</strong> <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Grey</mark></strong> = offline, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark></strong> = no connection, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark></strong> = connecting, <strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark></strong> = connected.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="301" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon.jpg" alt="Expanded info icon" class="wp-image-163678" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon.jpg 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon-300x213.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<p>Click the source preview to open the expanded version of the receiver thumbnail. In this view, you will see live moving video. There is also a mute button in the bottom-right corner of the expanded live video window. The control panel allows you to adjust bitrate, delay, VBR/CBR, and dynamic or fixed delay.</p>



<p>The Live preview panel displays an<strong> Info icon</strong> that opens a panel showing the receiver&#8217;s status information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-Info-icon-2.png" alt="Live preview panel Info icon " class="wp-image-149402" style="width:617px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-Info-icon-2.png 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Live-preview-panel-Info-icon-2-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="384" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Live-preview-panel.jpg" alt="Live preview panel" class="wp-image-173136" style="object-fit:cover;width:696px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Live-preview-panel.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Live-preview-panel-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-24"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Expanded Source Control panel</mark></a>” for more information about the expanded receiver control settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) VoIP icon:</strong> Starts a VoIP call between the receiver and a TVU Pack.</p>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Publish icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Publish</strong> icon to publish your output video stream to a Website of your choice.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="443" height="310" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-icons.jpg" alt="Live preview icons" class="wp-image-163693" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-icons.jpg 443w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Live-preview-icons-300x210.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-27"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Publishing a video stream to social media</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Device type icon:</strong> Connected device type icon.</p>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Bookmark icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Bookmark</strong> icon to add a bookmark to the source.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Pin icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Pin</strong> icon to filter up to 10 source blocks to sort, group, and display them together.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Control page</strong></h2>



<p>To open the Advanced Control page, select the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the<strong> Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top main navigation panel. Alternatively, users can click the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab and the Advanced icon located below a specific receiver preview. Note that clicking the <strong>Advanced icon</strong> opens the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> page for that specific receiver.</p>



<p>The Advanced Control page includes the following operational panels:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-Page.jpg" alt="Advanced Control Page" class="wp-image-173143" style="width:647px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-Page.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-Page-300x235.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page includes the following operational controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="410" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-window-2.jpg" alt="Advanced  Control window 2" class="wp-image-173150" style="object-fit:cover;width:648px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-window-2.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-window-2-300x228.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search bar:</strong> Search for a source name or PeerID.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Source selection menu:</strong> This section contains all available sources for the selected receiver, filtering, and search options—sort sources by <strong>Status</strong>, <strong>Type</strong>, and <strong>Bookmark</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Video preview panel / Audio mute icon:</strong> The<strong> Speaker</strong> icon will enable or disable audio output to your PC. This icon does not affect the actual audio output of the stream.</p>



<p><strong>(D) Quality histogram: </strong>This histogram is a live-updating graph that displays the data throughput of the current transmission as the receiver receives it.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Live preview and Take/Stop button:</strong> Click the red Stop button to stop a live source.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Publish icon:</strong> Click the<strong> Publish</strong> icon when live and you want to output to a Social media account.</p>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Source transmission, monitoring, and status:</strong> This panel allows editing of the bitrate and delay of a TVU Pack stream transmission. Metrics that represent the health and format of a source and its transmission also displays. Battery, error rate, and line quality will only populate for a TVU Pack transmission. You can also find the receiver PID in this section.</p>



<p><strong>(H) System</strong> <strong>Setting:</strong> Mouse over the gear icon to expand a drop-down menu that shows available transmission settings for your selected receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-7"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting panel Controls</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(I) Alert:</strong> TVU Command Center Alert feature allows users to send alerts about sources or receivers to other Command Center accounts that have access to those devices.</p>



<p><strong>(J) Setting (feature control):</strong> Mouse over the gear icon to expand a drop-down menu showing available configuration options for your selected receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-9"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Settings</mark></a>” for detailed information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="387" height="396" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options.jpg" alt="Setting configuration options" class="wp-image-163716" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options.jpg 387w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options-293x300.jpg 293w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-configuration-options-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K)</strong> <strong>Live, Record, and Transcriber mode tabs:</strong> These tabs control the content displayed below them. Live mode shows the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode shows the console for managing recorded content for the selected transmitter. If the Transcriber is enabled, operators can use the real-time speech-to-text transcribing service.</p>



<p><strong>(L) Audio Bars:</strong> Provides a visual indicator when there is audio with the video stream.</p>



<p><strong>(M)</strong> <strong>Delay and bitrate control settings:</strong> Use these sliders to adjust the delay and bitrate of a TVU Pack stream.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source panel functions</strong></h2>



<p>The receiver selection and sources panel is located in the left panel of the Advanced Control window.</p>



<p>The Source panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="357" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Source panel - Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-163725" style="object-fit:cover;width:437px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-Advanced-Control-page.jpg 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-Advanced-Control-page-300x250.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p>An operator can choose which source types to display by expanding the source menu carets.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="329" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-menus.jpg" alt="Source panel menus" class="wp-image-163733" style="object-fit:cover;width:396px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-menus.jpg 329w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-panel-menus-300x254.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 329px) 100vw, 329px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> To choose an external source, click the plus “+” icon. Available external source types are <strong>Generic External</strong>, <strong>SMPTE2022</strong>, <strong>YouTube</strong>, <strong>G-Link</strong>, <strong>SRT</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, and <strong>Zixi</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="External source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163741" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<p>Located below the search field in the Source panel are three drop-down menus: Status, Type, and Bookmark. These menus have the following functions:</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> Click the Status drop-down menu to filter, display, and select any source by<strong> Live</strong>, <strong>Online</strong>, or <strong>Offline</strong> status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Status-drop-down-menu.png" alt="Status drop-down menu" class="wp-image-149468" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Status-drop-down-menu.png 370w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Status-drop-down-menu-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> Click the<strong> Type</strong> drop-down menu to filter, display, and select any source by type. Source types include <strong>TVU Pack</strong>, <strong>TVU Anywhere</strong>, TVU <strong>Grid-Pack</strong> and <strong>Grid-SDI</strong>, <strong>External</strong>, <strong>G-Link</strong>, <strong>RTIL</strong>, and <strong>Local SDI</strong> sources. To show all available source types, click the<strong> Type</strong> menu and select <strong>All</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="423" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu.png" alt="Source panel - Type menu" class="wp-image-149476" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu.png 363w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Type-menu-257x300.png 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> An operator can filter, display, and select bookmarked source types by clicking the <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="307" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-bookmark-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced Control bookmark menu" class="wp-image-173157" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-bookmark-menu.jpg 442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Advanced-Control-bookmark-menu-300x208.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> An operator can filter and display source types by their status by selecting By <strong>Name</strong>, <strong>Online First</strong>, or <strong>Live First</strong> from the drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-Type-drop-down-menu-2.png" alt="Source filter drop-down menu " class="wp-image-149492" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-Type-drop-down-menu-2.png 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-Type-drop-down-menu-2-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) View sources by thumbnail preview or list:</strong> These features allow the operator to display all TVU transmitters and their status in a graphic thumbnail or by list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="354" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Thumbnail-preview-and-list-view-icons-2.png" alt="Thumbnail preview and list view icons " class="wp-image-149460" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Thumbnail-preview-and-list-view-icons-2.png 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Thumbnail-preview-and-list-view-icons-2-300x245.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source thumbnail indicators and functions</strong></h2>



<p>To open the source information panel, click the caret. External sources display with a gear icon below the preview thumbnail.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="392" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Expand-Source-thumbnails.png" alt="Expand Source thumbnails" class="wp-image-120874" style="width:438px;height:164px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Expand-Source-thumbnails.png 392w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Expand-Source-thumbnails-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 392px) 100vw, 392px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-30"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source status indicators</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Clicking the gear icon below the video thumbnail opens the <strong>Edit External Source</strong> window, which allows users to edit and validate the external source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="242" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-external-source-window.png" alt="Edit external source window" class="wp-image-120865" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-external-source-window.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-external-source-window-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video preview panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video preview panel</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview panel shows the live video output state or the offline state previews. When a video is live, the operator can mute or unmute the audio <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">by clicking the&nbsp;<strong>speaker</strong>&nbsp;icon in the bottom-right</span> corner of the preview screen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Preview-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Preview panel" class="wp-image-163758" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Preview-panel.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Preview-panel-300x165.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is live, the video preview displays in the preview window. To stop the transmission, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="319" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-page-Stop-button.png" alt="Advanced Control page - Stop button" class="wp-image-149523" style="width:427px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-page-Stop-button.png 560w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-page-Stop-button-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is not live, the video preview displays the following TVU slate and a green <strong>Take</strong> button.</p>



<p><strong>Take/Stop button:</strong> The Take/Stop button lets the operator stop or restart a live transmission from a selected source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="478" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Video preview offline state" class="wp-image-163767" style="width:433px;height:296px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state.jpg 478w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data transmission monitor panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data transmission monitor panel</strong></h2>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel is located below the preview panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="308" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Data transmission monitor panel" class="wp-image-163774" style="object-fit:cover;width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Data-transmission-monitor-panel-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The <strong>Live</strong> tab displays the data transmission monitor panel, which includes visual modem histograms with the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="293" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Diagnostic-panel-modem-icons-and-histogram.jpg" alt="Diagnostic panel - modem icons and histogram" class="wp-image-163782" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Diagnostic-panel-modem-icons-and-histogram.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Diagnostic-panel-modem-icons-and-histogram-300x162.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs: </strong>These tabs control the content displayed below them. The Live mode is the primary interface used during a Live transmission. When this tab is selected, the status of each data card network connection will be displayed. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter. Operators can use the real-time speech-to-text transcribing service if the Transcriber is enabled.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Check box:</strong> A check box and status bar are associated with each card. The check box enables or disables a data connection. If unchecked, it will not be used to pass data. If the box is checked (default), the connection will be used to pass data.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Connection name and status:</strong> Individual read-out panels show each active card&#8217;s carrier name (when available). The slot number of each data card is indicated in front of the carrier name. To retrieve the IP Address of a data card, mouse over the name of that data card. You can enter your preferred &lt;<em>name</em>&gt; if no name is automatically provided and displayed. However, this will reset upon reboot.</p>



<p>The color indicators displayed within the carrier name panel indicate the following status:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark>:</strong> Not connected or dialing</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark>:</strong> Connected and passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark>:</strong> Connected but not passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Gray</mark>:</strong> Disconnected or unplugged</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Connection-name-and-status.jpg" alt="Connection name and status" class="wp-image-163789" style="width:307px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(D) Monitor histogram:</strong> The monitor histogram displays each modem&#8217;s status, throughput, and IP address.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Connection mode and connection strength indicator: </strong>The connection mode indicates the connection mode and strength.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Configuration menu:</strong> Opens the Web UI of the pack source.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Reset:</strong> Provides a full-power reset for a modem. This feature is used when the modem cannot connect or is experiencing issues. Click the <strong>Reset</strong> icon to force the modem to power cycle and reset.</p>



<p><strong>(H) Scale:</strong> The <strong>Auto</strong> drop-down menu lets the operator set the histogram scale. When the scale changes, it affects all displayed histograms.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="352" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Scale-drop-down-menu-1.jpg" alt="Scale drop-down menu" class="wp-image-173164" style="width:329px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Scale-drop-down-menu-1.jpg 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Scale-drop-down-menu-1-265x300.jpg 265w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to <em>“<a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center File based workflows</mark></a>”</em> for information about the record function.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Controls setting panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Controls setting panel</strong></h2>



<p>The Controls Setting panel is located on the Advanced Control page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="324" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Controls setting panel location" class="wp-image-163804" style="object-fit:cover;width:662px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-location.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-location-300x180.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p>The setting panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="323" height="420" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Controls setting panel" class="wp-image-163812" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel.jpg 323w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Controls-setting-panel-231x300.jpg 231w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Delay control:</strong> Set your desired latency and the maximum bitrate you want to utilize. When in “Live” mode, the error rate and picture quality will automatically adjust based on the desired latency and available bandwidth to deliver the highest-quality picture.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Bitrate control:</strong> The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system. The unit automatically adjusts the bitrate to output the best quality picture based on the desired latency. To effectively leverage the smart VBR scaling system, set your desired latency and the maximum bitrate you want to use.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Adaptive delay control (Dynamic/fixed) for Grid only:</strong> Controls the dynamic buffering, which is a Grid feature. When set to dynamic mode (recommended), the receiver automatically increases the stream buffer to ensure stable transmission. This selection maximizes stream stability but may increase delay/latency. The fixed mode locks the Grid stream to a specific delay but allows errors if the setting is too aggressive. It is recommended to use dynamic mode by default. When fixed mode is enabled, the operator should pay close attention to stream stability with their current settings.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="344" height="133" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mode-selection.png" alt="mode selection" class="wp-image-144743" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mode-selection.png 344w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mode-selection-300x116.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 344px) 100vw, 344px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>VBR/CBR:</strong> The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</mark></a>” for more information about VBR/CBR.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="437" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Mode-selection-menu-2.png" alt="Mode selection menu 2" class="wp-image-120784" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Mode-selection-menu-2.png 437w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Mode-selection-menu-2-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) Preset selection menu (operational):</strong> Click the <strong>Select</strong> drop-down menu to view mode selections. Depending on your news-gathering environment, you can choose from preset bitrates and latencies.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</mark></a>” for more information about VBR/CBR.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Status panel &#8211; diagnostics</strong></h2>



<p>Many indicators are arranged vertically in the Status panel to help an operator make quality and troubleshooting decisions. Information such as error rate and line quality is displayed, and a quality histogram depicts the total transmission encoding bitrate over a period. The histogram’s scale can be changed by selecting a different display option from the drop-down menu. The status of the transmitter’s batteries is also displayed.</p>



<p>The Status panel diagnostics are shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Status panel location" class="wp-image-163822" style="object-fit:cover;width:692px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>The Status panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="493" height="340" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Status panel" class="wp-image-163830" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-panel.jpg 493w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-panel-300x207.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 493px) 100vw, 493px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Input and output formats:</strong> “Input” displays the video input format of the transmitter. “Output” displays the receiver output setting.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The receiver output format follows the input format. When the Input Match feature within Feature Control is enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The TVU Pack input and receiver output should match. The receiver software is not intended to convert or adjust the resolution. In the event of a mismatch, the receiver will attempt a format conversion, which may result in a loss of video quality and the removal of closed captions from the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(B) IFB status:</strong> Displays the IFB status and the IFB Signal. The IFB signal has a strength meter that indicates the IFB input level.</p>



<p><strong>(C) VoIP status:</strong> The VoIP Signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level.<br><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Quality histogram/Quality link:</strong> The quality histogram below the Quality link displays a 5-minute aggregate histogram of the live transmission.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Sources page</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sources page</strong></h2>



<p>The Sources page is accessed by clicking the user interface Route tab. The Source page displays source thumbnails in the list view by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="161" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection.png" alt="Sources selection" class="wp-image-149566" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection.png 410w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-300x118.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-407x161.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></figure>



<p>Users can rearrange columns by clicking the vertical three-dot menu in the top-right corner of the window. You can also shuffle the columns by dragging and dropping the column titles.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about the following settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page.jpg" alt=" Sources page" class="wp-image-163843" style="aspect-ratio:1.3900709219858156;object-fit:contain;width:720px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p>The sources preview panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the source <strong>PID or Name</strong> in the search bar to locate a source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="193" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Search-bar-1.jpg" alt="search bar" class="wp-image-173171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Search-bar-1.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Search-bar-1-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(B) Status:</strong> Click the<strong> Status</strong> drop-down menu to display sources based on the source types you select in the drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="617" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-menu.jpg" alt="status menu" class="wp-image-163851" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-menu.jpg 617w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Status-menu-300x125.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 617px) 100vw, 617px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Bookmark: </strong>The <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu can display special arrangements for receivers, including bookmark categories and favorites created by the user.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the bookmark menu is hidden from new users and users who have not previously set up a bookmark category.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To create a Bookmark category</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Command Center <strong>Settings</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="390" height="62" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-icon.jpg" alt="Command Center Settings icon" class="wp-image-173178" style="width:418px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-icon.jpg 390w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-icon-300x48.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Bookmark</strong> tab, hover the mouse over Bookmark, and click the “<strong>+</strong>”.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="250" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab-1.jpg" alt="Command Center Settings - Bookmark tab" class="wp-image-173185" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab-1.jpg 711w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab-1-300x105.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Create Bookmark </strong>window, enter a bookmark name and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="178" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark.jpg" alt="Create Bookmark window" class="wp-image-163891" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark.jpg 420w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your bookmark category displays below “Bookmark.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="458" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-1024x458.png" alt="create bookmark group" class="wp-image-163898" style="width:612px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-1024x458.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-300x134.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group-768x343.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/create-bookmark-group.png 1423w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new entry will appear as a selection in the Sources and Receivers pages <strong>Bookmark menu</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="253" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Bookmark-menu.jpg" alt="Bookmark menu sources page" class="wp-image-173199" style="width:549px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Bookmark-menu.jpg 566w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Bookmark-menu-300x134.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="234" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Bookmark-menu-receivers-page.jpg" alt="Bookmark menu receivers page" class="wp-image-173192" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Bookmark-menu-receivers-page.jpg 552w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Bookmark-menu-receivers-page-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After creating a bookmark category, users can apply a Favorite bookmark independently to a receiver by selecting the <strong>Bookmark icon</strong> on the <strong>Receivers</strong> page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="272" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-icon.jpg" alt="Bookmark icon" class="wp-image-163913" style="width:285px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-icon.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-icon-300x241.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To apply a Favorite bookmark, click the <strong>Bookmark icon</strong> to open the Bookmark pop-up window. Select <strong>Add to</strong>, click the <strong>Favorite</strong> checkbox, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="479" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Add-to-Bookmark-window.jpg" alt="Add to Bookmark window" class="wp-image-173206" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Add-to-Bookmark-window.jpg 479w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Add-to-Bookmark-window-300x173.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Add to new bookmark</strong> to create and add to an existing bookmark in your list, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="484" height="355" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Add-to-a-new-Bookmark-menu.jpg" alt="Add to a new Bookmark menu" class="wp-image-173213" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Add-to-a-new-Bookmark-menu.jpg 484w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Add-to-a-new-Bookmark-menu-300x220.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></figure>



<p>To add a device to your bookmark, refer to “To add a device to a bookmark.”</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Type: </strong>Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu to filter your sources based on type. The results displayed below the drop-down menu correlate to the selected checkboxes.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="625" height="260" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Sources-page-Type-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Sources page - Type drop down menu" class="wp-image-173220" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Sources-page-Type-drop-down-menu.jpg 625w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Sources-page-Type-drop-down-menu-300x125.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Sources-page-Type-drop-down-menu-407x168.jpg 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about the Type menu settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Filter:</strong> Click the drop-down menu in the Sources or Advanced Control tabs to filter source previews based on <strong>Online First</strong>, <strong>Live First</strong>, or <strong>By Name</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="366" height="262" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/By-Name-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="By Name drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163922" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/By-Name-drop-down-menu.jpg 366w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/By-Name-drop-down-menu-300x215.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="170" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/sources-page-filter-menu.jpg" alt="sources page filter menu" class="wp-image-173227" style="width:647px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/sources-page-filter-menu.jpg 781w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/sources-page-filter-menu-300x65.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/sources-page-filter-menu-768x167.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about the Filter menu settings and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) Add external source: </strong>The plus + icon enables users to add an external source, such as a <strong>Generic External (Ext)</strong>, <strong>SMPTE2022</strong>, <strong>YouTube</strong>, <strong>G-Link</strong>, <strong>SRT</strong>, <strong>NDI</strong>, or<strong> Zixi</strong> source. The added source displays in the source panel with the other source thumbnails.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="335" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="External source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-163741" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-drop-down-menu-300x224.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-35"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Adding an external source</mark></a>” for more information about adding external sources.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(G) (H) Page navigation:</strong> Click the <strong>right</strong> and<strong> left</strong> arrows to scan through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="54" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Page-navigation-icons.png" alt="Page navigation icons" class="wp-image-173234" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Page-navigation-icons.png 402w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Page-navigation-icons-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-59"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source GPS Tracking and locations</mark></a>” for more information about page navigation.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(I) Source view options:</strong> These two icons will allow you to switch between a list view with a thumbnail or a video preview block. The default is the list with a thumbnail view. The list view will show you all of your filtered results and periodically update the preview thumbnail of the source’s content. It displays the source name and a status indicator to show if it is online, live, or offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/source-window-galery-view.png" alt="source window gallery view" class="wp-image-120090" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/source-window-galery-view.png 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/source-window-galery-view-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1558" height="891" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg" alt="Source view options - Block view selection" class="wp-image-173241" style="width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg 1558w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-300x172.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-1024x586.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-768x439.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-1536x878.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1558px) 100vw, 1558px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J) Geo Location icon:</strong> Click the <strong>pin</strong> icon to open a geographic map showing the physical locations of sources and receivers.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="447" height="68" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Geo-location-icon.png" alt="Geo location icon" class="wp-image-149602" style="width:419px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Geo-location-icon.png 447w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Geo-location-icon-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 447px) 100vw, 447px" /></figure>



<p>Hover the mouse over a map pin to display the name of a source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers.jpg" alt="Geo locations of sources and receivers" class="wp-image-163959" style="width:582px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-locations-of-sources-and-receivers-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click on a map pin to open a window showing a still capture of the source’s content and status. Additionally, the receiver that the source is live with will display as a red pin on the map.</p>



<p>To exit the map, click the <strong>block</strong> view or <strong>List</strong> view icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="392" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Geo location navigation controls and functions" class="wp-image-163966" style="width:590px;height:342px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-navigation-controls-and-functions-300x175.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews” for more information about using the Geo location feature for a single source or receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(K) Tracking icon:</strong> Click the Tracking icon to track a Pack or TVU Anywhere device in real time or by history.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="62" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tracking-icon.jpg" alt="Tracking icon" class="wp-image-163973" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tracking-icon.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Tracking-icon-300x42.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User preferences</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences.jpg" alt="User preferences" class="wp-image-163944" style="object-fit:cover;width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>The Command Center&#8217;s main user preferences are located in the top-right corner of the user interface.</p>



<p>The user preference and main navigation panel include the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Setting icon:</strong> Click the Setting icon to change your settings.</p>



<p><strong>(B) What’s New icon “?”:</strong> Click the “?” icon to see the latest product changes.</p>



<p><strong>(C) User preferences:</strong> Click the user preference drop-down menu to choose a language and to log out of Command Center.</p>



<p>(<strong>D) Services navigation menu:</strong> Click the <strong>Waffle</strong> icon to access links to additional TVU Web services.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="807" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Services-navigation-menu.jpg" alt="Services navigation menu" class="wp-image-173248" style="width:264px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Services-navigation-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Services-navigation-menu-169x300.jpg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Expanded Source Control panel</strong></h2>



<p>Click a preview thumbnail to open that source’s expanded Source Control panel. The source control window works in the same way as the expanded Receiver Control panel, with source details and metadata to the right of the preview.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Source Control panel 1" class="wp-image-173255" style="object-fit:cover;width:693px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-1.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-1-300x187.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-21"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source Control page functions</mark></a>” for more information about using source controls and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Expanded source view</strong> &#8211; <strong>Receivers page</strong></h2>



<p>The sources in the Route tab look slightly different from the source views in the Receivers page. The receivers display as preview blocks. When you click a receiver preview, an expanded view of the source and a settings panel display the same information as the Sources control panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-expanded-view-details-and-metadata.jpg" alt="Receivers page expanded view details and metadata" class="wp-image-163997" style="object-fit:cover;width:672px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-expanded-view-details-and-metadata.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-expanded-view-details-and-metadata-300x221.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-24"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Expanded Source Control panel</mark></a>” for more information about using source controls and functions.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Monitor tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Command Center Monitor tab replaces the Multi-view page. The Monitor tab provides users with the ability to watch a full-motion video of their Grid-related receivers that are currently live. Users can listen to the output audio, display individual full-screen windows, and use VoIP controls to communicate with each receiver’s respective TVU Pack. To remove a receiver from the Monitor view, hover your mouse over the preview and click the red “X.”</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="717" height="346" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Monitor-tab-1.jpg" alt="Monitpor tab functions" class="wp-image-173262" style="object-fit:cover;width:639px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Monitor-tab-1.jpg 717w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Monitor-tab-1-300x145.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 717px) 100vw, 717px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-44"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Monitor tab</mark></a>” for more information about using the Monitor tab operations.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Grid tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Grid tab allows users to request and share Grid sources.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>TVU Grid services feature:</li>



<li>Self-service TVU Grid connects all TVU Grid entities regardless of station, group, affiliation, or location.</li>



<li>Grid availability of major Network news services over IP rather than satellite.</li>



<li>Search capability to help locate and take advantage of these services.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="479" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Grid-tab-1.jpg" alt="Grid tab 1" class="wp-image-173269" style="object-fit:cover;width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Grid-tab-1.jpg 721w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Grid-tab-1-300x199.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></figure>



<p>The Grid tab includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Find and control Grid sources you already have and don’t have access to.</li>



<li>Toggle between a thumbnail or map view to locate authorized and available Grid sources.</li>



<li>Filter your keyword search based on name, location, affiliation, and group.</li>



<li>Add Grid sources using a Grid Token code.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>My Requests:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>View all of your direct and Grid Token access requests.</li>



<li>Control Grid sources that you have been granted access to via Direct Request and Grid Token.</li>



<li>Manage your Direct Request and Grid Token access requests.</li>



<li>Add Grid sources using a Grid Token code.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>My Contact Details:</strong> Configure your contact details so you can communicate efficiently with others and receive activity notifications.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Schedule:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the Schedule tab to create a Grid source schedule by Month, Week, or Day.</li>



<li>Enter a title, date and time, reporter, and story slug directly in the calendar view.</li>



<li>Import a source event schedule from your local drive.</li>



<li>Download the slug information to your local drive.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(E) +Add Grid Token:</strong> Create a grid token.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-45"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Grid tab</mark></a>” for more information about using the Grid tab operations.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid for Command Center Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using this feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>Token is a feature accessible by clicking the Token tab in the TVU Command Center User Interface. The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the token feature, which allows an operator to automatically pair a receiver without TVU Support intervention.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab.jpg" alt="Token tab" class="wp-image-164037" style="width:712px;height:398px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Using the TVU Anywhere token feature requires a token license activation from TVU Support.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using this feature.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Settings gear in the top-right sources tab navigation allows users access to the following functional tab pages:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Preference</li>



<li>Device</li>



<li>Account</li>



<li>External Source</li>



<li>Operation log</li>



<li>Bookmark</li>



<li>Social Account</li>



<li>Access APP</li>



<li>License Feature report</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The Settings gear can be accessed in the top navigation panel of several other Command Center pages.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg" alt="Sources page" class="wp-image-164045" style="aspect-ratio:1.8638743455497382;width:707px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> gear.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="390" height="62" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-icon.jpg" alt="Command Center Settings icon" class="wp-image-173178" style="width:385px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-icon.jpg 390w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-icon-300x48.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /></figure>



<p>The Preference page <strong>Preferences</strong> tab opens by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-page-Preferences-page-default.jpg" alt="Setting page - Preferences page default" class="wp-image-164060" style="width:705px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-page-Preferences-page-default.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Setting-page-Preferences-page-default-300x204.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Preference:</strong> The <strong>Preference</strong> tab allows users to enable transmission confirmations, show Geo-location over thumbnails, and allow pop-up notifications for the Alert feature and when a transmission is live or stopped.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Device:</strong> The <strong>Device</strong> tab displays a list of authorized receivers, their status, and version. The device name can be renamed here by selecting the edit icon in the right column.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab.jpg" alt="Device tab" class="wp-image-164067" style="object-fit:cover;width:707px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C) Account:</strong> The<strong> Account</strong> tab allows the administrative account holder to create user-level accounts with and without SSO login credentials for their colleagues. The administrative account holder can set restrictions such as going live and stopping live, gaining access to specific receivers and sources, and gaining access to other features. In addition, the administrative account holder can assign a Co-admin role by clicking the <strong>Account tab</strong> Plus “+” icon to set up a new role, then <strong>Role Management</strong> button. Refer to “Creating a new user or Co-admin role” for more information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-tab.jpg" alt="Account tab" class="wp-image-173283" style="width:717px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-tab-300x72.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>External Source:</strong> The <strong>External Source</strong> tab displays a list of external source types by device name and URLs that have been accessed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab.jpg" alt="External source tab" class="wp-image-164081" style="width:721px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Operation Log:</strong> The <strong>Operation Log</strong> tab displays the user’s operational status and descriptions by date, time, and IP address.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab.jpg" alt="Operation log tab" class="wp-image-164089" style="width:719px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Bookmark:</strong> The <strong>Bookmark</strong> tab allows users to view, select, and bookmark a Device in the Relation Management window.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="250" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab.jpg" alt="Command Center Settings - Bookmark tab" class="wp-image-173276" style="width:720px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab.jpg 711w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Command-Center-Settings-Bookmark-tab-300x105.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Social Account:</strong> The <strong>Social Account</strong> tab allows users to configure Social Media CDN output accounts and lists the accounts they have configured. New accounts can be created by clicking the Plus “+” icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Social-account-tab.jpg" alt="Social account tab" class="wp-image-164111" style="width:730px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Social-account-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Social-account-tab-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Access APP: </strong>The <strong>Access APP</strong> tab allows users to search by company, email, Appkey, or AppSecret. Users can also create an Access App by company name and activate or deactivate the White IP and API functionality. In addition, a Bearer Token can be supported or not supported.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="283" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab.jpg" alt="Access APP tab" class="wp-image-164118" style="width:735px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="647" height="444" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-an-access-app-window.jpg" alt="Create an access app window" class="wp-image-164126" style="width:524px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-an-access-app-window.jpg 647w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-an-access-app-window-300x206.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 647px) 100vw, 647px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Licensed Feature Report:</strong> The <strong>Licensed Feature</strong> Report tab provides a list of licensed feature owners, account, and their roles. The list can be filtered for a specific result.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab.jpg" alt="Licensed feature tab" class="wp-image-164134" style="width:745px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-300x146.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Alert feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Alert feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Alert icon (mail) located at the bottom of the left panel on most pages provides support for TVU Analytics for full monitoring of data usage, including preset alerts for data usage thresholds. Click the <strong>Alert feature</strong> icon to open the Alert page, where the latest and sent alerts can be viewed and new feature alerts can be composed.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-icon.jpg" alt="Alert icon" class="wp-image-164142" style="width:757px;height:244px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-icon.jpg 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-icon-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="598" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-1024x598.jpg" alt="Alert page" class="wp-image-164292" style="width:764px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-1024x598.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-300x175.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page-768x449.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Alert-page.jpg 1248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	User settings, What&#8217;s new, preferences, and services menu</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User settings, What&#8217;s new, preferences, and services menu</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="179" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-Whats-new-and-Services-menu-icons.jpg" alt="User preferences, What’s new, and Services menu icons" class="wp-image-164300" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-Whats-new-and-Services-menu-icons.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-Whats-new-and-Services-menu-icons-300x99.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Settings icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon drop-down menu to configure your setting preferences.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>What&#8217;s New feature:</strong> The What’s new<strong> (?)</strong> icon opens an overview of the latest Command Center enhancements and features.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>User Preferences:</strong> Click the user preference drop-down menu to choose a <strong>language</strong> and to <strong>Sign out </strong>of Command Center.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="433" height="225" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-menu.png" alt="User preferences menu" class="wp-image-164307" style="width:366px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-menu.png 433w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/User-preferences-menu-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 433px) 100vw, 433px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Navigation menu icon:</strong> Click the<strong> Navigation menu icon</strong> to access links to additional TVU Web services.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="455" height="807" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Services-navigation-menu.jpg" alt="Services navigation menu" class="wp-image-173248" style="width:334px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Services-navigation-menu.jpg 455w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Services-navigation-menu-169x300.jpg 169w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 455px) 100vw, 455px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced operations &#8211; Routing operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Command Center receiver transmission &#8211; Going live</strong></h2>



<p>Taking your Command Center transmission live requires successfully signing into your Command Center account and performing advanced operations, which are explained in this section.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center User Interface</strong></h2>



<p>This section describes the basic components of the TVU Command Center user interface. The user interface left panel has five operational tabs:</p>



<p><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Route tab &#8211; </strong>The&nbsp;Route tab manages all transmissions. It displays paired receivers and available sources. The user can select one or more receivers and go live with available sources from this tab. Sources can be displayed by status, bookmark, type, and name, or which source was online first. The Setting page can be accessed by clicking the gear icon at</span> the top-right corner of the page.</p>



<p><strong>Monitor tab</strong> &#8211; The Multi-view page has been renamed Monitor. Integration of the TVU Multi-view feature is available to monitor more than six live video streams on a single monitor.</p>



<p><strong>Grid tab</strong> &#8211; The Grid tab enables the user complete control over all TVU Grid video content switching, routing, and distribution.</p>



<p><strong>Token tab &#8211;</strong> The Token tab is used for TVU Anywhere pairings. Using this feature, the operator performs automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</p>



<p><strong>RPS tab</strong> &#8211; Command Center supports the RPS, RPS Link devices up to 6 video inputs and an RPS One 4-channel (max) transmitter source. The RPS tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode The RPS tab allows users to enable Source Switch mode. Users can switch 1, 2, 3, or 4 on the touchscreen to output to a single receiver. All video formats and frame rates must be the same to use this function in Command Center.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Outputting each source to a unique receiver is not possible in this mode.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Command Center Route tab</strong></h2>



<p>After users successfully sign in to the TVU Command Center, they enter the Route tab’s Source page. Users will use the Route tab to perform all routing operations.</p>



<p>The Source page displays source thumbnails in the list view by default.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg" alt="Sources page" class="wp-image-164045" style="width:686px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a receiver</strong></h2>



<p>Taking your source live involves selecting a receiver and starting a live session with a video source, setting the correct bitrate and delay, and tuning your shot.</p>



<p>To select a receiver and take a source live, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection.jpg" alt="Receivers selection" class="wp-image-164316" style="aspect-ratio:3.085;object-fit:contain;width:522px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>



<p>The Receivers page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="330" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-1.jpg" alt="Receivers page" class="wp-image-164324" style="aspect-ratio:1.5497512437810945;object-fit:contain;width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-1.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-1-300x183.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>Status</strong> menu in the top navigation panel to filter your receiver options. The <strong>Status</strong> menu allows users to select and filter devices or video sources that display in the preview panel.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-25"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Receivers page Advanced functions</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Advanced</strong> <strong>Control</strong> icon or the<strong> Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top navigation panel to select a receiver that is not displayed on the Receivers page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="333" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control icon location" class="wp-image-164332" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location.jpg 333w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-icon-location-300x241.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="120" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab.png" alt="Advanced Control tab" class="wp-image-149678" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-163524" style="object-fit:cover;width:698px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-300x185.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Receiver </strong>caret to select a different receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="397" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-menu.png" alt="Receiver menu" class="wp-image-149694" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-menu.png 397w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receiver-menu-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 397px) 100vw, 397px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receivers page advanced functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page &#8211; Advanced and status functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="210" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Advanced-and-status-functions.jpg" alt="Receiver page - Advanced and status functions" class="wp-image-164341" style="object-fit:cover;width:590px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Advanced-and-status-functions.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Advanced-and-status-functions-300x117.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The receiver page includes the following Advanced and Status functions:<br><strong>(A) Status menu selections:</strong> Filters your receiver options.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="482" height="295" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Status-menu.jpg" alt="Receiver page Status menu" class="wp-image-164349" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Status-menu.jpg 482w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-page-Status-menu-300x184.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /></figure>



<p>Status selection descriptions are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>All:</strong> Selecting the All checkbox automatically selects All of the status checkboxes.</li>



<li><strong>Available: </strong>Selecting only the Available checkbox will display all receivers that are online AND idle, which means that they are not live with any source but are ready to do so. Offline and Live receivers are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Live:</strong> Selecting only the Live checkbox will display receivers currently taking a source live. Online (idle) and offline receivers are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Offline:</strong> Selecting only the Offline checkbox will only show offline and unusable receivers. Take (Live), and online (idle) receivers will be excluded from the results.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(B) Advanced icon:</strong> Opens the Advanced Control page.<br><strong>(C) Bookmark icon:</strong> Select the Bookmark icon to mark a source as a favorite and add it to your Bookmark list.<br><strong>Bookmark menu:</strong> Clicking the Bookmark menu and selecting Favorite will display Favorite sources a user has created.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="619" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg" alt="Bookmark  menu" class="wp-image-164357" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg 619w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 619px) 100vw, 619px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Filter menu:</strong> Clicking the Sort by Name menu will arrange the displayed receivers by Online First, Live First, and By Name.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Sort-by-name-menu.jpg" alt="Receivers page - Sort by name menu" class="wp-image-164364" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Sort-by-name-menu.jpg 577w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Sort-by-name-menu-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p>There are three methods to take a source live:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>From the <strong>Source page</strong></li>



<li>From the <strong>Receivers page</strong></li>



<li>From the <strong>Advanced Control page</strong></li>
</ul>



<p>To take a source live from the <strong>Source page</strong>:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the<strong> Sources</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="410" height="161" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1.png" alt="sources tab" class="wp-image-149711" style="object-fit:cover;width:611px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1.png 410w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1-300x118.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-selection-1-407x161.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Sources page, filter your selections using the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select a source, then use the drop-down menu in the <strong>Destination</strong> column to pair the receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu.jpg" alt="sources page - Type menu" class="wp-image-164373" style="width:614px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu.jpg 582w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="498" height="245" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-destination-selection.png" alt="Sources page destination selection" class="wp-image-149735" style="width:614px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-destination-selection.png 498w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-destination-selection-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Operation column, click the green<strong> Go Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="567" height="294" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Go-live-button.jpg" alt="sources page - Go live button" class="wp-image-164380" style="width:503px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Go-live-button.jpg 567w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Go-live-button-300x156.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 567px) 100vw, 567px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To view the source, click the source name to expand the source window. To stop the source, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="290" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Source Control panel LIVE" class="wp-image-164388" style="width:692px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Source-Control-panel-LIVE-1-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To take a source live from the <strong>Receivers</strong> page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab and select the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab. In the Receiver page, enter a <strong>source name/PeerID</strong> in the source field or click the source field and make a selection from the drop-down menu to go live with.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="469" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source.jpg" alt="receivers tab - selecting a source" class="wp-image-164395" style="width:287px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-216x300.jpg 216w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Take</strong> button to go live.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-page-taking-a-source-live.jpg" alt="receivers page - taking a source live" class="wp-image-164402" style="width:300px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-page-taking-a-source-live.jpg 335w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-page-taking-a-source-live-300x240.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The live transmission is displayed on the Receivers page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="219" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon-1.jpg" alt="Expanded info icon" class="wp-image-164410" style="width:310px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>To take a source live from the <strong>Advanced Control </strong>page:</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="423" height="120" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-1.png" alt="Advanced Control tab" class="wp-image-149763" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-1.png 423w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Advanced-Control-tab-1-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Advanced Control</strong> page opens. Click the <strong>source field</strong> and select a source from the <strong>source menu</strong>. Click the green <strong>Take</strong> button to go live. The live transmission is displayed in the expanded Receiver Control window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="637" height="378" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-and-take-a-source-live-Advanced-Control-page.jpg" alt="Select and take a source live - Advanced Control page" class="wp-image-164418" style="width:426px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-and-take-a-source-live-Advanced-Control-page.jpg 637w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Select-and-take-a-source-live-Advanced-Control-page-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 637px) 100vw, 637px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The live transmission audio is muted by default. To hear the live transmission audio, click the green <strong>Speaker</strong> icon in the lower right corner of the live stream preview window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="332" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Speaker-icon-location.jpg" alt="Speaker icon location" class="wp-image-173290" style="width:422px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Speaker-icon-location.jpg 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Speaker-icon-location-300x196.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the live transmission, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button above the preview window.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Exiting the Advanced Control page will not stop the live transmission.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you exit from the <strong>Advanced Control </strong>page before stopping a live transmission, you can stop the transmission by clicking the red <strong>Stop</strong> button on the <strong>Receivers </strong>page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-preview-when-live-1.jpg" alt="Source preview when live" class="wp-image-164426"/></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Revceiver tab operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Receiver tab operations</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab. Click the preview window on the <strong>Receiver</strong> page to expand the receiver panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="343" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel" class="wp-image-164434" style="width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The version information details and transmission status display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-controls.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel controls" class="wp-image-164441" style="width:661px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-controls.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-controls-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the “<strong>i</strong>” icon to display the receiver PID and version information.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="383" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver panel “i” icon" class="wp-image-173297" style="width:658px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Advanced Control tab operations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Advanced Control tab operations</strong></h2>



<p>To open the <strong>Advanced Control </strong>page, click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the<strong> Advanced Control</strong> tab. Users can also click the <strong>Advanced icon</strong> of a receiver block on the <strong>Receivers</strong> page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="298" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Receivers-page-preview-Advanced-icon.jpg" alt="Receivers page preview Advanced icon" class="wp-image-173304" style="width:308px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-operations.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page operations" class="wp-image-164456" style="width:743px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-operations.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-operations-300x217.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page has the following indicators and advanced operations controls:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Search bar:</strong> Use the Search bar to locate a PID or source Name.<br><strong>(B) Alert: </strong>The Alert tab supports TVU Analytics for full monitoring of data usage, including pre-set alerts for data usage thresholds using the Alert feature.<br><strong>(C) Setting menu:</strong> Mouse over the Setting icon to open a drop-down style menu that shows available configuration options for your selected receiver.<br><strong>(D) Source selection name (above the preview) and Source panel drop-down menus:</strong> Use the menus to select a source you want to go live with.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Greyed out sources in the drop-down menu are offline and unavailable to use.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(E) Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs:</strong> These buttons control the content that displays below them. The live mode will show the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter. The Transcriber tab displays real-time speech to text transcribed content. This is a paid service and it becomes available when this feature is enabled.</p>



<p>Refer to “Live and record modes” for detailed information about recordings.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Mute icon:</strong> Mouse over the live video preview to reveal a mute button in the lower-right corner of the video preview window. Click the green <strong>Speaker</strong> icon to enable or disable audio output to your PC. This button does not affect the audio output of the stream.<br><strong>(G) Live (Take) and Stop button:</strong> After you have selected a source from the drop-down menu, click the green <strong>Take</strong> (Live) button to start receiving that source. It will then become a red Stop button. Click the <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop receiving the source.<br><strong>(H) Delay and Bitrate settings:</strong> Use the Delay and Bitrate sliders to control the bitrate and delay settings of a TVU Pack stream. Bitrate and delay settings are only available for TVU Pack streams.<br>Users do not have bitrate and delay setting sliders for Grid or External IP streams. The dynamic drop-down menu on the delay slider is specific to Grid only and determines whether you want to receive the stream at a fixed delay or use the dynamic delay that fluctuates in response to the Grid stream’s health. Using the dynamic delay for Grid is recommended.<br><strong>(I) Stream quality histogram:</strong> The stream quality histogram is a live-updating graph that displays the data throughput of the current transmission as the receiver receives it. Click the <strong>Setting</strong> drop-down menu above the histogram to change the scale of the graph. The setting option ranges from a maximum setting of 1.2 Mbp/s to 24 Mb/s. Clicking on the “quality” of the histogram opens a pop-up that allows for a searchable graph of the histogram. It is useful for looking into previous disruptions and can provide a clearer timestamp of any drops or transmission quality issues.<br><strong>(J) Receiver PID, version, and Time Remaining details:</strong> The Details panel displays the receiver’s PID and version. The Time Remaining indicator is above the Detail panel.<br><strong>(K) Setting icon:</strong> The setting icon in the top-right navigation offers options to change settings that affect other areas within Command Center. They include creating bookmark groups, adding external sources, adding user-level accounts, and locating individual hardware devices.<br><strong>(L) Source metrics:</strong> The source metrics represent the health and format of a source and its transmission. The Battery, error rate, and line quality will only populate for a TVU Pack transmission. The <strong>Video Input</strong> indicates if the pack’s input is SDI or HDMI. The<strong> Input format</strong> is the format of the source (not just for packs), and <strong>Output format</strong> is the SDI output video format of the receiver.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p></p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receivers page &#8211; Using the Multi-Control button</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page -Using the Multi-Control button</strong></h2>



<p>The Multi-Control dialog window allows the user to perform the following functions:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Select Receiver drop-down menu:</strong> Allows the user to select more than six receivers to control at once.</li>



<li><strong>Time Lock:</strong> Time Lock is only available when all selected receivers are live with a TVU Pack. Activate this to synchronize all receivers in the window with the same bitrate and delay within two frames. This is useful for multi-camera productions of a common subject. If you receive an error, contact support to update your receivers to the correct version to support this feature.</li>



<li><strong>Receiver block window: </strong>This function allows you to access receiver control windows. Any currently live video content will play in real-time in this receiver block.</li>



<li><strong>Bitrate and delay sliders:</strong> Bitrate and delay sliders are only available when the Time Lock feature checkbox is active. The Time Lock feature changes bitrate and delay settings for all receivers in the window.</li>



<li><strong>VoIP start button:</strong> Starts a VoIP call with a TVU Pack:</li>
</ul>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>VoIP</strong> start button (the green phone icon). Available TVU Packs to start a VoIP call, displayed in a small window.</li>



<li>Select the number of packs and click <strong>Start the call</strong> to begin communication from your local PC to the selected packs.</li>



<li>The call button will become red when a call is active. Click the <strong>red</strong> button to end the call.</li>
</ol>



<p>To open the Multi-Control window:</p>



<ol start="1" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the<strong> Receivers</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="178" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-control-page.jpg" alt="Receiver control page" class="wp-image-164464" style="object-fit:cover;width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-control-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-control-page-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click the green <strong>Multi-Control</strong> button on the Receivers page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="224" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/multi-control-button.jpg" alt="multi-control button" class="wp-image-164472" style="object-fit:cover;width:606px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/multi-control-button.jpg 496w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/multi-control-button-300x135.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></figure>



<p>The Multi-Control window displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="416" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-window-functions.png" alt="Multi-control window functions" class="wp-image-149838" style="aspect-ratio:1.388586956521739;width:622px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-window-functions.png 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-window-functions-300x231.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p>To add receivers to the Multi-Control window:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Select Receiver</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="534" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-select-receiver-menu.jpg" alt="Multi-Control window select receiver menu" class="wp-image-164479" style="width:604px;height:300px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-select-receiver-menu.jpg 534w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-window-select-receiver-menu-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the receiver checkboxes you want to add to your Multi-Control window.</li>



<li>Enter a source name or click the<strong> Source </strong>drop-down menu below the preview window to select and go live with a source.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="508" height="349" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-source-selection-2.png" alt="Multi-Control source selection " class="wp-image-149854" style="object-fit:cover;width:608px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-source-selection-2.png 508w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-source-selection-2-300x206.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Take</strong> button.</li>



<li>To stop the live source, click the red <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="655" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-Live-source.png" alt="Multi-Control Live source" class="wp-image-149863" style="width:611px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-Live-source.png 655w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-Control-Live-source-300x169.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 655px) 100vw, 655px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Time Lock feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Time Lock feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Time Lock feature is only available when all selected receivers are live with a TVU transmitter.</p>



<p>Click the <strong>Time Lock</strong> checkbox to synchronize all receivers in the window with the same bitrate and delay within two frames. This feature is helpful for multi-camera productions of a common subject. If you receive an error, contact support to update your receivers to the correct version to support this feature.</p>



<p>The bitrate and delay sliders are only available when the Time Lock checkbox is active. Use the sliders to change the bitrate and delay settings for all receivers in the window.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Multi-Control preview video controls and functions</strong></h2>



<p>Each receiver you select will display in the Multi-Control window as a separate block. The sources associated with your receiver selection are selectable using the Source selection drop-down menu.</p>



<p>The Multi-control preview block has the following video controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="363" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-preview-window-2.png" alt="Multi-control preview window " class="wp-image-149872" style="width:405px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-preview-window-2.png 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Multi-control-preview-window-2-300x254.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Receiver:</strong> This field displays the selected receiver from the receivers page.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Source selection drop-down menu: </strong>Click the drop-down menu to select a source to go live with. Then click the<strong> Take</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="535" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Multi-Control controls and functions" class="wp-image-164488" style="width:531px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-controls-and-functions.jpg 535w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-controls-and-functions-300x181.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 535px) 100vw, 535px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>System settings:</strong> Click the <strong>System</strong> <strong>Settings</strong> icon to open the Receiver Web Controls user interface page in a new tab.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Audio mute icon: </strong>Click the speaker icon to mute or unmute the audio. Note that this does not affect the video’s output audio.</p>



<p><strong>E)</strong> <strong>Receiver information icon:</strong> The receiver&#8217;s information icon &#8220;<strong>I</strong>&#8221; displays the battery status, video input, input format, and output format information.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="391" height="334" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-icons-system-setttings-audio-mute-and-information.jpg" alt="Multi-Control icons - system setttings, audio mute, and information" class="wp-image-164495" style="width:312px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-icons-system-setttings-audio-mute-and-information.jpg 391w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-Control-icons-system-setttings-audio-mute-and-information-300x256.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F) Take/Stop button:</strong> Click the <strong>Take</strong> button to start the transmission. Click the <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop the transmission.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IP Stream Output</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP Streaming Output</strong></h2>



<p>Each encoder allows customers to configure six streams using the same stream profile.</p>



<p>To use the IP Streaming Output feature:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then select the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</li>



<li>Hover the mouse over the <strong>Setting</strong> icon and select<strong> IP Streaming Out</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="415" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-tab-setting-icon.png" alt="advanced control tab setting icon" class="wp-image-149889" style="object-fit:cover;width:427px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-tab-setting-icon.png 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-tab-setting-icon-300x286.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> IP Stream Out </strong>configuration screen displays.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To Add or edit an IP Stream Out profile, click <strong>Profile Management</strong>.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable one or multiple <strong>Encoder sliders</strong> to activate up to six external IP streaming encoders. Each encoder sends one stream.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Follow Receiver Live/Stop </strong>checkbox to choose whether you want the source to be the currently live source or take the receiver&#8217;s SDI input as the source.</li>



<li>To overlay a graphic logo onto your stream (PNG is the only accepted format), click the <strong>Logo</strong> checkbox and select a custom image.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="304" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IP-Stream-Out-configuration-screen.jpg" alt="IP Stream Out configuration screen" class="wp-image-164504" style="object-fit:cover;width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IP-Stream-Out-configuration-screen.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IP-Stream-Out-configuration-screen-300x170.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a <strong>Profile</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>To choose the stream you want to start and select the<strong> Output</strong> type. Multiple checkboxes can be selected.</li>



<li>When ready, enter your stream <strong>URL</strong> in the output field and click the green <strong>Start</strong> button to begin streaming.</li>



<li><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">You can adjust the&nbsp;<strong>Main Level&nbsp;</strong>audio bars to adjust the stream&#8217;s audio level relative to the source, or to mute audio on certain channels.</span></li>



<li>To stop the stream, click the red<strong> Stop</strong> button and close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Sources tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Sources page</strong></h2>



<p>When you click the Route tab, the Sources page is selected by default. The Source Control page displays available source thumbnails in the list view. If desired, sources can also be viewed in large, medium, and small video preview blocks. These may include Grid, external, SMPTE2022, and YouTube sources. The Source Control page provides an extended view of your sources. The Status, Bookmark, Type, and Live First drop-down menus function as those on the Advanced Control page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg" alt="Sources page" class="wp-image-164045" style="width:724px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg" alt="Source view options - Block view selection" class="wp-image-163951" style="width:726px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-view-options-Block-view-selection-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Sources page functions</strong></h2>



<p>The Sources page displays in list view by default and includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="379" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Sources page controls and functions" class="wp-image-164514" style="aspect-ratio:1.484787018255578;object-fit:contain;width:758px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-controls-and-functions.jpg 532w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-controls-and-functions-300x214.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the source <strong>PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search bar and press enter to locate a source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="193" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Search-bar-1.jpg" alt="search bar" class="wp-image-173171" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Search-bar-1.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Search-bar-1-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(B) Status:</strong> Click the Status drop-down menu to display sources based on the source types you select in the drop-down menu.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="259" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/status-menu.png" alt="status menu" class="wp-image-120253"/></figure>



<p>Status menu selection descriptions are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>All:</strong> When you check the All checkbox, it automatically selects all options in the drop-down menu without checking them separately.</li>



<li><strong>Available:</strong> When you check the Available checkbox, all available sources display.</li>



<li><strong>Online with no source:</strong> Choosing only the Online with no source checkbox will display all online sources with no active video source connected to it. When checked, sources are not currently live with any receiver on your account but are ready to do so. The Offline and Live (Take) sources are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Live:</strong> Choosing only the Live checkbox will display receivers currently taking a source live. Online (idle) and offline receivers are excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Offline:</strong> Choosing only the Offline checkbox will show receivers that are offline and unusable. Take (Live), and online (idle) receivers will be excluded from the results.</li>



<li><strong>Ongoing event:</strong> Display events that are always live.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Status menu checkbox color indicators are: Green = Online (Idle), Red = Live (Take), Grey = Offline</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(C) Bookmark:</strong> The Bookmark drop-down menu allows a user to define specific arrangements of sources to display.</p>



<p>There is one difference between the bookmark drop-down menu on the Sources page and the Receivers page; the Sources bookmark drop-down menu includes a default group called Token. Using the bookmark checkbox (with the All and Unclassified boxes unchecked) will display only those sources added using the Token tool. These will typically be mobile devices using the TVU Anywhere app.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="619" height="306" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg" alt="Bookmark menu" class="wp-image-164357" style="object-fit:cover;width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1.jpg 619w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-menu-1-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 619px) 100vw, 619px" /></figure>



<p>Alternative arrangements of sources can be displayed using the Bookmark drop-down menu. The user creates these by utilizing the Bookmark tool in the Settings menu. </p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-43"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Settings page</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(D) Type:</strong> Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu to display your sources based on type. The results displayed below the drop-down menu correspond to the selected checkboxes.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="582" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-1.jpg" alt="sources page - Type menu" class="wp-image-164530" style="object-fit:cover;width:514px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-1.jpg 582w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-Type-menu-1-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /></figure>



<p>Type menu selection descriptions are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>All:</strong> Displays All source types.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Pack:</strong> Displays TVU hardware transmitters.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Anywhere:</strong> Displays mobile devices using the TVU Anywhere app.</li>



<li><strong>Grid-Pack:</strong> Displays a re-encode of a partner’s TVU Pack or TVU Anywhere transmission from their receiver.</li>



<li><strong>Grid-SDI:</strong> Displays an encode of a partner’s in-house content fed to their receiver’s SDI input.</li>



<li><strong>Ext:</strong> Displays external IP sources, such as YouTube or IP cameras.</li>



<li><strong>Grid via Token:</strong> Displays Grid sources that have been added to your account temporarily by the Token service.</li>



<li><strong>Global Grid:</strong> Displays Grid sources only made available by participating in Global Grid.</li>
</ul>



<p><strong>(E) Source filter:</strong> Click the <strong>Source filter</strong> drop-down to filter, select, and display the following source views:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="677" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-filter-menu.jpg" alt="Sources page - filter menu" class="wp-image-164538" style="width:497px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-filter-menu.jpg 677w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Sources-page-filter-menu-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 677px) 100vw, 677px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Online first:</strong> Displays sources that are online (idle) and online with no source first.<br><strong>Live first:</strong> Displays sources that are currently live with a receiver first.<br>B<strong>y name:</strong> Displays source results in alphabetical order.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Add external source:</strong> Click the plus “<strong>+</strong>” icon to add an external source to the sources panel.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding an external source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an external source</strong></h2>



<p>The plus &#8220;<strong>+&#8221;</strong> icon enables users to add an external source, such as a YouTube video or an IP camera. The added source displays in the source panel with the other source thumbnails.</p>



<p>To add a new external source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the plus “+” icon in the Source Control window to add an external source to the sources panel. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="730" height="243" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-plus-icon.jpg" alt="sources page - plus icon" class="wp-image-164546" style="width:532px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-plus-icon.jpg 730w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-plus-icon-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 730px) 100vw, 730px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Add External Source window opens.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-medium is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="214" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-add-external-source-window-300x214.jpg" alt="sources page - add external source window" class="wp-image-164554" style="width:390px;height:273px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-add-external-source-window-300x214.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/sources-page-add-external-source-window.jpg 546w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and make a selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-1.png" alt="add external source selection menu" class="wp-image-120199" style="width:389px;height:269px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-1.png 510w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-1-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter the source URL.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong> or<strong> description</strong> of the source. Then, click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(G) Page navigation:</strong> Click these buttons to flip through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="74" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Page-navigation.png" alt="page navigation" class="wp-image-137612" style="aspect-ratio:8.10204081632653;object-fit:cover;width:544px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Page-navigation.png 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Page-navigation-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H) Source view options:</strong> These two icons let you switch between thumbnail and list views. The thumbnail view is the default and shows all of your results with a periodically updating preview window of the source’s content, the source name, and a status indicator showing whether it is online, live, or offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="74" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Source-view-options.png" alt="source view options" class="wp-image-137621" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Source-view-options.png 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Source-view-options-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>By default, sources are displayed in list view with thumbnail previews, along with the source name and status, these previews update periodically.</p>



<p>To locate a source or change the source views:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> List view</strong> icon to view your sources in a list view.</li>



<li>To view your sources by source thumbnail, click the <strong>Thumbnail</strong> icon.</li>



<li>To locate a source&#8217;s physical location, click the <strong>Geo-location</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Geo location icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Pin</strong> icon to open a geographic map with pins showing the physical location of all available sources and receivers.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to ”<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-59"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews</mark></a>&#8221; for more information about using the thumbnail and list views.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="82" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Geo-location-icon.png" alt="geo location" class="wp-image-137629" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Geo-location-icon.png 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Geo-location-icon-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J)</strong> <strong>Tracking icon:</strong> Click the <strong>Tracking</strong> icon to track a device by mode and device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="536" height="82" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Tracking-icon.png" alt="tracking icon" class="wp-image-137637" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Tracking-icon.png 536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Route-tab-Sources-Tracking-icon-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K) Receiver Selection menu:</strong> This is the receiver you select when taking a source live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/#tvu-anchor-59"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews</mark></a>” for more information about using the Geo location feature for a single source or receiver.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Taking a source live</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a source live</strong></h2>



<p>To take a source live from the Sources page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the <strong>Receiver selection</strong> drop-down menu, and select a receiver.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="155" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-Receiver-selection-drop-down-menu.png" alt="Sources page - Receiver selection drop-down menu" class="wp-image-149981" style="width:604px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-Receiver-selection-drop-down-menu.png 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Sources-page-Receiver-selection-drop-down-menu-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Go Live</strong> button in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="291" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-window-receiver-go-live.png" alt="Source window receiver go live" class="wp-image-120163" style="width:608px;height:332px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-window-receiver-go-live.png 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-window-receiver-go-live-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To stop the transmission, click the <strong>Stop</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="448" height="115" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-control-page-stop-button.png" alt="Source control page - stop button" class="wp-image-120154" style="object-fit:cover;width:612px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-control-page-stop-button.png 448w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Source-control-page-stop-button-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Expanded Source Control panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Expanded Source Control panel</strong></h2>



<p>The sources behave differently than the Expanded view on the Receivers page. When you click a source thumbnail on the Sources page, an expanded view of the source and a settings panel is displayed, as shown below.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The following image is taken from the Sources page, which has the settings gear that opens a Pack source’s WEB UI. The gear does not show for grid sources or in the Receivers tab.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-controls-details-and-metadata.jpg" alt="Source controls, details, and metadata" class="wp-image-164563" style="aspect-ratio:1.6716791979949874;width:649px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-controls-details-and-metadata.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-controls-details-and-metadata-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<p>The expanded source pop-up window includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Audio levels:</strong> This view displays up to 8 audio levels.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Mute icon:</strong> Click the speaker icon to mute the audio output to Command Center. This will not affect the actual audio output of the source to your receiver.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Control settings:</strong> Delay and bitrate settings.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Select button:</strong> Click the <strong>Select</strong> drop-down menu to change the pack’s bitrate and delay settings using preset modes. TVU provides five preset modes: Interview, Normal, Fast, Moving, SD (Standard Definition), and Tape Feed.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Details panel:</strong> Source (input) type, format, (line) quality, error rate, and battery life of the pack are displayed in the Details panel. A new IP address section will display the IP address of your Ethernet and WiFi interfaces. Finally, a new section for metadata about the transmission is available.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Route tab &#8211; Receivers page functions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Route tab &#8211; Receivers tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Receivers page offers a similar experience to the Sources page, except that each thumbnail represents a receiver instead of a source. Thumbnails on this page only show video when that receiver is live with a source, and that video is presented as a periodically updated frame. The <strong>Receivers</strong> tab offers a view that allows simultaneous control over multiple receivers (receivers) simultaneously.</p>



<p>To open the Receivers page, select the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Receivers</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="179" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-1.jpg" alt="Receivers selection" class="wp-image-164586" style="width:589px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-1.jpg 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-selection-1-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receivers page controls and functions</strong></h2>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="180" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-controls-and-functions-2.jpg" alt="Receivers page controls and functions" class="wp-image-164578" style="object-fit:cover;width:718px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-controls-and-functions-2.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-controls-and-functions-2-300x99.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<p>The Receivers page offers a view that allows simultaneous control over multiple receivers. This page also includes the following checkboxes for controls and functions located in the main navigation:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search:</strong> Enter the source <strong>Video or Destination</strong> in the search bar and press <strong>Enter</strong> to locate a source.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Status menu: </strong>The status drop-down menu includes a series of checkboxes. The <strong>All</strong>,<strong> Live</strong>, <strong>Available</strong>, and <strong>Offline</strong> checkboxes will function the same as in the other tabs.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Bookmark menu:</strong> A new Favorite checkbox can be added to this menu along with All and Unclassified.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> the bookmark menu is hidden from new users and users who have not previously set up a bookmark category. Refer to &#8220;To create a Bookmark category&#8221; for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(D) By Name: </strong>If you select this menu, results will be shown in the order of <strong>Live first</strong>, <strong>Online First</strong>, and <strong>By Name</strong>.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Multi-Control button:</strong> Opens the Multi-Control window.</p>



<p><strong>(F) Page navigation:</strong> Click the navigation buttons to browse through multiple pages of sources, go to a specific page, or skip to the last page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="324" height="47" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receivers-page-Page-navigation.png" alt="Receivers page - Page navigation" class="wp-image-150029" style="width:393px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receivers-page-Page-navigation.png 324w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Receivers-page-Page-navigation-300x44.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Page views:</strong> Large, medium, or small thumbnail views.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="445" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-control-thumbnail-view-menu.jpg" alt="Multi-control thumbnail view menu" class="wp-image-164596" style="width:487px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-control-thumbnail-view-menu.jpg 445w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Multi-control-thumbnail-view-menu-300x175.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Receiver Control block controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Receiver block controls</strong></h2>



<p><strong>Receiver block controls: </strong>The receiver thumbnail will have elements that should already be familiar to you, such as the receiver name, source selection drop-down, and the Take (Live) button. A new addition to the source thumbnail block is the Enter Memo text box and the Bookmark icon. Click the<strong> Bookmark</strong> icon to <strong>Add to</strong> or <strong>Add</strong> a new bookmark.</p>



<p>The source block controls and functions (when idle) are described as follows:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="393" height="378" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-block-controls-when-idle.jpg" alt="Receiver block controls when idle" class="wp-image-164604" style="width:300px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-block-controls-when-idle.jpg 393w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receiver-block-controls-when-idle-300x289.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Receiver name:</strong> Your selected receiver name displays in this field.<br><strong>(B) Memo text box:</strong> The user can enter custom information about the receiver thumbnail in the memo text box. Click the memo box to activate the text cursor. Then, customize the thumbnail description.<br><strong>(C) Source selection drop-down menu:</strong> Click the source field to open the drop-down menu and select a source to go live with.<br><strong>(D) Advanced icon:</strong> Click the Advanced icon to open the Advanced Control page. This icon can appear when live.</p>



<p>The source block controls and functions (when Live) are described as follows:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="347" height="276" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Receiver-block-controls-when-live.jpg" alt="Receivers page - Receiver block controls (when live)" class="wp-image-164611" style="width:371px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Receiver-block-controls-when-live.jpg 347w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Receivers-page-Receiver-block-controls-when-live-300x239.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A) Source status indicator:</strong> The Source indicator displays “Live” when the source is live.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Receiver name:</strong> Your selected receiver name displays in this field.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Source selection drop-down menu:</strong> Click the <strong>Source</strong> field to open the drop-down menu and select a source to go live with.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="338" height="469" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-1.jpg" alt="receivers tab - selecting a source" class="wp-image-164619" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-1.jpg 338w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/receivers-tab-selecting-a-source-1-216x300.jpg 216w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> Click the <strong>Expand info</strong> icon to open the source settings status overlay.<br><strong>(E) VoIP icon:</strong> Starts a VoIP call with a TVU Pack.<br><strong>(F) Publish icon: </strong>Click the <strong>publish</strong> icon to publish your output video stream to a website type of your choice.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="275" height="219" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-info-icon-1.jpg" alt="Expanded info icon" class="wp-image-164410"/></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Expanded receiver panel:</strong> Click the <strong>source preview thumbnail</strong> to open the expanded version of the receiver thumbnail. In this view, you will see live moving video. You will also have a mute button in the bottom-right corner of the expanded live video window. The control panel allows you to adjust bitrate, delay, VBR/CBR, and dynamic or fixed delay.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="355" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel.jpg" alt="Expanded receiver control panel" class="wp-image-173311" style="width:695px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-300x158.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>Click the “i” icon to open the receiver status panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="383" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver panel “i” icon" class="wp-image-173297" style="width:696px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Expanded-Receiver-panel-i-icon-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Going live with a source</strong></h2>



<p>To go live with a source from the Receivers page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Receiver thumbnail</strong> block. The expanded information displays below the thumbnail, similar to the <strong>Sources</strong> page.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Source</strong> drop-down menu in the&nbsp;Receiver thumbnail block and select a source. Then, click the<strong> Take</strong> button to go live with that source. Click the preview block to open the expanded receiver view to monitor the live transmission.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="343" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg" alt="Expanded Receiver Control panel" class="wp-image-164434" style="width:710px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Expanded-Receiver-Control-panel-1-300x153.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the thumbnail again to close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Publishing a video stream to social media</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Publishing a video stream to social media</strong></h2>



<p>You can publish your video stream to a social media site when your transmitter source is live on the <strong>Receivers</strong> page. To set up a social media source refer to “Social Account tab.”</p>



<p>To publish your source to a social media site:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Publish</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="293" height="88" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Publish-icon-1.jpg" alt="publish icon" class="wp-image-173318" style="aspect-ratio:3.051851851851852;width:307px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Output Video Stream overlay is displayed.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="299" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/output-video-stream.png" alt="output video stream" class="wp-image-137691"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> at the bottom of the window.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>social media name</strong> or <strong>Othe</strong>r output from the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="309" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-an-Output.png" alt="Publish icon adding an Output" class="wp-image-145243" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-an-Output.png 309w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-an-Output-300x249.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the pop-up window, enter the required information for your selection.</li>



<li>Make a selection from the <strong>Website Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="291" height="234" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Publish-icon-adding-a-website-type.png" alt="Publish icon adding a website type" class="wp-image-145252"/></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Go Live</strong> button to publish.</li>



<li>To stop your video stream, click the <strong>Stop</strong> button, then click the <strong>X</strong> to close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced Control page</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Advanced Control page</strong></h2>



<p>To select a receiver:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then the <strong>Receivers </strong>tab in the top navigation panel.</li>



<li>Click on an available receiver name to display source results corresponding to your receiver selection as source thumbnails.</li>



<li>Users can access the Advanced Control page from the Receivers page by clicking the <strong>Advanced</strong> icon in a source block or by clicking the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="464" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/advanced-control-tab.jpg" alt="advanced control tab" class="wp-image-164637" style="object-fit:cover;width:656px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/advanced-control-tab.jpg 464w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/advanced-control-tab-300x105.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page displays the selected receiver and its sources, along with any available sources associated with that receiver. The Advanced Control page includes the following six main control panels:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="449" height="332" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Main-control-panels-2.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Main control panels 2" class="wp-image-164645" style="object-fit:cover;width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Main-control-panels-2.jpg 449w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Main-control-panels-2-300x222.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></figure>



<p>The Advanced Control page includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Search bar:</strong> Search for a source name or PeerID</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Source panel thumbnails: </strong>This section contains all available sources for the selected receiver along with filtering and search options.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs:</strong> These tabs control the content that is displayed below them. Live mode will show the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter. When Transcriber is enabled, operators can use the real-time speech-to-text transcribing service.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Live preview and Take/Stop button:</strong> This section contains the live preview window and a drop-down menu for selecting a source to take live. The <strong>Take / Stop</strong> button, used for starting and stopping a transmission, is also located here.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Control panel:</strong> This section contains options for editing the bitrate and delay of a transmission as well as data related to the current status of the transmission such as, quality, error rate, video format, and IFB / VoIP status. You can also find the receiver PID in this section.</p>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Setting gear:</strong> Mouse over the setting gear to expand a drop-down menu that shows available configuration options for your selected receiver.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png" alt="setting menu" class="wp-image-137556" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png 243w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G) Quality histogram:</strong> Clicking the “quality” of the histogram opens a pop-up that lets you search the histogram. It is useful for investigating previous disruptions and can provide clearer timestamps for any drops or transmission quality issues.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="373" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-1024x373.png" alt="Quality histogram pop-up window" class="wp-image-164691" style="width:456px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-1024x373.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-300x109.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-768x280.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window-1536x560.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-pop-up-window.png 1871w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>There are drop-down calendars to select the beginning date and time, and the ending date and time. The default time frame for bringing into view is 30 minutes; this can be adjusted to up to 4 hours. The search can go back in time about 5 days.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="357" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-1024x357.png" alt="Quality histogram longer search view" class="wp-image-164698" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-1024x357.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-300x105.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-768x268.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view-1536x536.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Quality-histogram-longer-search-view.png 1875w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H) Modem monitoring and status:</strong> This panel displays the transmitter’s modem histograms and current status.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source selection panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting a source</strong></h2>



<p>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab in the top navigation panel.</p>



<p>The source selection panel is located in the left panel of the Advanced Control page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="302" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Source-panel-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Source panel location" class="wp-image-164705" style="width:704px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Source-panel-location.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Source-panel-location-300x168.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p>The Source panel menu displays TVU Pack, TVU Grid, G-Link, Local SDI, TVU Anywhere, and External sources.</p>



<p>To select a source:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the source panel, click on the desired live source <strong>thumbnail</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="370" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected.png" alt="Source panel - Source selected" class="wp-image-150089" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected.png 370w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected-285x300.png 285w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Source-panel-Source-selected-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>After the source is selected, a red box will frame the thumbnail image.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Selecting a transmitter that has a video preview will start a live session.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The source is displayed in the preview window. If the live source was previously activated and then stopped, the thumbnail will continue to display, framed in red. To take the source live again, click the <strong>Live</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source status indicators</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source status indicators</strong></h2>



<p>The source thumbnails will display using one of the following status indicators:</p>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video source is offline.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="116" height="90" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-1.jpg" alt="offline" class="wp-image-164714"/></figure>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the remote source is powered and connected, but no video input is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="113" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-2.jpg" alt="remote source is powered only" class="wp-image-164722"/></figure>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video source is online and live video is detected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="117" height="91" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-3.jpg" alt="video source online" class="wp-image-164729"/></figure>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video is a generic external source. Other available external sources include SMPTE, YouTube, and SRT, each with its respective thumbnail icon.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="114" height="95" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/thumb-4.jpg" alt="EXT source" class="wp-image-164736" style="aspect-ratio:1.0078740157480315;object-fit:contain;width:121px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Source video feed thumbnail:</strong> When a source is selected and live, the thumbnail is framed with a red box around the thumbnail image.</p>



<p>This thumbnail indicates that the video source is selected and taken live.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="262" height="142" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-video-feed-thumbnail.jpg" alt="Source video feed thumbnail" class="wp-image-164744"/></figure>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Source information:</strong> Mouse over the thumbnail to display the source information. When a transmitter is online, its name will appear below the thumbnail.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="216" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-info-dialog.jpg" alt="Source info dialog" class="wp-image-164751" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-info-dialog.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Source-info-dialog-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Search bar: </strong>The operator can search for available input sources by name.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="429" height="141" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Source-panel-search-field.png" alt="source panel search field" class="wp-image-145381" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Source-panel-search-field.png 429w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Source-panel-search-field-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>IFB indicator (VoIP predecessor):</strong> The Interruptible Feedback (IFB) feature used in older model transmitters allows your news operations center to speak directly to a TVU transmitter in the ﬁeld. The IFB option includes a mixer/preamp. The mixer has a USB port for connecting to your receiver and an XLR and 1/4 in. port for plugging in a microphone.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="123" height="80" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IFB-indicator-VoIP-predecessor.jpg" alt="IFB indicator" class="wp-image-164766" style="width:210px;height:auto"/></figure>



<p><strong>IFB:</strong> To turn on IFB, click “<strong>IFB</strong>” below the thumbnail. When IFB is on, the background color turns red.</p>



<p>To turn off IFB, click “<strong>IFB</strong>” below the thumbnail. When IFB is off, the background color turns green.</p>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>VoIP indicator:</strong> The VoIP function provides a two-way, higher-quality communication than IFB. Click the VoIP (phone icon) under the live preview to use VoIP. When enabled, the VoIP background color turns from green to flashing red to solid red. VoIP is enabled automatically when a live transmission starts.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="250" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-indicator.jpg" alt="VoIP indicator" class="wp-image-164759" style="width:232px;height:auto"/></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>The VoIP/IFB status also displays in the diagnostics “Status” panel on the left side of the interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has a VoIP or IFB function, only IFB will automatically become enabled when going live.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the Advanced Operations section for “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/?preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-32"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">IFB indicator feature</mark></a>” and the “<a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/?preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-33"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">VoIP indicator feature</mark></a>” for detailed information.</p>
</blockquote>



<p><strong>(F) View by thumbnail or list:</strong> These features allow the operator to display all of the TVU transmitters and their status in a graphic thumbnail or in a list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="401" height="140" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/thumbnail-or-list-view.png" alt="thumbnail or list view" class="wp-image-145405" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/thumbnail-or-list-view.png 401w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/thumbnail-or-list-view-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /></figure>



<p>Located below the search field in the Source panel are three drop-down menus: the Status, Type, and Bookmark menu. These menus have the following functions:</p>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> Click the <strong>Status</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar to select and display any source by Live, Online, or Offline status.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="437" height="131" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Status-menu.png" alt="status menu" class="wp-image-145413" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Status-menu.png 437w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Status-menu-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar to select and display any source by type.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="409" height="107" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu.png" alt="type menu" class="wp-image-145421" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu.png 409w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu-300x78.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Type-menu-407x107.png 407w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I) </strong>After creating a bookmark category, the Bookmark menu will be displayed. An operator can also choose source types to display by their status by clicking the <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu below the “Search” bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="426" height="159" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmark-menu-2.png" alt="bookmark drop-down menu" class="wp-image-145429" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmark-menu-2.png 426w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/bookmark-menu-2-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J)</strong> An operator can also filter displayed source types by their status by clicking the Filter drop-down menu below the “Search” bar.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="402" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/online-first-menu.png" alt="online first menu" class="wp-image-145437" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/online-first-menu.png 402w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/online-first-menu-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K)</strong> In addition, an operator can click the Plus “+” to choose an external source. Generic External, SMPTE, YouTube, G-Link, SRT, NDI, and Zixi are available external sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="486" height="468" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.png" alt="External source drop-down menu" class="wp-image-150097" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/External-source-drop-down-menu.png 486w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/External-source-drop-down-menu-300x289.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Taking a shot live</strong></h2>



<p>To take the shot live, open the Advanced Control page and complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> thumbnail</strong> in the source panel to start a live session with a source not already framed with a red box.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Live</strong> button to start a live session with a source framed with a red box.</li>



<li>Set the bitrate, delay, and VBR/CBR settings.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</strong></h2>



<p>The two primary controls that affect the quality and latency of a live shot are the bitrate and delay sliders.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="286" height="211" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Advanced-control-tab-bitrate-and-delay.png" alt="Advanced control tab bitrate and delay" class="wp-image-119865"/></figure>



<p>To set or edit the bitrate and delay, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Delay:</strong> To configure the live shot latency, manually adjust the slider or enter a value in the input box (the maximum delay is 50 seconds by default) and press <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>This value is always stable and will not change during the transmission unless it is manually adjusted.<br>Delays as low as 0.5 seconds should be routinely achievable in good bandwidth conditions. Lower delays are related to the amount of bandwidth consumed for error correction, so higher delays of 4 to 10 seconds are recommended for non-latency-sensitive transmissions.</p>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Bitrate:</strong> Use the slider to select a value, or enter it manually into the input box and press <strong>Enter</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>A higher value will increase the encoding quality and transmission throughput of the pack (subject to bandwidth availability) to a maximum threshold of 10 Mbps. Bitrates above 5 Mbps should not be required except for fast or high-motion videos, such as sports videos.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The encoding bitrate can be increased for certain specialized applications. Contact Support for details. Changes to the bitrate slider can be made during a live transmission without interrupting the shot.</p>
</blockquote>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Adjusting the Delay setting during a live transmission will interrupt the video while the stream rebuffers.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>Click the <strong>Select</strong> drop-down menu to view user-definable presets. Depending on your news-gathering environment, you can define the following preset bitrates and latencies:</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Presets can be adjusted. Contact support for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>User 1 &amp; User 2:</strong> These are user-definable presets. To program them, users right-click the preset they want to define. They can then name the preset, change the bitrate, manually set latency, or check Set Current, saving the current latency setting to that preset. Once finished, they Press Apply to the program.</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Selecting VBR vs. CBR</strong></h2>



<p>The TVU system uses SmartVBR™ adaptive encoding technology to maximize the reliability of the live transmission. The encoder detects the available bandwidth and adjusts the encoding bitrate up to the maximum value set on the slider. If the SmartVBR detects a drop in available bandwidth, it will decrease the encoding resolution to keep the video stable and smooth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Variable bitrate (VBR) mode</strong></h2>



<p>VBR is the default setting and should be used under most circumstances. Click the VBR drop-down menu above the bitrate slider to select or change the setting.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Constant bitrate (CBR) mode</strong></h2>



<p>In some circumstances, turning off the VBR logic and forcing the transmission to CBR mode may be desirable. The encoding will be locked to the configured CBR mode bitrate regardless of available bandwidth. The most common application for this setting is with IP satellite systems with fixed bandwidth.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Tuning a shot</strong></h2>



<p>In a live interactive environment with ample bandwidth, the normal operation would combine a high bitrate with a low delay for a smooth, stable transmission. If the bandwidth is constrained and the transmission is not stable at the configured settings, the operator has two primary controls to affect the transmission:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Increase the delay of the transmission. An increase in delay reduces the error-correction overhead required for stability. A reduction in overhead frees up more available bandwidth for video quality. The delay can be increased from 0.5-second steps up to 10 seconds.</li>



<li>A stepped increase of 0.5 seconds to a maximum of 10 seconds should be attempted.</li>



<li>If the transmission is especially delay-sensitive or the conditions are very challenging, bitrate reductions should be performed in steps of approximately 500 Kbps until stability is achieved.</li>
</ul>



<p>Combining these two controls should allow the operator to routinely and reliably manage video streams from challenging environments.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When transmitting a very low movement or still setting, the pack will adjust and use less data until movement is reintroduced. This is normal behavior.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IFB indicator feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IFB indicator feature</strong></h2>



<p>The Interruptible Feedback (IFB) feature (used with early model transmitters) allows your news operations center to speak directly to a TVU transmitter in the ﬁeld without needing telephone contact. The IFB option includes a mixer/preamp. The mixer has a USB port for connecting to your receiver, an XLR, and 1/4-inch ports for plugging in a microphone.</p>



<p>On the TVU transmitter, connect a standard set of headphones to the 3.5 mm audio jack on the unit.</p>



<p>To use the IFB feature, click the<strong> IFB indicator</strong> until it turns red. The IFB on/off status is also indicated in the “Status” panel on the right side of the interface. Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has an IFB function, the IFB is automatically turned on when that transmitter goes live. Once the live transmission is stopped, the IFB function is turned off.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="116" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX.png" alt="VoIP and IFB indicators" class="wp-image-164774" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX.png 461w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/VoIP-and-IFB-indicators-LINUX-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></figure>



<p>The five indicator colors displayed in “IFB indicators” are defined as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color"><strong>Red</strong></mark>: The IFB function is in use.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color"><strong>Green</strong></mark>: The IFB function is available but not in use.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color"><strong>Green-Gray</strong></mark>: Either the transmitter is live with another receiver or using the IFB function with another receiver.</li>



<li><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color"><strong>Gray</strong></mark>: The IFB Function is not available for this transmitter.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	VoIP indicator feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>VoIP indicator feature</strong></h2>



<p><strong>VoIP indicator:</strong> The VoIP function provides a two-way, higher-quality communication than IFB. Click the VoIP indicator under the live preview to enable VoIP. When enabled, the VoIP background color turns from green to flashing red to solid red. VoIP is automatically enabled when starting a live transmission and disabled manually by pressing the button.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> For VS3500/VS3550 hardware models, an external audio box is required to support XLR audio input/output.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="93" height="92" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/no-video-capture-LINUX.png" alt="no video capture LINUX" class="wp-image-164783" style="width:auto;height:122px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/no-video-capture-LINUX.png 93w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/no-video-capture-LINUX-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 93px) 100vw, 93px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The VoIP/IFB status also displays in the diagnostics “Status” panel on the right side of the interface.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="364" height="84" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/VoIP-and-status-indicators.png" alt="VoIP and status indicators" class="wp-image-119838" style="width:464px;height:107px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/VoIP-and-status-indicators.png 364w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/VoIP-and-status-indicators-300x69.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /></figure>



<p>Additionally, if a TVU transmitter has a VoIP or IFB function, both IFB and VoIP will automatically become enabled when going live.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Using the IS+ feature</strong></h2>



<p>IS+ is an advanced version of TVU Networks’ Inverse StatMux technology. With superior forward error correction technology, IS+ also has a higher throughput than the standard Inverse StatMux under the same conditions. Additionally, with IS+, file transfers are between 2x and 4x faster than standard Inverse StatMux. This solution enables TVU transmitters to deliver resilient, HD, professional broadcast-quality pictures in even the most challenging wireless environments.</p>



<p>Once IS+ has been installed on a TVU transmitter, “(IS+)” will appear at the end of the PID when you mouse over the source thumbnail, as shown in “IS+ location” below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IS-location.jpg" alt="IS+ location" class="wp-image-164790" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IS-location.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/IS-location-300x151.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Grid source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Grid source</strong></h2>



<p>To view the available Grid sources, click the<strong> Status</strong> menu and select a status. Click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and select Grid-pack.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="425" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/type-menu-grid-sources.png" alt="type menu grid sources" class="wp-image-150105" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/type-menu-grid-sources.png 372w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/type-menu-grid-sources-263x300.png 263w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding an external source</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding an external source</strong></h2>



<p>To add an external source to the receiver Web UI, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the plus &#8220;<strong>+</strong>&#8221; icon next to the <strong>Status</strong> drop-down menu. The external source pop-up window displays.</li>



<li>Select an external source from the pop-up window to be added. The supported formats are:</li>
</ol>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Generic External Source</li>



<li>SMPTE2022 Source</li>



<li>YouTube Source</li>



<li>G-Link Source</li>



<li>SRT Source</li>



<li>NDI Source</li>



<li>Zixi Source</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="376" height="394" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection.png" alt="advanced control external source selection" class="wp-image-150122" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection.png 376w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection-286x300.png 286w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/advanced-control-external-source-selection-71x75.png 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>A pop-up window displays each external selection. Enter a <strong>Type</strong> and the appropriate information as follows:</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="352" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-window.png" alt="add external source window" class="wp-image-119802" style="width:432px;height:303px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-window.png 502w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-window-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-smpt-source.png" alt="add external smpt source" class="wp-image-119793" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-smpt-source.png 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-smpt-source-300x164.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="438" height="249" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-srt-source.png" alt="add external srt source" class="wp-image-119784" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-srt-source.png 438w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-srt-source-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-youtube-source.png" alt="add external youtube source" class="wp-image-119775" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-youtube-source.png 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-youtube-source-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="440" height="252" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-glink-source.png" alt="add external glink source" class="wp-image-119766" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-glink-source.png 440w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-glink-source-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 440px) 100vw, 440px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="365" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/NDI-source.png" alt="NDI Source" class="wp-image-137776" style="width:438px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/NDI-source.png 365w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/NDI-source-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 365px) 100vw, 365px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="368" height="202" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Zixi-source.png" alt="Zixi source" class="wp-image-137784" style="width:442px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Zixi-source.png 368w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Zixi-source-300x165.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 368px) 100vw, 368px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, click <strong>Save</strong>. A thumbnail icon of the added source will display as a selection in the source menu.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Data transmission monitor panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Data transmission monitor panel</strong></h2>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel is located below the preview panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="538" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Data transmission monitor panel" class="wp-image-164798" style="width:715px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Data-transmission-monitor-panel.jpg 538w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Data-transmission-monitor-panel-300x166.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></figure>



<p>The data transmission monitor panel includes visual modem histograms with the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modem-histogram-controls-and-functions.jpg" alt="Modem histogram controls and functions" class="wp-image-164806" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modem-histogram-controls-and-functions.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modem-histogram-controls-and-functions-300x134.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Data transmission monitor panel (Live tab):</strong> This panel displays all data connections&#8217; current number and status. The connection status appears as green, red, yellow, or gray.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Check box: </strong>There is a check box and status bar associated with each card. The check box enables or disables a data connection. If unchecked, it will not be used to pass data. If the box is checked (default), the connection will be used to pass data.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Monitor histogram:</strong> Displays status, throughput, and the IP address of each modem.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Connection mode and connection strength indicator:</strong> The connection mode is displayed next to the connection strength, indicated with three bars.</p>



<p><strong>(E) Configuration menu:</strong> This modem configuration icon connects to the pack&#8217;s WEB UI.</p>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Reset:</strong> This feature provides a full-power reset for a modem. It is used when the modem can no longer connect or is experiencing a problem. Click the <strong>Reset</strong> icon to force the modem to power cycle and reset.</p>



<p><strong>(G) Connection name and status: </strong>Individual read-out panels show each active card&#8217;s carrier name (when available). The slot number of each datacard is indicated in front of the carrier name. To retrieve the IP Address of a datacard, mouse over the name of that datacard. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">You can enter your preferred name if a name is not automatically provided and displayed</span>. However, this will reset upon reboot.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="201" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Connection-name-and-status-2.jpg" alt="Connection name and status 2" class="wp-image-164813" style="width:344px;height:251px"/></figure>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Scale:</strong> The Scale drop-down menu allows the operator to set the scale for the histogram. When the scale is changed, it will affect all of the histograms displayed. Selection settings are 1.2 Mbps, 2.4 Mbps, 6 Mbps, 12 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 30 Mbps, 50 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 120 Mbps, 150 Mbps, 180 Mbps, and 200 Mbps.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="284" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu.jpg" alt="Histogram Scale drop-down menu" class="wp-image-164820" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu.jpg 466w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-300x183.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I) Filter Slot:</strong> Use the Filter Slot menu to select which slots you want to display in the data transmission panel.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="477" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Filter-Slot-menu.jpg" alt="Filter Slot menu" class="wp-image-164827" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Filter-Slot-menu.jpg 477w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Filter-Slot-menu-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 477px) 100vw, 477px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(J) Slot Modes:</strong> Use the Slot Modes drop-down menu to select a Transmission type for your slots.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="506" height="253" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Slot-Modes-menu.jpg" alt="Slot Modes menu" class="wp-image-164834" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Slot-Modes-menu.jpg 506w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Slot-Modes-menu-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(K)</strong> <strong>Mode selection tabs: </strong>The data transmission panel has up to three mode selection tabs:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Live:</strong> The Live mode is the primary interface used during a Live transmission. When this tab is selected, the status of each of the data card network connections will be displayed.</li>



<li><strong>Record:</strong> The Record mode displays the store and forward interface to preview, download, and manage TVU Transmitter stored footage and files transferred via Auto Sync. This interface can also access files transferred via FTP.</li>



<li><strong>Transcriber:</strong> The Transcriber tab also displays if the Transcriber feature is enabled. When enabled, the speech-to-text transcription is displayed.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="179" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections.jpg" alt="Data transmission panel Mode selections" class="wp-image-164841" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center File based workflows</mark></a></em>” for information about the record function.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Live and Record modes</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Live and record modes</strong></h2>



<p>Live and record modes are located in the data transmission panel.</p>



<p>The <strong>Live</strong> and <strong>Record</strong> tabs control the content displayed for each histogram. The live mode will show the individual modems for the transmitter and their current status. Record mode will show the console for managing recorded content on the selected transmitter.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note</strong>: Refer to “<em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Command Center File based workflows</mark></a></em>” for information about Live and record operations.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Working with data cards</strong></h2>



<p>The Live, Record, and Transcriber tabs for the data transmission monitor panel are shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="417" height="106" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-1.jpg" alt="Data transmission panel Mode selections" class="wp-image-164848" style="width:484px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-1.jpg 417w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Data-transmission-panel-Mode-selections-1-300x76.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /></figure>



<p>In the <strong>Live tab</strong>, the checkboxes for each data connection status bar enable or disable that connection. The box is enabled (checked) by default.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>check box</strong> to select and use the data connection. If the box is unchecked, the card will not pass data.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a datacard is installed, the carrier name and the slot number displays next to the check box.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="336" height="215" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Modem-check-box.png" alt="Modem check box" class="wp-image-119703" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Modem-check-box.png 336w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Modem-check-box-300x192.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To change the scale of the modem histogram, click the <strong>Auto</strong> drop-down menu at the top right to display the value menu. Then, click to select a desired maximum value.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Changing the value will affect all modem histograms.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="395" height="255" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-1.jpg" alt="Histogram Scale drop-down menu" class="wp-image-164856" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-1.jpg 395w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Histogram-Scale-drop-down-menu-1-300x194.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To retrieve the IP address of a data card, hover over the data card field name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="224" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/datacard-name-and-IP-LINUX.png" alt="datacard name and IP LINUX" class="wp-image-119685" style="width:336px;height:231px"/></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If there appears to be no name associated with the card, you can enter your name, which is displayed as <em>&lt;name&gt;</em>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The name change will reset itself upon a reboot.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The color indicators displayed within the carrier name panel indicate the following status:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-red-color">Red</mark>:</strong> Not connected but dialing</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Green</mark>:</strong> Connected and passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-luminous-vivid-amber-color">Yellow</mark>:</strong> Connected but not passing traffic</li>



<li><strong><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-cyan-bluish-gray-color">Gray</mark>:</strong> Disconnected or unplugged</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Manual modem configuration</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual modem configuration</strong></h2>



<p>To manually configure a transmitter’s modems, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the source panel, click the desired source thumbnail. When selected, the source is framed with a red box.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="105" height="102" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/live-icon.jpg" alt="live icon" class="wp-image-164865" style="width:auto;height:130px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/live-icon.jpg 105w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/live-icon-50x50.jpg 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 105px) 100vw, 105px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure the modem, click the<strong> Setting </strong>&#8220;gear&#8221; icon above the source histogram.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="187" height="148" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Connection-name-and-status-1.jpg" alt="histogram" class="wp-image-164881" style="width:301px;height:auto"/></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>System Status</strong> page opens in a new window. Click the <strong>Modem</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="601" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-1024x601.png" alt="System Status page" class="wp-image-164873" style="width:530px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-1024x601.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-300x176.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page-768x451.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/System-Status-page.png 1043w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Modems</strong> panel opens. Select the <strong>Auto </strong>radio button. To save your configuration changes, click <strong>Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="601" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-1024x601.png" alt="modems panel" class="wp-image-164888" style="width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-1024x601.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-300x176.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-768x451.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel.png 1043w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The modem configuration on the pack is accessible in the modem option in the drop-down menu.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU One Models FHD and 4K Software User Guide</mark></a></em> Advance configuration page.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="235" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Select-modem-option.png" alt="Select modem option" class="wp-image-119658" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Select-modem-option.png 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Select-modem-option-300x162.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manual carrier selection when roaming</strong></h2>



<p>To manually select which carrier a modem will roam on:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable the <strong>Roaming</strong> slider. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1043" height="612" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel.png" alt="modems panel" class="wp-image-164888" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel.png 1043w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-300x176.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-1024x601.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Modems-panel-768x451.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1043px) 100vw, 1043px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manual</strong> radio button at the bottom of the Modem configuration screen.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="567" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration.png" alt="manual modem configuration" class="wp-image-164896" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration.png 796w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration-300x214.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/manual-modem-configuration-768x547.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Scan</strong>&nbsp;button. The roaming modem will automatically generate a list of available carriers.</li>



<li>Click to select a desired&nbsp;Carrier, then click&nbsp;Apply&nbsp;to confirm your selection.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting menu</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting menu</strong></h2>



<p>The Setting &#8220;gear&#8221; icon is located in the bottom-left corner of the Advanced Controls page. Click the <strong>Setting</strong> icon to open the Advanced setting menu and select your available settings.</p>



<p>The controls and functions in this menu are as follows:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Basic Setting</li>



<li>File Browser</li>



<li>Feature Control</li>



<li>Grid encoder</li>



<li>GLink encoder</li>



<li>Transcriber</li>



<li>SDI output setting</li>



<li>IP Stream Out</li>



<li>Locate all Pack Position</li>



<li>Set location</li>



<li>IP and Port Mapping</li>



<li>Token Service</li>



<li>Restart Service</li>



<li>Reboot Device</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-43"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Settings page</mark></a>” for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png" alt="setting menu" class="wp-image-137556" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png 243w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Video preview panel</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Video preview window</strong></h2>



<p>The video preview window shows the live video output state or the offline state screens. The preview window has audio control capability. When a video is live, the operator can mute or unmute the audio to the live video by clicking the speaker icon in the bottom right corner of the preview window.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The audio button only affects the audio output to your Web browser. It does not affect the SDI output to your receiver.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="514" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Video-preview-window.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Video preview window" class="wp-image-164904" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Video-preview-window.jpg 514w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Video-preview-window-300x187.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /></figure>



<p>When a source is live, the video preview displays in the preview window, and the red <strong>Stop</strong> button displays. To stop the transmission, click the red<strong> Stop</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="216" height="144" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-output-state.png" alt="Advanced Control tab - Video preview output state" class="wp-image-119613" style="width:324px;height:216px"/></figure>



<p>When a source is not live, the video preview displays the following TVU slate, and the green<strong> Take</strong> button displays.</p>



<p><strong>Take/Stop button:</strong> The Take/Stop button allows the operator to stop or restart a live transmission from a selected source.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="478" height="316" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-1.jpg" alt="Advanced Control tab - Video preview offline state" class="wp-image-164911" style="width:339px;height:231px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-1.jpg 478w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-tab-Video-preview-offline-state-1-300x198.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Setting panel controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting panel controls</strong></h2>



<p>The setting panel <strong>Delay</strong>, <strong>Bitrate</strong>, <strong>Adaptive Delay</strong>, and <strong>VBR/CBR </strong>controls are located below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="337" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-location.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Control setting panel location" class="wp-image-164918" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-location.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-location-300x188.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p>The setting panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="349" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-functions.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Control setting panel functions" class="wp-image-164926" style="object-fit:cover;width:324px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-functions.jpg 349w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Control-setting-panel-functions-300x233.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Delay control: </strong>Set your desired latency and then the maximum bitrate you would like to utilize. When in “Live” mode, the error rate and picture quality will automatically adjust based on the desired latency and available bandwidth to produce the highest-quality picture.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>Bitrate control:</strong> The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system. This means the unit will automatically adjust the bitrate to deliver the best-quality picture based on the desired latency. To effectively take advantage of the smart VBR scaling system, set your desired latency, then set the maximum bitrate you would like to use.</p>



<p><strong>(C) Adaptive delay control (Dynamic/fixed) for Grid only:</strong> Controls the dynamic buffering feature of Grid. When set to dynamic mode (recommended), the receiver will automatically increase the stream buffer to ensure stable transmission. This selection maximizes stream stability, but at the potential cost of increasing the delay/latency. The Fixed mode will lock the Grid stream to a specific delay, but will allow errors if the setting is too aggressive. It is recommended that dynamic mode be used as usual. When fixed mode is enabled, the operator should pay extra attention to stream stability with their current settings.</p>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>VBR/CBR: </strong>The TVU receiver has a smart VBR scaling system.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “<a href="/?p=116680&amp;preview_id=116680&amp;preview_nonce=ccd0b6b5b2&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=116948#tvu-anchor-31"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">Setting the variable bitrate (VBR) and delay</mark></a>” for more information about VBR/CBR.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="415" height="279" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Mode-selection-menu.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Mode selection menu" class="wp-image-164933" style="width:340px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Mode-selection-menu.jpg 415w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Mode-selection-menu-300x202.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 415px) 100vw, 415px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E) Preset selection menu (operational):</strong> Click the <strong>Select </strong>drop-down menu to view user-definable presets.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Presets can be adjusted, contact support for more information.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Status panel diagnostics</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Status panel diagnostics</strong></h2>



<p>The Status panel has many vertical indicators to help an operator make quality and troubleshooting decisions. Additional information, such as error rate, line quality, and a histogram showing the total transmission encoding bitrate over a period. The histogram’s scale can be changed by selecting a different display option from the drop-down menu. The status of the transmitter’s batteries is also displayed.</p>



<p>The Status panel and histogram locations are shown below.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="320" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-1.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Status and Diagnostics panel" class="wp-image-164941" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-1.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>



<p>The Status panel includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-controls.jpg" alt="Advanced Control page - Status and Diagnostics panel controls" class="wp-image-164948" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-controls.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Advanced-Control-page-Status-and-Diagnostics-panel-controls-300x182.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Input and output formats:</strong> “Input” displays the video input format of the transmitter. “Output” displays the receiver output setting.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The receiver output format follows the input format. When the Input Match feature within Feature Control is enabled.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The TVU Pack input and receiver output should match. The receiver software is not intended to convert or adjust the resolution. In the event of a mismatch, the receiver will attempt a format conversion, but this may result in a loss of video quality and the removal of closed captions from the transmission.</p>



<p><strong>(B)</strong> <strong>IFB status:</strong> The IFB status and the IFB Signal visually display. The IFB signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level of the IFB.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>VoIP status:</strong> The VoIP Signal has a strength meter that depicts the input level.</p>



<p>(D) <strong>Quality histogram/Quality link:</strong> The quality histogram below the Quality link displays a 5-minute aggregate histogram of the live transmission.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Settings page</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Settings page</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>Settings</strong> &#8220;gear&#8221; icon in the top-right navigation offers options to change settings that affect other areas within Command Center. They include creating bookmark groups, adding external sources, adding user-level accounts, and locating individual hardware devices.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="80" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon.jpg" alt="Settings gear icon" class="wp-image-164052" style="width:365px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon.jpg 533w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Settings-gear-icon-300x45.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></figure>



<p>There are nine tabs in the top navigation on the Settings page. The first tab that is opened by default when clicking the setting icon is the<strong> Preferences</strong> tab.</p>



<p>The Setting page has the following features and controls:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="539" height="375" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-user-settings-page.jpg" alt="Command Center user settings page" class="wp-image-164955" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-user-settings-page.jpg 539w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Command-Center-user-settings-page-300x209.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Preference:</strong> The Preference tab allows users to enable notification confirmations for starting and stopping a live transmission and to show Geo-location over thumbnails.</p>



<p><strong>(B) Device:</strong> The Device tab in the Setting window allows a user to view available paired receivers and source data and the option to rename a device.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-1.jpg" alt="Device tab" class="wp-image-164962" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Device-tab-1-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To use the Device tab functions, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Device</strong> tab. The Device window displays.</li>



<li>To locate a specific device, enter the<strong> PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search bar and press<strong> Enter</strong>.</li>



<li>To display Bookmarked devices, click the<strong> Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu and make a selection.</li>



<li>To display a device by type, click the <strong>Type</strong> drop-down menu and make a selection.</li>



<li>To display a device by location, click the<strong> Location</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>To rename a device, click <strong>Edit</strong> in the right column, rename the device, and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1013" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1.png" alt="Edit device name window" class="wp-image-119521" style="aspect-ratio:3.972826086956522;width:571px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1.png 1013w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1-300x76.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Edit-device-name-window-1-768x194.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1013px) 100vw, 1013px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>Account:</strong> The Account tab in the Setting window allows you (the administrative account holder) to create a Co-Admin or user-level account for your colleagues. It is highly recommended that you do this, as the administrator account has unrestricted power over all devices and sources in your Command Center. You can set restrictions such as going live and stopping live, accessing specific receivers and sources, and accessing other features. TVU discourages sharing the administrator account credentials with others.</p>



<p>To modify or create a new Sub-level user account with an SSO login, refer to “Setting up a Sub-User level account SSO login method”. To modify an existing user who prefers an SSO login, refer to Steps 5 and 6.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Creating a new user or Co-admin role</strong></h2>



<p>Account owners can create a new user-level role or a Co-admin role.</p>



<p>Please use real e-mail addresses. Refer to the account creation window below for access customization.</p>



<p>To create a user-level account, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Account </strong>tab &gt; <strong>Plus</strong> icon &#8220;+.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="599" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.jpg" alt="Setting page -  Account tab Plus icon" class="wp-image-173325" style="width:597px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.jpg 599w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 599px) 100vw, 599px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>User Creation</strong> window is displayed.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>valid email address</strong>, <strong>First</strong> and<strong> Last name</strong>, <strong>Password</strong>, <strong>Role</strong>, and select the corresponding checkbox permissions.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-user-creation-menu.jpg" alt="Account user creation menu" class="wp-image-173332" style="width:504px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-user-creation-menu.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-user-creation-menu-300x242.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>After you create an account, the new account email displays in the account tab list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="244" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-list-1024x244.jpg" alt="Setting page -  Account tab list" class="wp-image-173339" style="object-fit:cover;width:506px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-list-1024x244.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-list-300x72.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-list-768x183.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-list.jpg 1399w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click an email address in the list. The <strong>Relation Management</strong> window opens. Note that User name and status fields are displayed at the top of the window.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="990" height="577" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png" alt="Relation management window" class="wp-image-145593" style="aspect-ratio:1.7862232779097387;width:509px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png 990w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-768x448.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 990px) 100vw, 990px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Available Device column, enter the receiver <strong>PID</strong> into the search field.</li>



<li>Select the device(s) you would like your user to have access to and click the<strong> Add</strong> or <strong>Add All</strong> button to move your selection(s) into the Binding Device column.</li>



<li>Click the<strong> Save</strong> button when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Account tab &#8211; Download the template and import accounts</strong></h2>



<p>The account tab enables users to download a template and import accounts.<br>To download a template, click the <strong>Download Template</strong> icon located above the Operation column.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="172" height="83" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-tab-download-template-icon.jpg" alt="Account tab download template icon" class="wp-image-173346"/></figure>



<p>To Import accounts, click the <strong>Import Accounts</strong> icon, then follow the prompts.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="189" height="104" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Account-tab-import-accounts-icon.jpg" alt="Account tab import accounts icon" class="wp-image-173353"/></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>New role modifications</strong></h2>



<p>To modify, deactivate, or delete a new sub-user role:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To modify a new role, click the Account tab. Click the <strong>Modify Permission</strong>, <strong>Deactivate</strong>, or <strong>Delete</strong> in the Operation column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="213" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-new-user-mod.png" alt="Account new user mod" class="wp-image-145602" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-new-user-mod.png 444w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Account-new-user-mod-300x144.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the email address in the <strong>Account tab</strong> to open the <strong>Relation Management</strong> window to modify pairings.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="990" height="577" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png" alt="Relation management window" class="wp-image-145593" style="width:524px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management.png 990w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-300x175.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Relation-management-768x448.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 990px) 100vw, 990px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> when finished.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Setting up a Sub-User level account SSO login method</strong></h2>



<p>When the Administrative account holder creates a new user-level account, and the user prefers using an SSO login, there is no need to set a TVU password. An optional SSO login method can be configured.</p>



<p>To configure a Sub-user level SSO login:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Setting</strong> icon &gt; <strong>Account</strong> tab and click the Plus “<strong>+</strong>” icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="599" height="314" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.jpg" alt="Setting page - Account tab Plus icon" class="wp-image-173325" style="width:533px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon.jpg 599w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Account-tab-Plus-icon-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 599px) 100vw, 599px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The User Creation window is displayed.</li>



<li>Enter the new user’s <strong>email</strong>, <strong>first</strong> and<strong> last name</strong>, and <strong>Role</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="542" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window.png" alt="User creation window" class="wp-image-145577" style="width:459px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window.png 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-300x298.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/User-Creation-window-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the SSO checkbox, the desired <strong>Permissions</strong>, and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="546" height="543" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod.png" alt="User creation mod" class="wp-image-145610" style="width:468px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod.png 546w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-300x298.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-150x150.png 150w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-50x50.png 50w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/user-creation-mod-108x108.png 108w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Modify an existing user-level account for SSO login, locate the user in the Account list and click the <strong>Modify Permission</strong> link.</li>



<li>The Modify Permission window is displayed. Select the <strong>SSO</strong> checkbox and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="472" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Modify-permissions.png" alt="Modify permissions" class="wp-image-140473" style="width:472px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Modify-permissions.png 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/Modify-permissions-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>External source: </strong>The External source tab in the Settings window allows users to add external sources such as YouTube, EXT, and SMPTE2022 sources to their source list.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="401" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-1.jpg" alt="External source tab" class="wp-image-164970" style="width:559px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/External-source-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To create an external source, Click the <strong>External Source</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enter your receiver’s <strong>PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search field. Then, click the plus &#8220;+&#8221; icon. The Add External Source window opens.</li>



<li>Select the Type of source from the<strong> Type</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>URL</strong> if required and enter a <strong>Name</strong>, then click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>



<li>The external source is displayed in the External Source list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="510" height="353" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu.png" alt="add external source selection menu" class="wp-image-119485" style="width:384px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu.png 510w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/add-external-source-selection-menu-300x208.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(E)</strong> <strong>Operation log:</strong> The Operation Log tab lists a user’s Command Center activity. The activity can be filtered by date, operation type, and email.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-1.jpg" alt="Operation log tab" class="wp-image-164977" style="width:569px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Operation-log-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(F)</strong> <strong>Bookmark:</strong> The Bookmark tab in the Setting window allows a user to create and share bookmarks for devices and sources (also referred to as category bookmarks) that are configured in the Relation Management window. The device and source groups you create are available in the bookmark menus on other Command Center tabs.</p>



<p>For example, you could create and share a group of receivers and sources that are meant only for a particular team with a Command Center account within your organization.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-2.jpg" alt="Bookmark tab" class="wp-image-164984" style="width:586px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-2.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-2-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>To add a device to a bookmark</strong></h2>



<p>To create a bookmark category and add a device to the bookmark:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Bookmark</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Hover over <strong>My Bookmark</strong>. Click the plus &#8220;<strong>+</strong>&#8221; icon to create a new bookmark category. The Create Bookmark window will then display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="134" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-Create-Bookmark-Plus-.jpg" alt="Bookmark tab - Create Bookmark Plus +" class="wp-image-164992" style="width:420px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-Create-Bookmark-Plus-.jpg 529w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Bookmark-tab-Create-Bookmark-Plus--300x76.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the <strong>Create Bookmark</strong> pop-up window, enter a <strong>Bookmark name</strong> and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="420" height="178" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-1.jpg" alt="Create bookmark" class="wp-image-165000" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-1.jpg 420w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Create-bookmark-1-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your bookmark name from the bookmark panel to add a device to your bookmark, then click the <strong>Add Device</strong> button.</li>



<li>The Relation Management window opens. Note that the selected bookmark name is displayed at the top of the Relation Management window.</li>



<li>Enter the Available device<strong> PID</strong> or <strong>Name</strong> in the search field. The Available Device column displays a list of available devices. You can also filter your devices by clicking the Filter drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select an available device name to add to the Binding device column. Click the <strong>Add</strong> or <strong>Add All</strong> button to move the device(s) to the Binding Device column.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Save</strong> to save your entries.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="821" height="517" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Bookmark-tab-Add-device.jpg" alt="Setting page -  Bookmark tab - Add device" class="wp-image-173360" style="aspect-ratio:1.786697247706422;width:571px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Bookmark-tab-Add-device.jpg 821w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Bookmark-tab-Add-device-300x189.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Setting-page-Bookmark-tab-Add-device-768x484.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 821px) 100vw, 821px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your bound device displays in the Bookmark list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="566" height="175" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/bookmark-binding-device-list.jpg" alt="bookmark binding device list" class="wp-image-165008" style="width:438px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/bookmark-binding-device-list.jpg 566w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/bookmark-binding-device-list-300x93.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a device in the bound device list to <strong>Duplicate</strong> to another device, <strong>Move</strong>, <strong>Remove</strong> devices from the bookmark, or <strong>Add</strong> another device to a bookmark.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="103" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/device-options.jpg" alt="device options" class="wp-image-165015" style="width:427px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/device-options.jpg 591w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/device-options-300x52.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(G)</strong> <strong>Social Account:</strong> The Social Account tab allows users to quickly and easily transmit to a supported CDN such as Facebook and YouTube. Only receivers that are currently live with a source display in the Live Video screen.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="389" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account.png" alt="Add social media account" class="wp-image-165023" style="object-fit:cover;width:564px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account.png 859w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account-300x136.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Add-social-media-account-768x348.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /></figure>



<p>There are two sharing methods available:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Use the <strong>Publish</strong> button on a live receiver’s thumbnail using a saved Social Media account in the <strong>Social Account</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Use the<strong> Facebook Share Directly</strong> button on one of your live receiver thumbnails.</li>
</ul>



<p>The Social Account tab has the following features and controls:</p>



<p><strong>Live video sources</strong></p>



<p>To enable the Video preview functions:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To share with other CDNs besides Facebook, add your social media account, click the <strong>Social Account </strong>tab and the plus &#8220;+&#8221; icon, and follow the instructions.</li>



<li>After you add your account, return to the Live Video preview and click the <strong>Publish</strong> button on the thumbnail of the receiver you would like to share.</li>



<li>Select the account you want to use and click the <strong>Share</strong> button to begin sharing.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Stop</strong> button to stop sharing.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>Social Account tab</strong></p>



<p>To share with Facebook, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Add your Facebook account via the Social Account tab, then use the Facebook Share Directly button on the live receiver thumbnail you want to share.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Authenticate</strong> radio button. The Output Setting window opens.</li>



<li>Add your desired details. Then, click <strong>Go Live</strong> to start sharing.</li>



<li>To stop sharing, click the <strong>Publish</strong> button on the receiver’s thumbnail and click <strong>Stop</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p><strong>(H)</strong> <strong>Access APP: </strong>The Access App tab functionality allows users to set up an API access app by company name.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="283" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-1.jpg" alt="Access APP tab" class="wp-image-165030" style="object-fit:cover;width:602px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Access-APP-tab-1-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To set up an API Access App:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Access App</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Company Name</strong> in the field to verify any existing accounts.</li>



<li>Click the plus &#8220;+&#8221; icon in the Access App tab. The Create an Access window opens.</li>



<li>Enter the company name and select the activation method radio buttons.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Save</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Create-access-app.png" alt="create access app window" class="wp-image-144929" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Create-access-app.png 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Create-access-app-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(I)</strong> <strong>Licensed Feature Report:</strong> The Licensed Feature Report tab allows a user to filter and view Command Center licensed features by device, Account, Role, and Owner email address.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="480" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-1024x480.jpg" alt="Licensed feature report tab" class="wp-image-165038" style="width:633px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-1024x480.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-300x141.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab-768x360.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-report-tab.jpg 1462w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>To use the Command Center Licensed Feature Report, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Licenced Feature Report</strong> tab. The Licensed Feature Report window displays.</li>



<li>Use the Drop-down menu to select Command Center tab access.</li>



<li>Click the calendar icons to select a date range. Then, click the <strong>Filter</strong> button.</li>



<li>To review an activation time by account, click the<strong> account name</strong> in the list.</li>



<li>The Account activation setting window opens.</li>



<li>When finished, click<strong> Ok</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="327" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-1.jpg" alt="Licensed feature tab" class="wp-image-165045" style="width:644px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Licensed-feature-tab-1-300x146.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Monitor tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Monitor tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Monitor tab allows users to watch a full-motion video of their receivers that are currently live. Users can listen to the output audio, full-screen individual windows, and use VoIP controls to communicate with each receiver’s respective TVU Pack.</p>



<p>The Multi-view tab includes the following controls and functions:</p>



<p><strong>(A)</strong> <strong>Receiver selection drop-down:</strong> Clicking here will open a menu of available live receivers By <strong>Chosen order</strong>, <strong>By Name</strong>, or <strong>By Status</strong> to add to the multi-view windows. There is also the option to add a bookmark group of receivers from the <strong>Bookmark</strong> drop-down menu. To create and display your own Bookmarks, set them up in the <strong>Settings</strong> &gt; <strong>Bookmark</strong> tab.</p>



<p><strong>(B) VoIP start button:</strong> Clicking the VoIP start button (the green phone icon) opens a small window displaying available TVU Packs to start a VoIP call. Select the number of packs and click “Start the call” to begin communication from your local PC to the selected packs. The call button will become red when a call is active. Click the red button to end the call.</p>



<p><strong>(C)</strong> <strong>View selections:</strong> You can increase the number of available windows by selecting one of these viewing option icons. There is a maximum of 25 windows. A full-screen button is also present that will collapse the Command Center navigation bar when selected.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="529" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Receiver-filtering-menu.jpg" alt="Monitor tab functions - Receiver filtering menu" class="wp-image-165052" style="width:544px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Receiver-filtering-menu.jpg 529w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Receiver-filtering-menu-300x125.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="223" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Bookmark-receiver-selection-menu.jpg" alt="Monitor tab functions - Bookmark receiver selection menu" class="wp-image-165060" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Bookmark-receiver-selection-menu.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-functions-Bookmark-receiver-selection-menu-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>



<p><strong>(D)</strong> <strong>Audio meter, Show Info, and Page Never Times Out sliders</strong>: Enable the Audio meter to listen to audio and <strong>Show Info</strong> slider to show the preview transmission details. Enable the <strong>Page Never Times Out</strong> slider to monitor live transmissions without timing out.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="197" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-controls.jpg" alt="Monitor tab controls" class="wp-image-165067" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-controls.jpg 532w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Monitor-tab-controls-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Grid tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Grid tab</strong></h2>



<p>The new TVU Grid for Command Center features form part of a three-tiered service that allows TVU Command Center account owners to access and manage Grid sources outside of their traditional organizational boundaries. This new Grid service uses the expanded Command Center user interface to search for, request, and go live with these sources.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-1.jpg" alt="Grid tab" class="wp-image-165075" style="width:592px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid for Command Center QSUG</mark></a></em> for more information.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Token tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>Token is a feature accessible within the TVU Command Center User Interface. The TVU Anywhere app integrates with the token feature, which allows an operator to perform automatic receiver pairing without the intervention of TVU Support.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="400" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-1.jpg" alt="Token tab" class="wp-image-165082" style="aspect-ratio:1.9022556390977443;width:595px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Token-tab-1-300x179.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>To use the TVU Anywhere token feature, it requires a token license activation from TVU Support.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using this feature with TVU Anywhere.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <em><a href="https://guides.tvunetworks.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">TVU Anywhere Token Quick Start guide</a></em> provides instructions to complete the following tasks:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Activating the TVU Command Center token feature</li>



<li>Creating a TVU Anywhere token</li>



<li>Accepting a token using the TVU Anywhere app</li>



<li>Editing device information</li>



<li>Delete or deny a token</li>



<li>Creating a hotspot connection to a TVU Pack</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> for detailed information about using the Grid Token feature.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU Grid Token Quick Start User Guide</mark></a></em> provides instructions to complete the following tasks:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Activating the TVU Command Center token feature</li>



<li>Creating a Grid token</li>



<li>Editing token information</li>



<li>Pairing the Grid source tokens</li>



<li>User request for Token acceptance</li>



<li>Accepting a token using the Command Center UI</li>



<li>Editing device information</li>



<li>Delete or deny a token</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Advanced configuration settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Linux receiver settings</strong></h2>



<p>The Advanced Control page Settings drop-down menu in the bottom-left of the Advanced Control page displays the following General and Basic configuration setting selections:</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="243" height="419" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png" alt="setting menu" class="wp-image-137556" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1.png 243w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/setting-configuration-options-1-174x300.png 174w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>General</strong></h2>



<p>The General setting window allows users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a time zone.</li>



<li>Enable Custom NTP service. When enabled, the Time Lock feature will become disabled.</li>



<li>Configure the microphone and speaker devices.</li>



<li>Enable VoIP to start with live.</li>



<li>Enable a prompt warning when stopping a live transmission.</li>



<li>When using the Progressive download feature, choose to auto-convert recorded streams to MOV, MXF, and MP4 formats.</li>



<li>Enable a default for delay and bitrate settings.</li>



<li>Configure the Eternal source buffer size.</li>



<li>Choose a Video Feedback resolution and rate.</li>



<li>Enable Switch Live on Hold to Standby.</li>
</ul>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="565" height="546" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Settings-General.png" alt="Settings General" class="wp-image-145734" style="aspect-ratio:1.0359712230215827;width:434px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Settings-General.png 565w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/Settings-General-300x290.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Basic setting &#8211; Network IP and port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Basic setting</strong> &#8211;<strong> Network IP and port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To review the Network IP and port mapping settings, click the <strong>Settings gear</strong> and select <strong>Basic Setting</strong>. The TVU Networks Setup page displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1008" height="441" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings.png" alt="general settings" class="wp-image-137815" style="aspect-ratio:1.8316582914572865;width:608px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings.png 1008w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings-300x131.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/General-settings-768x336.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU Network Setup page has the following controls.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="709" height="371" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/TVU-Network-Setup-Web-Control.png" alt="TVU Network Setup - Web Control" class="wp-image-145742" style="object-fit:cover;width:609px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/TVU-Network-Setup-Web-Control.png 709w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/TVU-Network-Setup-Web-Control-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /></figure>



<p>The TVU Network Setup page contains the following configurable panels:</p>



<p><strong>(A) Home button</strong> &#8211; Opens the TVU WebR page</p>



<p><strong>(B) Network settings</strong></p>



<p><strong>(C) DNS settings</strong></p>



<p><strong>(D) Web Control </strong>&#8211; Displays PIDs</p>



<p><strong>(E) System settings</strong> &#8211; Restart Service, Factory Reset, Restart System, Update firmware, and Shut Down controls.</p>



<p>Click the<strong> Home </strong>button in the top right corner of the interface to access links from the Receiver interface page.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="543" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-1024x543.png" alt="Receiver landing page" class="wp-image-119339" style="aspect-ratio:1.8895027624309393;width:596px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-1024x543.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-300x159.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-768x408.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page-1536x815.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Receiver-landing-page.png 1632w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>The Receiver interface page includes the following links:</p>



<p>Web Control<br>Network Setup<br>File Browser<br>Migration<br>Port Test<br>Security Update (beta)<br>Service Control</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to the “<em>TVU Server Hardware Setup User Guide, Models VS3100, VS3200, VS3250, VS3500, and VS3500 &#8211; Linux</em>” for hardware set up and configuration instructions.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Feature Control</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Feature Control</strong></h2>



<p>Many features in the Feature Control menu must be enabled before they can be used. To access the Feature Control menu and enable features, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Route</strong> tab and <strong>Advanced Control</strong> tab.</li>



<li>From the <strong>Receivers</strong> page, click the <strong>Advanced</strong> icon.</li>



<li>To open the Feature Control settings dialog, click the <strong>Settings gear</strong> in the bottom-left panel and select <strong>Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png" alt="feature control setting" class="wp-image-119192" style="width:225px;height:221px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png 165w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 165px) 100vw, 165px" /></figure>



<p>The Feature Control dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="585" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg" alt="feature control" class="wp-image-165090" style="aspect-ratio:0.8273244781783681;object-fit:cover;width:351px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control-248x300.jpg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Move the slider to the right to enable a feature, or move the slider to the left to disable a feature.</li>



<li>Restart the receiver software for changes to take place.</li>
</ol>



<p>Feature Control settings are as follows. These features may be enabled or disabled in the Feature Control window:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Auto Download:</strong> Enable the <strong>Auto Download</strong> feature if you want a live session to download automatically after the session stops.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Live </strong><span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Resume:</strong>&nbsp;This feature automatically resumes the last live source when</span> the receiver shuts down.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Record: </strong>When Auto Record is enabled, live transmissions from the receiver are recorded to local storage.</li>



<li><strong>Auto Sync:</strong> Auto Sync is a high-speed file transfer feature that automatically pushes the files from the transmitter to the receiver using ISX.
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>There are two Auto Sync methods you can use to send files to the TVU receiver automatically:
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>You can perform Auto Sync by inserting a USB stick into the transmitter.</li>



<li>You can use the TVU transmitter wireless hotspot feature to transfer files directly to the TVU transmitter for upload.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Booking Service: </strong>TVU Booking Service is a simple scheduling solution designed to help broadcasters better manage multiple streams within their IP video workflow within the Grid ecosystem.</li>



<li><strong>External Source Receiving</strong>: When enabled, this feature allows the operator to connect to external video sources, including YouTube, by using an IP address or URL.</li>



<li><strong>Global Grid:</strong> TVU Grid’s web-based, easy-to-use interface grants control over all TVU servers by request.</li>



<li><strong>IP Streaming Output:</strong> The live video transmission is encoded into an IP format and can be sent to six remote locations.</li>



<li><strong>Input match:</strong> The receiver SDI output will be converted to match the source input resolution setting.</li>



<li><strong>Live Encoder Support:</strong> The Live Encoder support controls one function.
<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enabling the operation of the Command Center Share function when used in conjunction with a social media account.</li>
</ul>
</li>



<li><strong>Local SDI:</strong> The operator can view SDI input as a local source.</li>



<li><strong>Remote File Storage: </strong>Use the Remote File Storage to push downloaded files to external FTP receivers.</li>



<li><strong>SDI to IP:</strong> Enables an SDI input for IP streaming output.</li>



<li><strong>TVU G-Link Encoder:</strong> The TVU G-Link encoder feature slider enables the G-Link encoder on the transceiver.</li>



<li><strong>TVUG-Link Receiving:</strong> The G-Link decoder feature enables the TVU transceiver to receive the encoding of a G-Link enabled TVU transceiver.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Transcriber:</strong> TVU Transcriber is a real-time speech-to-text transcribing service. For detailed information, refer to the TVU Transcriber Feature Guide.</li>



<li><strong>TVUGrid Encoder:</strong> Enable the encoding of a TVU pack or local SDI stream to Grid.</li>



<li><strong>TVUGrid Receiving:</strong> Set to receive Grid feeds.</li>



<li><strong>TVUMe Receiving:</strong> TVUMe allows news organizations to connect with video content providers and freelancers worldwide to exchange live and recorded content.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Pack Receiving</strong>: Enable TVU Pack Receiving to allow the encoding of the pack stream or local SDI stream to Grid.</li>



<li><strong>Time Lock: </strong>The Time Lock feature enables multiple TVU One’s to synchronize with other receivers at the same set latency.</li>



<li><strong>Token Service:</strong> The Token Service allows users to create and share Grid and TVU Anywhere Tokens.</li>



<li><strong>Video Feedback:</strong> This option enables the remote video feedback function, encoding content at the receiver and sending it to field equipment for remote monitoring.</li>



<li><strong>Vision Tag</strong>: Used to enable/disable live MediaMind AI facial and location recognition.</li>



<li><strong>Web File Support:</strong> Enables ENPS integration functions.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Grid Encoder</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Grid Encoder</strong></h2>



<p>To view the Grid Encoder feature, ensure the feature is enabled in the Feature Control window. Then, complete the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>Grid Encoder</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="378" height="205" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/grid-encoder.png" alt="Grid encoder" class="wp-image-119330" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/grid-encoder.png 378w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/grid-encoder-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></figure>



<p>The Grid Encoder dialog window displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="601" height="505" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-encoder.jpg" alt="Grid encoder" class="wp-image-165097" style="width:438px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-encoder.jpg 601w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-encoder-300x252.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Source</strong> drop-down menu to select which source type you want available on output 1.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Output 2 will always use the SDI input as its source.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="603" height="506" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-Encoder-Source-and-CODEC-menus.jpg" alt="Grid Encoder Source and CODEC menus" class="wp-image-165104" style="width:452px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-Encoder-Source-and-CODEC-menus.jpg 603w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Grid-Encoder-Source-and-CODEC-menus-300x252.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 603px) 100vw, 603px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>When finished, close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	G-Link Encoder</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>G-Link Encoder</strong></h2>



<p>TVU G-Link encoder feature slider enables the G-Link encoder on the transceiver. G-Link Encoder allows users to configure their video’s bitrate so that G-Link can select a codec.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Refer to <em><a href="https://userservice.tvunetworks.com/newloginservice/?url=https://guides.tvunetworks.com&amp;serviceName=Guides#/signIn" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><mark style="background-color:#ffffff" class="has-inline-color has-vivid-green-cyan-color">TVU G link software feature user guide</mark></a></em> for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure the GLink source, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>GLink Encoder.</strong></li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="260" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/glink-encoder.png" alt="glink encoder" class="wp-image-119293" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/glink-encoder.png 377w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/glink-encoder-300x207.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></figure>



<p>The GLink Encoder window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="810" height="633" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window.png" alt="setting glink encoder window" class="wp-image-119284" style="aspect-ratio:1.279109589041096;width:487px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window.png 810w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window-300x234.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-glink-encoder-window-768x600.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Output 1 panel, select a source from the Source drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Make a <strong>CODEC</strong> selection.</li>



<li>Set the<strong> Bitrate</strong> and enter a <strong>Port </strong>number.</li>



<li>In the Output 2 panel, select a <strong>CODEC</strong>.</li>



<li>Set the <strong>Bitrate</strong> and enter a<strong> Port</strong> number.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	SDI Output settings</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>SDI Output settings</strong></h2>



<p>SDI settings can be configured for single or dual-output receivers. To access the SDI Output settings dialog, click<strong> Settings</strong> and select <strong>SDI Output Setting</strong>.</p>



<p>The SDI Output Setting window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="462" height="594" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-SDI-output-setting-window.png" alt="setting SDI output setting window" class="wp-image-119275" style="width:394px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-SDI-output-setting-window.png 462w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-SDI-output-setting-window-233x300.png 233w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></figure>



<p>SDI Output settings overview:</p>



<p><strong>On: </strong>Enable SDI Output.<br><strong>Card ID:</strong> When enabled, use the Card ID drop-down to select either 1 or 2 for the SDI output.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If the card ID is set to 1, then the video output will be the center BNC connector. If the card ID is set to 2, then the video output will be the far right connector.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-medium is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="300" height="104" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel-300x104.png" alt="TX3200v4 Transceiver Back panel" class="wp-image-119266" style="width:397px;height:138px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel-300x104.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel-768x265.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/TX3200v4-Transceiver-Back-panel.png 999w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p>Refer to “Dual output receiver configurations”.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Output Format:</strong> Use the Output format drop-down menu to select a resolution for your video output.</li>



<li><strong>3G-SDI formats:</strong> Choose a format. Select SMPTE Level A or SMPTE Level B from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li><strong>Custom logo:</strong> To add a logo to your SDI output, check the Custom logo checkbox, enter the X and Y offset positions, click the Plus &#8220;+&#8221; to add a logo, and follow the prompts.</li>



<li><strong>Aspect: </strong>Select an aspect ratio from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li><strong>Last Frame: </strong>Select Logo from the Last Frame drop-down to output the TVU slate screen. Select Last Frame to repeat the last frame or select Black for no image.</li>



<li><strong>Last Frame lasts for N seconds:</strong> Enter a value for the “Last Frame” selection to display.</li>



<li><strong>Audio Channels: </strong>Use the Audio Channels drop-down to select 2, 8, or 16 audio channels.</li>



<li><strong>Output -12 db audio while standing by (checkbox):</strong> Click the check box to enable a 12 dB audio output along with the TVU slate. When the box is unchecked, the 12 dB audio output is disabled, and the TVU slate is only enabled.</li>



<li><strong>Stay on the last frame during transmission interruption (checkbox)</strong>: Click this checkbox to enable the “Last Frame” and “Last Frame to last for N seconds” settings in the event of a transmission interruption.</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> In the event of any changes made to the SDI Output setting dialog, you are prompted to restart the receiver for settings to take effect.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Dual output receiver configurations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dual-output receiver configurations</strong></h2>



<p>With a dual-receiver configuration, an operator can access each receiver by completing the following steps:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Web Control drop-down menu and select a receiver from the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="311" height="138" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dual-output-menu.png" alt="dual output menu" class="wp-image-137831" style="object-fit:cover" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dual-output-menu.png 311w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/08/dual-output-menu-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></figure>



<p>Log in to the TVU receiver UI.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="540" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-1024x540.jpg" alt="Login screen" class="wp-image-119248" style="aspect-ratio:1.9026315789473685;width:486px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-1024x540.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-300x158.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen-768x405.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Login-screen.jpg 1198w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	IP and Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong></h2>



<p>The IP and Port Mapping setting enables users to add a receiver IP and configure the port mapping.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure a receiver IP, click the<strong> Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>IP and Port Mapping</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<p>The IP and Port Mapping window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="463" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-IP-and-port-mapping.png" alt="setting IP and port mapping" class="wp-image-119238" style="width:538px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-IP-and-port-mapping.png 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-IP-and-port-mapping-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>+Add</strong> to add a Receiver IP to Slot 2.</li>



<li>Fill in the appropriate fields and click<strong> Apply</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="541" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/IP-and-port-mapping-add.png" alt="IP and port mapping add window" class="wp-image-119229" style="width:542px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/IP-and-port-mapping-add.png 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/IP-and-port-mapping-add-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Token Service</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Token Service</strong></h2>



<p>The Token Service allows users to create and share Grid and TVU Anywhere sources that they own by creating Tokens.</p>



<p>To Create Tokens:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the Settings menu and select <strong>Token Service</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="165" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/token-service.png" alt="Token service" class="wp-image-119220" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/token-service.png 377w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/token-service-300x131.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></figure>



<p>The Token Service page displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="774" height="556" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window.png" alt="setting token service window" class="wp-image-119211" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window.png 774w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window-300x216.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-window-768x552.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Create a new Token tab and enter a <strong>Receiver Name</strong> and <strong>Receiver ID</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Get IP</strong> button to obtain the Receiver IP.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Receiver Time Span</strong>.</li>



<li>To add a second receiver, Click the Plus &#8220;+&#8221; button, and enter the <strong>IP addres</strong>s and <strong>Time Span</strong> in the provided fields.</li>



<li>Enter the <strong>Receiver Email</strong>, <strong>Transmitter Name</strong>, <strong>Transmitter PID</strong>, and<strong> Transmitter Email</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Create</strong> button.</li>



<li>In the Set a Token tab, Enter the <strong>Token information</strong> and click the<strong> Set Token</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="464" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token.png" alt="setting token service set token" class="wp-image-119202" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token.png 771w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token-300x181.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/setting-token-service-set-token-768x462.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Auto Download feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Auto Download feature</strong></h2>



<p>To enable the Auto Download feature, complete the following steps from the Advanced Control page:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select<strong> Feature Control</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="165" height="162" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png" alt="feature control setting" class="wp-image-119192" style="width:222px;height:218px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu.png 165w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-contrtol-tab-settings-feature-control-menu-50x50.png 50w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 165px) 100vw, 165px" /></figure>



<p>The Feature Control settings menu displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="585" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg" alt="feature control" class="wp-image-165090" style="aspect-ratio:0.8275193798449613;width:355px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/feature-control-248x300.jpg 248w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To enable this feature, drag the <strong>Auto Download</strong> slider to the right until it turns green.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Apply and Restart Now</strong> button.</li>



<li>Close the Feature Control window and refresh the screen.</li>



<li>To ensure that Auto download has been enabled, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu. The Auto download displays as a selection. Click <strong>Auto download</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="335" height="414" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-control-tab-settings-auto-download-menu.png" alt="Auto download menu" class="wp-image-119183" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-control-tab-settings-auto-download-menu.png 335w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/advanced-control-tab-settings-auto-download-menu-243x300.png 243w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></figure>



<p>The Auto Download pop-up dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="166" height="75" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Auto-download-LINUX.png" alt="Auto download Linux" class="wp-image-119156" style="width:245px;height:111px"/></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enable Auto Download and close the pop-up window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Progressive Download feature</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Progressive Download feature</strong></h2>



<p>If the TVU receiver is available, the TVU transmitter can automatically trigger the immediate upload of a mirror image of a high-resolution clip from its SSD to the TVU receiver by pressing the camcorder’s record button. The TVU receiver will display the download process.</p>



<p>To use the Progressive Download feature, complete the following steps from the Advanced Control tab:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To access the Progressive Download dialog, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>General</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="382" height="240" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/General.png" alt="General" class="wp-image-119147" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/General.png 382w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/General-300x188.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /></figure>



<p>The General pop-up dialog displays.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="562" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog.jpg" alt="Progressive Download dialog" class="wp-image-165113" style="aspect-ratio:0.9382716049382716;width:422px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog.jpg 562w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog-289x300.jpg 289w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Progressive-Download-dialog-71x75.jpg 71w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 562px) 100vw, 562px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>In the Progressive Download panel, click the <strong>Auto-Convert to drop-down</strong> menu to select from three conversion options for the mirror image.</li>



<li>When finished, click <strong>Apply</strong> and click the<strong> X</strong> to close the window.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Locate All pack positions</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Locate All Pack Positions</strong></h2>



<p>Locate All pack positions dialog displays the location of all live TVU Packs using GPS.</p>



<p>To view pack positions, open the <strong>Settings</strong> menu and select <strong>Locate All Pack Positions</strong>.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="373" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Locate-Pack-Position.png" alt="Locate pack position" class="wp-image-119127" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Locate-Pack-Position.png 373w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Locate-Pack-Position-300x121.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></figure>



<p>The GPS location window opens.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1209" height="692" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-sources.png" alt="Geo sources" class="wp-image-173367" style="width:587px;height:335px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-sources.png 1209w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-sources-300x172.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-sources-1024x586.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-sources-768x440.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1209px) 100vw, 1209px" /></figure>



<p>Use your mouse to hover over the location pin to display the TVU Packs’ PID.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-locations-controls.png" alt="Geo source locations" class="wp-image-173374" style="width:582px;height:337px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-locations-controls.png 480w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/06/Geo-locations-controls-300x231.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></figure>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Notes:</strong></p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>In order to improve the location accuracy, make sure the TVU Pack is connected to a WiFi card.</li>



<li>If there is no real-time GPS data for a TVU transmitter, cache GPS data will be used for that TVU transmitter, and the location pin displays red.</li>
</ul>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Source GPS Tracking and locations</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Source GPS locations, tracking, and previews</strong></h2>



<p>From the Source Control window, in the top-right navigation panel, the geographic location of the transmitted video and tracking information are available.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To locate the physical location of a source, click the <strong>geo-location</strong> pin icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="540" height="233" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-and-tracking-icons.jpg" alt="Geo location and tracking icons" class="wp-image-165121" style="width:auto;height:149px" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-and-tracking-icons.jpg 540w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Geo-location-and-tracking-icons-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To Track a device by mode, click the <strong>Tracking</strong> icon. The Tracking window opens. Select a Tracking mode.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="461" height="264" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tracking-mode.png" alt="Tracking mode" class="wp-image-119089" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tracking-mode.png 461w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/tracking-mode-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select a Device.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-style-default"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="466" height="447" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Tracking-device.png" alt="Tracking device" class="wp-image-119079" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Tracking-device.png 466w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Tracking-device-300x288.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Search</strong> to display your results.</li>
</ol>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p></p>



<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Command Center User Guide Rev I EN 07-2026</p>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-command-center-user-guide/">TVU Command Center User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>TVU Home Quick Start User Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-home-quick-start-user-guide/</link>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Cynthia]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 13:19:42 +0000</pubDate>
				<guid isPermaLink="false">https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/?post_type=tips&#038;p=174210</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>TVU Home is a user-friendly platform that allows account holders to manage their TVU services and user roles effectively.</p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-home-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Home Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[
<figure class="wp-block-image size-large"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="584" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Featured-image-TVU-Home-Rev-C-1024x584.png" alt="Featured image TVU Home Rev C" class="wp-image-172026" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Featured-image-TVU-Home-Rev-C-1024x584.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Featured-image-TVU-Home-Rev-C-300x171.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Featured-image-TVU-Home-Rev-C-768x438.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Featured-image-TVU-Home-Rev-C-1536x875.png 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Featured-image-TVU-Home-Rev-C-2048x1167.png 2048w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Overview</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home overview</strong></h2>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> This User Guide supports the TVU Home version v1.0.104 and above.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>TVU Home is a user-facing platform that anyone with TVU credentials can sign in to and use. The Home landing page enables users to access services, recent objects (e.g., TVU services), and status. Users with owner roles can set up and manage user groups and subgroups on the management dashboard. TVU Services and user roles can be assigned, managed, and monitored from this dashboard.</p>



<p>Users sign in to the TVU Home landing page and click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members tab</strong>. They then navigate to their management dashboard to view all members assigned to their group or subgroup and have full editing rights to their own user information.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	 * User role types</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User role types</strong></h2>



<p>This version of TVU Home allows users to familiarize themselves with the platform and explore basic features, controls, and functions across the following four user role types. Each role is explained in a separate section of this Quick Start User Guide.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><a href="/?post_type=tips&amp;p=161728&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=162254#tvu-anchor-6"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">Owner</mark></a></strong></h2>



<p>The owner has administrative access to the members and groups they set up. Owners can set up user-level and sub-level groups, invite members, assign member roles, manage permissions, and monitor user-level TVU account content by group assignment. Tokens can be purchased, and token usage can be monitored from the management dashboard&#8217;s Billing tab.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><a href="/?post_type=tips&amp;p=161728&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=162254#tvu-anchor-27"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">Member</mark></a></strong></h2>



<p>Within the Group workspace, a Member can view users and their assigned roles. Each group member can change their avatar (profile image), reset their password, and view which TVU services are assigned to them. In addition, the group member can quit at any time if desired.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><a href="/?post_type=tips&amp;p=161728&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=162254#tvu-anchor-37"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">Admin</mark></a></strong></h2>



<p>The Admin role only has administrative access to Member users and the groups they set up.</p>



<p>Admin users can set up user-level and sub-level groups, invite members, assign member roles, manage permissions, and monitor user-level TVU account content by group assignment. As an Admin, you can add or remove users from your group, entitle a service, or revoke a user&#8217;s service from their management dashboard.</p>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong><a href="/?post_type=tips&amp;p=161728&amp;preview=true&amp;_thumbnail_id=162254#tvu-anchor-53"><mark style="background-color:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0)" class="has-inline-color has-light-green-cyan-color">Finance</mark></a></strong></h2>



<p>The Finance role only has administrative access to their account and to Member users in the groups they set up. Tokens can be purchased, and token usage can be monitored from the Home management dashboard Billing tab.</p>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TVU Home features</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home features</strong></h2>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Home page</strong> &#8211; The TVU Home landing page provides direct access to recent services, such as TVU Producer, Partyline, Commentator, TVU Channel, and TVU Search without logging in to each service. The Recent Objects panel displays the user&#8217;s account activity directly from the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Services navigation</strong> &#8211; Users can click the TVU Services navigation (waffle) icon to quickly open a service that is not currently displayed in the Recent Services section on the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>Manage tab</strong> &#8211; The Manage tab has four sub-tabs:</li>
</ul>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Sub-tabs that display are dependent on the users role assignment. Refer to the respective Quick Start chapter for more information.</p>
</blockquote>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Members tab:</strong> The Members tab opens the Group management dashboard and displays controls based on the Owner, Member, Admin, or Finance user role type. For example, an Owner’s management dashboard will display different controls than the Member’s dashboard.</li>



<li><strong>Usage tab:</strong> Users can view their hourly usage history by date, product, and service name.</li>



<li><strong>Resources tab:</strong> The Resources tab enables Agent device management, box pool folder setup and configuration, and Agent software installation for authorized roles.</li>



<li><strong>Billing tab:</strong> Accessible to owners and finance users. TVU Home enables account owners and finance users to manage their TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances. Members can view their Token purchases, usage, and balances. Token purchases are initiated by the Owner and Finance roles.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	System requirements</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>System requirements</strong></h2>



<p>Compatibility:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>iPad</strong> &#8211; Requires iPadOS 12.0 or later.</li>



<li><strong>Mac</strong> &#8211; Requires macOS 12.0 or later.</li>



<li><strong>Windows</strong> 8 and higher (Chrome browser)</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Getting started</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Getting started</strong></h2>



<p>Any TVU account holder has free access to TVU Home. This Quick Start User Guide includes a section for each user role type, explaining their respective management dashboard interface features and controls.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Setting up Agent resources is the only paid feature in TVU Home.</p>
</blockquote>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	* TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Owners role</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Owner role</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Signing in to TVU Home</strong></h2>



<p>There are two methods an account &#8220;Owner&#8221; can use to sign in to TVU Home:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you are signed in to a TVU service, click the Services (waffle) icon and select Home in the menu.</li>



<li>Open a web browser and enter: <em><a href="https://home.tvunetworks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://home.tvunetworks.com</a></em></li>
</ul>



<p>The Home login page will display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="673" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png" alt="TVU Home sign in page" class="wp-image-161729" style="width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-300x197.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-768x504.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page.png 1186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Sign in with your account credentials:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>email</strong> and <strong>password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Sign in</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home &#8211; Landing page</strong></h2>



<p>The &#8220;Welcome to TVU Home&#8221; landing page is displayed after you successfully sign in to TVU Home.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Home landing page" class="wp-image-172033" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page-300x177.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The Home landing page for the owner role includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Home page:</strong> The TVU Home landing page provides direct access to recent services, including TVU Producer, Partyline, Commentator, TVU Channel, and TVU Search, without logging in to each service. The Recent Objects panel displays the user&#8217;s account activity directly from the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Services navigation:</strong> Users can click the TVU Services navigation (waffle) icon to quickly open a service that is not currently displayed in the Recent Services section on the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>Manage tab</strong>: Members and owners can use this tab as their primary tool for member and owner-related tasks. Click the <strong>Manage</strong> tab to access the <strong>Members</strong>, <strong>Resources</strong>, <strong>Usage</strong>, and <strong>Billing</strong> tabs.</li>



<li><strong>Members tab:</strong> Opens the Group management dashboard and displays controls based on the Owner user role type.</li>



<li><strong>Usage tab:</strong> Users can view their hourly usage history by date, product, and service name.</li>



<li><strong>Resources tab:</strong> The Resources tab enables Agent device management, box pool folder setup and configuration, and Agent software installation for authorized roles. A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device on which you have installed the Agent software.<br>Owners can assign Elastic IP, create and manage Bearer Tokens, and TAMS Stores by clicking the appropriate tab in the Resources Management page.</li>



<li><strong>Billing tab:</strong> Accessible to owners, members, Admins, and finance users. TVU Home enables account owners, Admins, and finance users to manage their TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances. Members can view their Token purchases, usage, and balances. Token purchases are initiated by the Owner and Finance roles.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Dashboard interface &#8211; Owner controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dashboard interface &#8211; Owner controls</strong></h2>



<p>Account owners have administrative rights to their members&#8217; accounts. Account owners can:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Manage a group and a subgroup workspace.</li>



<li>View Usage time, storage status, and router usage.</li>



<li>Add users and sub-users.</li>



<li>Add resources and services.</li>



<li>Invite new members.</li>



<li>Assign roles to each member.</li>



<li>Add members to other subgroups.</li>



<li>Designate a new group owner</li>



<li>Delete or disable a member’s access.</li>



<li>Authorize, manage, and monitor a member’s TVU services.</li>



<li>Purchase tokens, view usage, and balances.</li>



<li>Add Agent devices to the Cloud service.</li>



<li>Assign Elastic IP addresses to a specific region.</li>



<li>Create and manage Bearer Tokens.</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Members tab controls </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Members tab controls</strong></h2>



<p>The Members tab opens the Group management page. When you sign in as an account owner, you can manage your members on the Group page by clicking the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A group can have multiple owners.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Members tab allows you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Edit your Group Name and add group information</li>



<li>Add a new user</li>



<li>Add a profile picture (avatar)</li>



<li>Add subgroup workspaces</li>



<li>Add an email domain to your group</li>



<li>Assign roles to sub-users</li>



<li>Manage all aspects of your group</li>



<li>View TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances</li>



<li>View Elastic IP addresses by a specific region.</li>



<li>Create and manage Bearer Tokens.</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating your Group information</strong></h3>



<p>To update your Group information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="313" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Members-tab.jpg" alt="TVU Home - Members tab" class="wp-image-172040" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Members-tab.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Members-tab-300x140.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Group management dashboard will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Groups-page.jpg" alt="Groups page" class="wp-image-172047" style="width:645px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Groups-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Groups-page-300x160.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>edit</strong> icon below the Group name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="186" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-the-Group-name-and-profile-picture-1.jpg" alt="Changing the Group name and profile picture" class="wp-image-172054" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-the-Group-name-and-profile-picture-1.jpg 522w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-the-Group-name-and-profile-picture-1-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Edit Group Information</strong> page opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Group Name</strong> and page <strong>Description</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-page.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information page" class="wp-image-172061" style="width:665px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-page.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-page-300x151.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update your <strong>Profile</strong> picture, hover your mouse over the <strong>picture</strong> and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="209" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Edit Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172068" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1-300x144.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Add Profile Picture</strong> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-Group-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Add Profile Picture" class="wp-image-174213" style="width:677px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-Group-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-Group-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-300x164.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Drag</strong> or <strong>Upload</strong> a 1:1 image in png, gif, or jpeg format.</li>



<li>Click the green check mark to save your Avatar picture.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="364" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Save Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172082" style="width:691px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-300x163.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green<strong> Confirm</strong> button.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Authorized Services</strong> panel and select the <strong>Optional Services</strong> that apply or disable services.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="282" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Select Authorized Services" class="wp-image-172089" style="width:702px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Creating a subgroup</strong></h2>



<p>When you create a subgroup, it becomes part of your group workspace. You can invite group members as sub-users into this workspace and assign roles to each user.</p>



<p>To create a subgroup:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members tab</strong>.</li>



<li>Hover your mouse over <strong>Subgroup</strong>, then click the <strong>Plus</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Creating-a-new-subgroup-1.jpg" alt="Creating a new subgroup" class="wp-image-172096" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Creating-a-new-subgroup-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Creating-a-new-subgroup-1-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create a subgroup</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>subgroup name</strong>, your <strong>email domain name</strong> (if you want to assign a domain to the subgroup), and a <strong>description</strong> of your subgroup (optional).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-subgroup-window.jpg" alt="Create a subgroup window" class="wp-image-172103" style="width:532px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-subgroup-window.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-subgroup-window-300x151.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>The new subgroup is displayed under your <strong>Group</strong> name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="249" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-created-1.jpg" alt="Subgroup created" class="wp-image-172110" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-created-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-created-1-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure and manage Subgroups, click a <strong>Subgroup</strong> in the left panel to open the<strong> Subgroup</strong> page.</li>



<li>You can now invite users to your group and assign them to subgroups.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding yourself to a subgroup</strong></h3>



<p>To add yourself to a subgroup:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your <strong>Group Name</strong> in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection.jpg" alt="Group name selection" class="wp-image-172117" style="width:575px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-300x165.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Highlight<strong> (You)</strong> in the user list.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> icon in the <strong>Operation</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="432" height="138" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-your-User-name-and-profile-picture.jpg" alt="Changing your User name and profile picture" class="wp-image-172124" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-your-User-name-and-profile-picture.jpg 432w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-your-User-name-and-profile-picture-300x96.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 432px) 100vw, 432px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click<strong> Add to other subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="332" height="139" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/owner-add-to-other-subgroup.jpg" alt="owner - add to other subgroup" class="wp-image-172131" style="width:406px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/owner-add-to-other-subgroup.jpg 332w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/owner-add-to-other-subgroup-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 332px) 100vw, 332px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Add to subgroups</strong> window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window.jpg" alt="Add to subgroups window" class="wp-image-172138" style="width:465px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window.jpg 702w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>subgroup checkbox</strong> desired, then the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inviting users</strong> <strong>to your group</strong></h3>



<p>After you have created your subgroups, you can invite users to your group and subgroups.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The invitation procedure only accepts users with an active TVU account.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To invite a user to your group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click to highlight your <strong>Group Name</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="370" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-1.jpg" alt="Group name selection" class="wp-image-172145" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-1.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-1-300x165.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Invite</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="149" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invite-button-1.jpg" alt="Invite button" class="wp-image-172152" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invite-button-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invite-button-1-300x103.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Invite</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter the <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>user&#8217;s Email address</strong></span> you want to invite to your group, then click <strong>Send Invitation</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Invite-window.png" alt="Invite window" class="wp-image-161883" style="width:444px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Invite-window.png 571w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Invite-window-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The dashboard will display the invited user and a “<strong>Pending Invitation</strong>” notification in the dashboard status column until the invitation is accepted.</li>



<li>The owner can cancel the invitation by clicking the green <strong>Cancel Invitation</strong> in the <strong>Operation</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invitation-status.jpg" alt="Invitation status" class="wp-image-172159" style="width:455px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invitation-status.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invitation-status-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The invited user receives an email to accept the invitation. After accepting the invitation, the TVU Home page will open. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The new user cli</span>cks the&nbsp;<strong>Bell icon</strong>&nbsp;at the top-right of the page to complete the process, then clicks the <strong>Join</strong> or<strong> Ignore</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="372" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Join-group-notification.png" alt="Join group notification" class="wp-image-161897" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Join-group-notification.png 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Join-group-notification-300x267.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<p>After joining the group, the user’s name is displayed in the user list. Users can click the <strong>edit</strong> icon on the <strong>Groups</strong> page to edit their user information.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The group owner receives a <strong>Bell icon notification</strong> when the user has joined the group.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Reassigning group ownership</strong></h3>



<p>When a current owner leaves the group, the owner can designate a new group owner from within TVU Home.<br>To designate a new group owner in TVU Home:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Locate the replacement owner in the members list, then click the <strong>Role</strong> drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Select <strong>Owner</strong> from the list.</li>



<li>The owner can click the three-dot icon in the <strong>Operation</strong> column and select <strong>Add to other subgroup</strong> or <strong>Remove from subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding a role to the new user</strong></h3>



<p>Owners can assign a <strong>Member</strong> or<strong> Admin</strong> role to a new user. The <strong>Admin</strong> role allows co-admin rights, whereas the <strong>Member</strong> role does not.</p>



<p>To add a role to the new user: click the user’s <strong>Role</strong> drop-down menu and select<strong> Admin</strong> or <strong>Member</strong>.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab and highlight your group name.</li>



<li>The new member appears in the <strong>Group list</strong> on the<strong> Manage</strong> page.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="376" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Manage-page-Group-list.jpg" alt="Manage page - Group list" class="wp-image-172166" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Manage-page-Group-list.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Manage-page-Group-list-300x168.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the user’s <strong>Role</strong> drop-down menu and select <strong>Admin</strong> or <strong>Member</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Choosing Admin allows the user administrative rights.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="208" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Role-selection.jpg" alt="Role selection" class="wp-image-172173" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Role-selection.jpg 355w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Role-selection-300x176.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding members to other subgroups</strong></h3>



<p>To add a user to a subgroup:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> icon and select <strong>Add to other subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg" alt="Subgroup settings" class="wp-image-172180" style="width:369px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1-300x152.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Subgroup </strong>checkbox in the <strong>Add to Subgroup</strong> window, then click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window.jpg" alt="Add to subgroups window" class="wp-image-172138" style="width:454px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window.jpg 702w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing a member’s access</strong></h3>



<p>To edit and manage a Subgroup member’s access:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab and locate the member’s name. Click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon in the <strong>Operation</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Operation-column-edit-icon-1.jpg" alt="Operation column edit icon" class="wp-image-172187" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Operation-column-edit-icon-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Operation-column-edit-icon-1-300x164.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit User Information</strong> window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window" class="wp-image-172194" style="width:691px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Configure the Subuser’s information, then click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>When finished, click ‹— <strong>Edit User Information</strong> at the top of the page to return to the Subgroup page.</li>



<li>To remove a <strong>Subgroup member</strong>, click the <strong>three-dot</strong> icon and select <strong>Remove from subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg" alt="Subgroup settings" class="wp-image-172180" style="width:369px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1-300x152.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Deleting or disabling a member&#8217;s access</strong></h3>



<p>To delete or disable a user in a group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three-dot </strong>icon and select <strong>Disable</strong> or <strong>Delete member</strong> from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg" alt="Subgroup settings" class="wp-image-172180" style="width:369px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1-300x152.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you need to batch <strong>Enable</strong> or <strong>Disable</strong> a group of users, select each user’s checkbox and click the <strong>Disable</strong> or <strong>Enable</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="453" height="172" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Enable-Disable-buttons.jpg" alt="Enable Disable buttons" class="wp-image-172201" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Enable-Disable-buttons.jpg 453w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Enable-Disable-buttons-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Authorizing, managing, and monitoring a member’s services</strong></h3>



<p>As a group owner, you can authorize access to services and manage group and subgroup users from the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab. Users and their activity are easily monitored and sorted and can be exported to Excel by clicking the <strong>Export</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="365" height="182" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Export-button.jpg" alt="Export button" class="wp-image-172208" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Export-button.jpg 365w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Export-button-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 365px) 100vw, 365px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Usage tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Usage tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Usage tab displays the TVU MediaHub and TVU Channel Usage time overview. Users can select a specific date range to display by clicking the calendar icon at the top left of the screen.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Usage</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="502" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-1024x502.jpg" alt="Usage page" class="wp-image-172215" style="width:655px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-1024x502.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-768x376.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-1536x753.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page.jpg 1675w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>View More</strong> to display usage information.</li>



<li>Hover over the charts for more information.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="351" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-view-more-channel.jpg" alt="Usage page view more channel" class="wp-image-172222" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-view-more-channel.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-view-more-channel-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-1024x583.jpg" alt="View more page - TVU MediaHub" class="wp-image-174220" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-768x438.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-1536x875.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub.jpg 1564w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Resources tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resources tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Resources tab allows users to manage an Agent device, setup and configure a box pool folder, and install Agent software.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device where the user has installed the Agent software.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Resources tab allows Agent software to be installed on a device. The Agent integrates with MediaHub instead of using cloud-based resources. The agent can be installed on a user’s resource to run programs.</p>



<p>The Resources tab opens the Manage page. This page enables owners to access the Agent Devices, Elastic IP, Manage Bearer Token, and TAMS Stores pages.</p>



<p>The <strong>Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows users to manage an Agent device, set up and configure a Box Pool folder, and install Agent software.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>A Box Pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device where the user has installed the Agent software.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <strong>Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows Agent software to be installed on a device. The Agent integrates with MediaHub instead of using cloud-based resources. The agent can be installed on a user’s resource to run programs.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab allows owners to create and view Elastic IP assignments by region.</li>



<li>The <strong>Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>Manage Bearer Token</strong> tab allows owners to create and manage Bearer Tokens.</li>



<li>The<strong> Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab allows owners to create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding resources and services</strong></h3>



<p>The Resources tab is where Owners can create Box pool folders and view, add, configure, and manage Agent devices.</p>



<p>To add resources and services:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens and displays <strong>Resources</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg" alt="Resources page - Owner" class="wp-image-174227" style="width:670px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1536x875.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner.jpg 1563w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new box pool folder, click <strong>Box Pool +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-box-Pool-folder.jpg" alt="Create a box Pool folder" class="wp-image-174234" style="width:461px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-box-Pool-folder.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-box-Pool-folder-300x102.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create a new box pool </strong>window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Box Pool Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="198" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window.jpg" alt="Create a new box pool window" class="wp-image-172243" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your new box pool folder has been added to the Agent Devices list.</li>



<li>To delete a box pool, click the <strong>Delete</strong> button.</li>



<li>To rename the box pool, click the <strong>Edit</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg" alt="edit or delete box pool" class="wp-image-161960" style="width:482px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg 628w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit box pool </strong>window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a new box pool name and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-box-pool-window.jpg" alt="Edit box pool window" class="wp-image-172250" style="width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-box-pool-window.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-box-pool-window-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</div>


<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</strong></h3>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> You can only select a device as BYOR in Mediahub after the Agent is successfully installed on it.</p>



<p>After your agent is fully installed, configure it by following these steps, then use it in MediaHub by selecting BYOR under Resources.</p>



<p>To download and install the Agent:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Installation Guide</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="137" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Installation-guide-link-location-1.jpg" alt="Installation guide link location" class="wp-image-172257" style="width:502px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Installation-guide-link-location-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Installation-guide-link-location-1-300x94.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Agent installation guide pop-up window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="686" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg" alt="Agent installation guide" class="wp-image-161981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide-211x300.jpg 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Review the<strong> Installation Quick Guide TVU Agent</strong> video tutorial.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Copy script</strong> button and paste the script into your Linux Command line. Run the script to install the Agent on your device.</li>



<li>To obtain the <strong>Installation key</strong>, click the <strong>Copy key</strong> button.</li>



<li>To Reset the key and script, click the <strong>Reset Installation Key &amp; Script</strong> button.</li>



<li>After installation, the Agents will be added to the default Box Pool. To select a default Box Pool, click the<strong> Settings</strong> icon, select a <strong>Box Pool </strong>from the menu, and then click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg" alt="Box Pool Settings" class="wp-image-174241" style="width:527px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To map your box pool in TVU Home:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens, displaying your <strong>Agent Devices</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Box pool</strong> that requires mapping.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg" alt="Resources page - Owner" class="wp-image-174227" style="width:624px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1536x875.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner.jpg 1563w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Box pool checkbox</strong> that requires mapping in the Box Pool.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg" alt="Resources page - Box Pool mapping selection" class="wp-image-172271" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection-300x82.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="292" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg" alt="Resources page - + Add button" class="wp-image-172264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg 627w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button-300x140.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Elastic IP tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Elastic IP tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Elastic IP tab enables users to assign an Elastic IP to a specific region.</p>



<p>To assign an Elastic IP:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Elastic IP +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="708" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-and-plus.jpg" alt="Elastic IP tab and plus" class="wp-image-174276" style="width:662px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-and-plus.jpg 708w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-and-plus-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 708px) 100vw, 708px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Assign Elastic IP</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Region </strong>from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="198" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Assign-Elastic-IP.jpg" alt="Assign Elastic IP" class="wp-image-174292" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Assign-Elastic-IP.jpg 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Assign-Elastic-IP-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Manage Bearer Token tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manage Bearer Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Manage Bearer Token tab provides a second contextual entry point for users to create and manage their bearer tokens directly from their profile.</p>



<p>To create and manage a Bearer Token:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Manage Bearer Token</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="205" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token" class="wp-image-174299" style="width:525px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token.jpg 577w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “+” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-1.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token" class="wp-image-174306" style="width:523px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-1.jpg 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-1-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create Bearer Token</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="206" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token window" class="wp-image-174335" style="width:460px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg 544w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new Bearer Token appears in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-created.jpg" alt="Bearer Token created" class="wp-image-174342" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-created.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-created-300x67.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To copy the Bearer Token, click the <strong>Copy</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-copy-icon.jpg" alt="Bearer Token copy icon" class="wp-image-174313" style="width:548px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-copy-icon.jpg 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-copy-icon-300x115.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete the Bearer Token from the list, click the <strong>Trash</strong> icon in the <strong>Operations</strong> column.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong> in the pop-up Warning message.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg" alt="Bearer Token removal message" class="wp-image-174349" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg 460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TAMS Stores tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TAMS Stores tab</strong></h2>



<p>The TAMS tab enables users to manage and configure TAMS Store credentials. Use the TAMS-integrated services to reference a centrally managed store rather than requiring per-node authentication setup.</p>



<p>To create and manage a TAMS Store:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-1024x220.jpg" alt="TAMS Stores tab - Owner" class="wp-image-174357" style="width:718px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-1024x220.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-300x64.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-768x165.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner.jpg 1446w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “<strong>+</strong>” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="214" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-plus-icon.jpg" alt="TAMS Store plus icon" class="wp-image-174327" style="width:597px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-plus-icon.jpg 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-plus-icon-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create TAMS Store</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a human-readable label in the <strong>Store Name</strong> field to identify this store within your group. The name must be unique.</li>



<li>Enter the remaining required fields. The <strong>Client Secret</strong> field is optional.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="516" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg" alt="TAMS tab - Create TAMS Store window" class="wp-image-174364" style="width:469px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window-300x284.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>TAMS Store</strong> appears in the list.</li>



<li>To view and manage your TAMS Store, you can select <strong>My Stores</strong> from the drop-down menu to filter and select from your stores in the list.</li>



<li>To search for a specific Name or Client ID, enter it into the Search field.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="655" height="257" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-menu-Owner.jpg" alt="TAMS Store menu - Owner" class="wp-image-174378" style="width:496px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-menu-Owner.jpg 655w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-menu-Owner-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 655px) 100vw, 655px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Billing tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Billing tab</strong></h2>



<p>The billing tab allows owner users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set up a user billing group</li>



<li>Purchase tokens</li>



<li>Edit billing information</li>



<li>Review token purchase history, consumption, and recent TVU Producer and MediaHub activity</li>



<li>View the total remaining token balance</li>



<li>View token transaction history</li>



<li>View the token expiration date</li>



<li>View Active commitments</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User billing group set up</strong></h2>



<p>New users will set up their own Billing group when they initially purchase their tokens.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users must first sucessfully set up a Billing group to purchase tokens. Once the billing group is set up, users can access their Token management page to perform subsequent token related tasks.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up your user billing group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Token management</strong> page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" style="width:610px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Buy More </strong>in the <strong>Purchases History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="273" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link.jpg" alt="Purchase History panel - Buy more link" class="wp-image-172285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link.jpg 465w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link-300x176.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Billing info</strong> pop-up window will display.</li>



<li>Enter all required information, click <strong>Save</strong>, then continue to &#8220;Purchasing tokens.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="655" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window.jpg" alt="Billing group information window" class="wp-image-172292" style="width:450px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window.jpg 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing your billing information</strong></h3>



<p>To edit your user billing information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Token management</strong> page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" style="width:621px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>edit billing</strong> icon to edit your billing information before purchasing tokens.</li>



<li>Make your changes in the Billing group window and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg" alt="Edit billing information icon" class="wp-image-172306" style="width:453px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing tokens</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchasing TVU Tokens</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>After setting up a user billing group, click <strong>Buy More</strong> in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The purchase TVU Tokens pop-up window will appear.</li>



<li>Users can purchase Tokens by <strong>credit card</strong> or <strong>&gt; link</strong>.</li>



<li>Continue to one of the following purchasing methods:</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchase TVU Tokens using a credit card</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Tokens by credit card, click the <strong>View details</strong> menu, select the <strong>Qty</strong> menu, and choose a quantity.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Pay </strong>button and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="252" height="752" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens.jpg" alt="Credit card token purchase" class="wp-image-172313" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens.jpg 252w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens-101x300.jpg 101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 252px) 100vw, 252px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your purchase appears in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchase TVU Tokens using &gt; link</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase by <strong>&gt; link</strong>, click the <strong>View details</strong> menu, select the <strong>Qty</strong> menu, and choose a quantity.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty.jpg" alt="Select token quantity" class="wp-image-172320" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty.jpg 413w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Pay with &gt; link</strong> button.</li>



<li>The <strong>&gt; link window</strong> appears. Review your purchase in the gray box.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To create a &gt; link account, click Sign up and follow the prompts.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Continue to payment</strong> button, then follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link.jpg" alt="Buy more - Pay with Link" class="wp-image-172327" style="width:323px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your purchase appears in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="629" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg" alt="Purchase history and balance status panels" class="wp-image-162107" style="width:387px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels-210x300.jpg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transferring tokens</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transferring tokens</strong></h2>



<p>Users can transfer tokens to pre-defined users. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Token owners must contact&nbsp;<strong>TVU Support&nbsp;</strong>to configure token transfers.</span></p>



<p>To transfer tokens:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Transfer Token</strong> icon at the top of the <strong>Token Management</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="352" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-token-icon-location.jpg" alt="Transfer token icon location" class="wp-image-172334" style="width:410px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-token-icon-location.jpg 554w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-token-icon-location-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Transfer Tokens</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter the group payee account in the <strong>To </strong>field.</li>



<li>In the Transfer amount field, enter a token quantity.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window.jpg" alt="Transfer Tokens window" class="wp-image-172341" style="width:373px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window-257x300.jpg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	* TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Member role</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Member role</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Signing in to TVU Home</strong></h2>



<p>There are two methods &#8220;Members&#8221; can use to sign in to TVU Home:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you are signed in to a TVU service, click the Services (waffle) icon and select Home in the menu.</li>



<li>Open a web browser and enter: <em><a href="https://home.tvunetworks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://home.tvunetworks.com</a></em></li>
</ul>



<p>The Home login page will display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="673" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png" alt="TVU Home sign in page" class="wp-image-161729" style="width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-300x197.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-768x504.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page.png 1186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Sign in with your account credentials:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>email</strong> and <strong>password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Sign in</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home &#8211; Landing page</strong></h2>



<p>The Welcome to TVU Home landing page is displayed when you successfully sign in to TVU Home.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="388" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Members-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Home Members landing page" class="wp-image-172348" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Members-landing-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Members-landing-page-300x173.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<p>The Home landing page for a Member role includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Home page:</strong> The TVU Home landing page provides direct access to recent services, including TVU Producer, Partyline, Commentator, TVU Channel, and TVU Search, without logging in to each service. The Recent Objects panel displays the user&#8217;s account activity directly from the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Services navigation:</strong> Users can click the TVU Services navigation (waffle) icon to quickly open a service that is not currently displayed in the Recent Services section on the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>Manage tab</strong>: Members and owners can use this tab as their primary tool to perform member-related tasks. Click the <strong>Manage</strong> tab to access the <strong>Members</strong>, <strong>Resources</strong>, and <strong>Billing</strong> tabs.</li>



<li><strong>Members tab:</strong> The Members tab opens the Group management dashboard and displays controls based on the Members user role type.</li>



<li><strong>Resources tab:</strong> The Resources tab enables Agent device management, box pool folder setup and configuration, and Agent software installation for authorized roles. A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device on which you have installed the Agent software.<br>Members can view Elastic IP assignments, create Bearer Tokens, and TAMS Stores by clicking the appropriate tab in the Resources Management page.</li>



<li><strong>Billing tab:</strong> Accessible to owners, members, and finance users. TVU Home enables account owners and finance users to manage their members’ TVU Token purchases. Members can view their Token purchases, usage, and balances. Token purchases are initiated by the Owner and Finance roles.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Dashboard interface &#8211; Member controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dashboard interface &#8211; Member controls</strong></h2>



<p>Group members have administrative rights to their own accounts.</p>



<p>A Member user can:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>View all users in their group and their status.</li>



<li>Modify their profile picture (avatar), reset the password, and edit user information.</li>



<li>View Usage time, storage status, and router usage.</li>



<li>View authorized basic and optional TVU Services.</li>



<li>Quit the group.</li>



<li>View active and inactive Agent devices.</li>



<li>Add and view active and inactive box pools.</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores</li>



<li>View Elastic IP assignments</li>



<li>View, add, and manage your Bearer Tokens</li>



<li>View their Token purchases, usage, and balances.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Members tab controls </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Members tab controls</strong></h2>



<p>The Members tab opens the Group Management page. When you sign in as a member user, you can view your group’s members on the Group workspace page.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A Member’s dashboard will display different controls than the Owner role.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Members tab allows you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Edit your username</li>



<li>Add or change your profile picture (avatar)</li>



<li>Update your Email address</li>



<li>Reset your Password</li>



<li>View group member roles and status</li>



<li>Quit the group</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating your user information</strong></h3>



<p>To update your user information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab.jpg" alt="Manage - Members tab" class="wp-image-174387" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab.jpg 671w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Group management dashboard will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="369" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Groups-workspace-page.jpg" alt="Groups workspace page" class="wp-image-172362" style="width:645px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Groups-workspace-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Groups-workspace-page-300x165.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>edit</strong> icon in the<strong> Operation</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="444" height="140" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-icon-Operation-column.jpg" alt="Edit icon - Operation column" class="wp-image-172369" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-icon-Operation-column.jpg 444w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-icon-Operation-column-300x95.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Edit User Information</strong> page opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>User Name</strong>, update your<strong> Email</strong>, or reset your <strong>Password</strong>. You may add additional profile information by clicking <strong>More</strong> to expand the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window" class="wp-image-172194" style="width:595px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update your <strong>Profile</strong> picture, hover your mouse over the <strong>picture</strong> and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="517" height="278" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Edit Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172376" style="width:536px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1.jpg 517w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 517px) 100vw, 517px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Add Profile Picture</strong> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="298" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Add Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172075" style="width:584px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-300x133.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Drag</strong> or <strong>Upload</strong> a 1:1 image in png, gif, or jpeg format.</li>



<li>Click the green check mark to save your Avatar picture.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="296" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Save Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172383" style="width:585px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-300x132.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green<strong> Confirm</strong> button.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Authorized Services</strong> panel and select the <strong>Optional Services</strong> that apply as a member.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-1024x347.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Authorized Services" class="wp-image-172390" style="width:587px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-1024x347.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-300x102.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-768x260.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services.jpg 1442w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Quitting the group</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Quitting the group</strong></h2>



<p>As a Member user, you can quit the group.</p>



<p>To quit the Group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab.jpg" alt="Manage - Members tab" class="wp-image-174387" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab.jpg 671w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your Group management page will display.</li>



<li>Hover your mouse over the <strong>three-dot icon</strong> and click <strong>Quit the current group</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="580" height="122" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quit-group.jpg" alt="Quit group" class="wp-image-172404" style="width:521px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quit-group.jpg 580w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Quit-group-300x63.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Search and filter displayed content</strong></h2>



<p>You can search by username and filter what is displayed by selecting a value in the <strong>Role</strong> and <strong>Status</strong> drop-down menus.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="471" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Role-menu.jpg" alt="TVU Home - Role menu" class="wp-image-172411" style="width:555px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Role-menu.jpg 471w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-Role-menu-300x152.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="537" height="230" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TVU-Home-Status-menu.jpg" alt="TVU Home - Status menu" class="wp-image-174394" style="width:558px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TVU-Home-Status-menu.jpg 537w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TVU-Home-Status-menu-300x128.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Resources tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resources tab</strong></h2>



<p>The <strong>Resources </strong>&gt; <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows users to manage an Agent device, set up and configure a Box Pool folder, and install Agent software.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device where the user has installed the Agent software.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <strong>Resources </strong>&gt; <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows Agent software to be installed on a device. The Agent integrates with MediaHub instead of using cloud-based resources. The agent can be installed on a user’s resource to run programs.</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab allows members to view Elastic IP assignments by region.</li>



<li>The <strong>Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>Bearer Token</strong> tab allows members to create a Bearer Token.</li>



<li>The <strong>Resources</strong> &gt; <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab allows members to create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding resources and services</strong></h3>



<p>The Resources tab is where Member users can create Box Pool folders and view, add, and manage Agent devices.</p>



<p>To add resources and services:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens the <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="553" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg" alt="Resources page - Member" class="wp-image-174401" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-768x415.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1536x829.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member.jpg 1654w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new Box Pool folder, click the <strong>Box Pool +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="173" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-Box-Pool-folder-Member.jpg" alt="Create a Box Pool folder - Member" class="wp-image-174408" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-Box-Pool-folder-Member.jpg 532w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-Box-Pool-folder-Member-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create a new box pool </strong>window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Box Pool Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="198" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1.jpg" alt="Create a new box pool window" class="wp-image-172432" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your new Box Pool folder has been added to the Agent Devices list.</li>



<li>To delete a Box Pool, click the <strong>Delete</strong> button.</li>



<li>To rename the Box Pool, click the <strong>Edit</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg" alt="edit or delete box pool" class="wp-image-161960" style="width:482px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg 628w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit box pool</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a new <strong>Box Pool Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="198" src="https://editwww.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1.jpg" alt="Create a new box pool window" class="wp-image-172432" style="width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</div>


<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</strong></h3>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> You can only select a device as BYOR in Mediahub after the Agent is successfully installed on it.</p>



<p>After your agent is fully installed, you can configure it by performing the following steps and use it in MediaHub by selecting BYOR under Resources.</p>



<p>To download and install the Agent:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Installation Guide</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="542" height="187" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Installation-guide-link-location.jpg" alt="" class="wp-image-172439" style="width:491px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Installation-guide-link-location.jpg 542w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Installation-guide-link-location-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Agent installation guide pop-up window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="686" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg" alt="Agent installation guide" class="wp-image-161981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide-211x300.jpg 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Watch the<strong> Installation Quick Guide TVU Agent</strong> video tutorial.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Copy script</strong> button and paste the script into your Linux Command line. Run the script to install the Agent on your device.</li>



<li>To obtain the <strong>Installation key</strong>, click the <strong>Copy key</strong> button.</li>



<li>To <strong>Reset</strong> the key and script, click the <strong>Reset Installation Key &amp; Script</strong> button.</li>



<li>After installation, the Agents will be added to the default Box Pool. To select a default Box Pool, click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon, select a <strong>Box Pool </strong>from the menu, and then click<strong> </strong>the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg" alt="Box Pool Settings" class="wp-image-174241" style="width:518px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To map your box pool in TVU Home:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens and displays <strong>Resources</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Box pool</strong> that requires mapping.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="553" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg" alt="Resources page - Member" class="wp-image-174401" style="width:624px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-768x415.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1536x829.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member.jpg 1654w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Box pool checkbox</strong> that requires mapping in the Box Pool.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg" alt="Resources page - Box Pool mapping selection" class="wp-image-172271" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection-300x82.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="292" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg" alt="Resources page - + Add button" class="wp-image-172264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg 627w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button-300x140.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	* TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Admin role</div>

<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Elastic IP tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Elastic IP tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Elastic IP tab enables members to search for and view assigned Elastic IP addresses.</p>



<p>To assign an Elastic IP:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources tab</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Elastic IP +</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Search</strong> field and enter an<strong> IP</strong>, <strong>User Name</strong>, or <strong>Email </strong>to filter the displayed results.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="131" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-Members.jpg" alt="Elastic IP tab - Members" class="wp-image-174415" style="width:661px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-Members.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-Members-300x58.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Bearer Token tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Bearer Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Bearer Token tab provides a second contextual entry point for users to create and manage their bearer tokens directly from their profile.</p>



<p>To create and manage a Bearer Token:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Bearer Token</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="176" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-tab-members.jpg" alt="Bearer Token tab - members" class="wp-image-174422" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-tab-members.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-tab-members-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “<strong>+</strong>” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-Members.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token - Members" class="wp-image-174429" style="width:625px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-Members.jpg 705w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-Members-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create Bearer Token</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="206" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token window" class="wp-image-174335" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg 544w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new Bearer Token appears in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-token-list-Member.jpg" alt="Bearer token list - Member" class="wp-image-174436" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-token-list-Member.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-token-list-Member-300x69.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To copy the Bearer Token, click the <strong>Copy</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="708" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-Copy-icon-Member.jpg" alt="Bearer Token Copy icon - Member" class="wp-image-174443" style="width:572px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-Copy-icon-Member.jpg 708w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-Copy-icon-Member-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 708px) 100vw, 708px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete the Bearer Token from the list, click the <strong>Trash</strong> icon in the <strong>Operations</strong> column.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong> in the pop-up Warning message.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg" alt="Bearer Token removal message" class="wp-image-174349" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg 460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TAMS Stores tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TAMS Stores tab</strong></h2>



<p>The TAMS tab enables users to manage and configure TAMS Store credentials. Use the TAMS-integrated services to reference a centrally managed store rather than requiring per-node authentication setup.</p>



<p>To create and manage a TAMS Store:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-1024x228.jpg" alt="TAMS Stores tab - member" class="wp-image-174457" style="width:705px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-1024x228.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-300x67.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-768x171.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member.jpg 1445w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “<strong>+</strong>” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-plus-icon-Member.jpg" alt="TAMS Stores plus icon - Member" class="wp-image-174450" style="width:563px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-plus-icon-Member.jpg 707w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-plus-icon-Member-300x83.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Create TAMS Store </strong>window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a human-readable label in the <strong>Store Name</strong> field to identify this store within your group. The name must be unique.</li>



<li>Enter the remaining required fields. The <strong>Client Secret</strong> field is optional.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="516" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg" alt="TAMS tab - Create TAMS Store window" class="wp-image-174364" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window-300x284.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>TAMS Store</strong> appears in the list.</li>



<li>To view and manage your TAMS Store, select <strong>My Stores</strong> from the drop-down menu to filter and select from your stores from the list.</li>



<li>To search for a specific <strong>Name</strong> or <strong>Client ID</strong>, enter it into the <strong>Search field</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="586" height="248" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-select-stores-menu-member.jpg" alt="TAMS Store menu" class="wp-image-174371" style="width:556px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-select-stores-menu-member.jpg 586w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-select-stores-menu-member-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Billing tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Billing tab</strong></h2>



<p>The billing tab allows member users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Edit their own billing information</li>



<li>Review token purchase history, consumption, and recent TVU Producer and MediaHub activity</li>



<li>View the total remaining token balance</li>



<li>View token transaction history</li>



<li>View the token expiration date</li>



<li>View Active commitments</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User billing group set up</strong></h2>



<p>New users must contact their owner or finance member to set up their user Billing group and to purchase TVU Tokens.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Once the billing group is set up, users can access their Token management page to edit their billing information, view Token related activity, and balances.</p>
</blockquote>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing your billing information</strong></h2>



<p>To edit your user billing information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Token management</strong> page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit your billing information before purchasing tokens, click the<strong> edit billing</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Make your changes in the Billing group window and click<strong> Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg" alt="Edit billing information icon" class="wp-image-172306" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Admin role</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Signing in to TVU Home</strong></h2>



<p>There are two methods an &#8220;Admin&#8221; can use to sign in to TVU Home:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you are signed in to a TVU service, click the Services (waffle) icon and select Home in the menu.</li>



<li>Open a web browser and enter: <em><a href="https://home.tvunetworks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://home.tvunetworks.com</a></em></li>
</ul>



<p>The Home login page will display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="673" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png" alt="TVU Home sign in page" class="wp-image-161729" style="width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-300x197.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-768x504.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page.png 1186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Sign in with your account credentials:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>email</strong> and <strong>password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Sign in</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home &#8211; Landing page</strong></h2>



<p>The Welcome to TVU Home landing page is displayed when you successfully sign in to TVU Home.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Home landing page" class="wp-image-172033" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page-300x177.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The Home landing page for the admin role includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Home page:</strong> The TVU Home landing page provides direct access to recent services, including TVU Producer, Partyline, Commentator, TVU Channel, and TVU Search, without logging in to each service. The Recent Objects panel displays the user&#8217;s account activity directly from the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Services navigation:</strong> Users can click the TVU Services navigation (waffle) icon to quickly open a service that is not currently displayed in the Recent Services section on the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>Manage tab</strong>: Admins can use this tab as their primary tool to perform member and owner Admin-related tasks. Click the <strong>Manage</strong> tab to access the <strong>Members</strong>, <strong>Usage</strong>, <strong>Resources</strong> and <strong>Billing</strong> tabs.</li>



<li><strong>Members tab:</strong> Opens the Group management dashboard and displays controls based on the Admin user role type.</li>



<li><strong>Usage tab:</strong> Users can view their hourly usage history by date, product, and service name.</li>



<li><strong>Resources tab:</strong> The Resources tab enables Agent device management, box pool folder setup and configuration, and Agent software installation for authorized roles. A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device on which you have installed the Agent software. An Admin can assign Elastic IP, create and manage Bearer Tokens, and TAMS Stores by clicking the appropriate tab in the Resources Management page.</li>



<li><strong>Billing tab:</strong> Accessible to owners. members, Admins, and finance users. TVU Home enables account owners, Admins, and finance users to manage their TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances. Members can view their Token purchases, usage, and balances. Token purchases are initiated by Owner and Finance roles.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Dashboard interface &#8211; Admin controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dashboard interface &#8211; Admin controls</strong></h2>



<p>The Admin role has administrative rights to members&#8217; accounts, similar to owners. However, admins can’t edit an Owner role.</p>



<p>An Admin can:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Manage a group and a subgroup workspace</li>



<li>View Usage time, storage status, and router usage.</li>



<li>Add users and sub-users</li>



<li>Add resources and services</li>



<li>Invite new members</li>



<li>Assign roles to each member</li>



<li>Add members to other subgroups</li>



<li>Designate a new group owner</li>



<li>Delete or disable a member’s access</li>



<li>Authorize, manage, and monitor a member’s TVU services</li>



<li>Purchase tokens, view usage, and balances</li>



<li>Add Agent devices to the Cloud service</li>



<li>Assign Elastic IP addresses to a specific region.</li>



<li>Create and manage Bearer Tokens</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Members tab controls </div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Members tab controls</strong></h2>



<p>The Members tab opens the Group management page. When you sign in as an account Admin, you can manage your members on the Group page by clicking the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Admin’s cannot edit Owner users.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Members tab allows you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Edit your Group Name and add group information</li>



<li>Add a profile picture (avatar)</li>



<li>Add subgroup workspaces</li>



<li>Add a new subgroup user</li>



<li>Add an email domain name to your group</li>



<li>Assign roles to sub-users</li>



<li>Manage all aspects of your group</li>



<li>View TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances</li>



<li>View Elastic IP addresses by a specific region.</li>



<li>Create and manage Bearer Tokens.</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating your Group information</strong></h3>



<p>To update your Group information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="816" height="387" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Admin.jpg" alt="Manage tab - Admin" class="wp-image-174483" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Admin.jpg 816w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Admin-300x142.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Admin-768x364.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Group Management</strong> dashboard will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="385" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Groups-page-Admin.jpg" alt="Groups page - Admin" class="wp-image-174490" style="width:645px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Groups-page-Admin.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Groups-page-Admin-300x172.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>edit</strong> icon below the <strong>Group name</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="522" height="186" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-the-Group-name-and-profile-picture-1.jpg" alt="Changing the Group name and profile picture" class="wp-image-172054" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-the-Group-name-and-profile-picture-1.jpg 522w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Changing-the-Group-name-and-profile-picture-1-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Edit Group Information</strong> page opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Group Name</strong> and page <strong>Description</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="289" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-page.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information page" class="wp-image-172061" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-page.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-page-300x151.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update your <strong>Profile</strong> picture, hover your mouse over the <strong>picture</strong> and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="209" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Edit Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172068" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-1-300x144.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Add Profile Picture</strong> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="368" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Add Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172460" style="width:577px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-300x164.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Drag</strong> or <strong>Upload</strong> a 1:1 image in png, gif, or jpeg format.</li>



<li>Click the green <strong>check mark</strong> to save your Avatar picture.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="364" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Save Profile Picture" class="wp-image-172082" style="width:569px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-300x163.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green<strong> Confirm</strong> button.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Authorized Services</strong> panel and select the <strong>Optional Services</strong> that apply or disable services.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="282" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Select Authorized Services" class="wp-image-172089" style="width:570px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing a user&#8217;s information</strong></h3>



<p>To edit a user&#8217;s information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select your <strong>Group Name</strong> in the left panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-admin.jpg" alt="Group name selection - admin" class="wp-image-172467" style="width:556px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-admin.jpg 720w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-admin-300x166.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Highlight <strong>(a user)</strong> in the user list.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>edit icon</strong> in the <strong>Operation</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="238" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Operation-column-edit-icon-1.jpg" alt="Operation column edit icon" class="wp-image-172187" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Operation-column-edit-icon-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Operation-column-edit-icon-1-300x164.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit User Information</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Enter any required edits.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="270" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window" class="wp-image-172194" style="width:623px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-User-Information-window-300x121.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you want to add the new user to an existing subgroup, click the Subgroup <strong>edit icon</strong> and select a subgroup.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the<strong> Authorized Services </strong>panel and select the <strong>Optional Services </strong>you want to assign to<strong> </strong>the user.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="282" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Select Authorized Services" class="wp-image-172089" style="width:635px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Select-Authorized-Services-300x126.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Creating a subgroup</strong></h3>



<p>When you create a subgroup, it becomes part of your group workspace. You can invite group members as sub-users into this workspace and assign roles to each user.</p>



<p>To create a subgroup:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Hover your mouse over <strong>Group name</strong>, then click the <strong>Plus</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Creating-a-new-subgroup-1.jpg" alt="Creating a new subgroup" class="wp-image-172096" style="width:519px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Creating-a-new-subgroup-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Creating-a-new-subgroup-1-300x178.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create a subgroup</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>subgroup name</strong>, your <strong>Email Domain Name</strong> (if you want to assign a domain to the subgroup), and a <strong>description</strong> of your subgroup (optional).</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-subgroup-window.jpg" alt="Create a subgroup window" class="wp-image-172103" style="width:460px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-subgroup-window.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-subgroup-window-300x151.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>The new subgroup is displayed under your <strong>Group</strong> name.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="249" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-created-1.jpg" alt="Subgroup created" class="wp-image-172110" style="width:466px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-created-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-created-1-300x171.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To configure and manage Subgroups, click a <strong>Subgroup</strong> name in the left panel to open the <strong>Subgroup</strong> management page.</li>



<li>All Subgroups will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="425" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window-1024x425.jpg" alt="subgroup window" class="wp-image-161848" style="width:607px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window-1024x425.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window-300x124.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window-768x319.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window-1536x637.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window-407x168.jpg 407w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/owner-subgroup-window.jpg 1678w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon in the <strong>Operation</strong> column to edit and manage a <strong>Subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="274" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Operation-column-edit-icon.jpg" alt="Operation column edit icon" class="wp-image-161855" style="width:379px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Operation-column-edit-icon.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Operation-column-edit-icon-300x186.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit User Information</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Configure the Subuser’s information, then click<strong> Confirm</strong>.</li>



<li>When finished, click ‹— <strong>Edit User Information</strong> at the top of the page to return to the Subgroup page.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Inviting users to your group</strong></h3>



<p>After you have created your subgroups, you can invite users to your group and subgroups.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>The invitation procedure only accepts users with an active TVU account.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To invite a user to your group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click to highlight your <strong>Group name</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="399" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-admin.jpg" alt="Group name selection - admin" class="wp-image-172467" style="width:543px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-admin.jpg 720w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Group-name-selection-admin-300x166.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Invite</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="435" height="149" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invite-button-1.jpg" alt="Invite button" class="wp-image-172152" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invite-button-1.jpg 435w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invite-button-1-300x103.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The<strong> Invite</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter the <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;"><strong>Email address</strong></span> of the user you want to invite to your group, then click <strong>Send Invitation</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="571" height="256" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Invite-window.png" alt="Invite window" class="wp-image-161883" style="width:444px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Invite-window.png 571w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Invite-window-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The dashboard will display the invited user and a “<strong>Pending Invitation</strong>” notification in the dashboard status column until the invitation is accepted.</li>



<li>The owner can cancel the invitation by clicking the green <strong>Cancel Invitation</strong> in the <strong>Operation</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="528" height="261" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invitation-status.jpg" alt="Invitation status" class="wp-image-172159" style="width:457px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invitation-status.jpg 528w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Invitation-status-300x148.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The invited user receives an email to accept the invitation. After accepting the invitation, the TVU Home page will open. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">The new user clicks the&nbsp;<strong>Bell icon</strong>&nbsp;at the top-right of the page, then</span> clicks the&nbsp;<strong>Join</strong>&nbsp;or<strong>&nbsp;Ignore</strong>&nbsp;button to complete the process.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="418" height="372" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Join-group-notification.png" alt="Join group notification" class="wp-image-161897" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Join-group-notification.png 418w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Join-group-notification-300x267.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 418px) 100vw, 418px" /></figure>



<p>After joining the group, the user’s name is displayed in the user list. Users can click the <strong>edit</strong> icon on the <strong>Groups</strong> page to edit their user information.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> The group admin receives a <strong>Bell icon notification</strong> when the user has joined the group.</p>
</blockquote>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding a role to the new user</strong></h3>



<p>Owners can assign a new user a <strong>Member</strong> or<strong> Admin</strong> role. The Admin role allows co-admin rights, whereas the Member role does not.</p>



<p>To add a role to the new user, click the user’s <strong>Role</strong> drop-down menu and select<strong> Admin</strong> or <strong>Member</strong>.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>Choosing Admin allows the user administrative rights.</p>
</blockquote>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="227" height="158" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Role-selection-Admin.jpg" alt="Role selection - admin" class="wp-image-172474"/></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding members to other subgroups</strong></h3>



<p>To add a user to a subgroup:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three-dot</strong> icon and select <strong>Add to other subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="329" height="117" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-member.jpg" alt="Subgroup settings - member" class="wp-image-172481" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-member.jpg 329w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-member-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 329px) 100vw, 329px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Select the <strong>Subgroup </strong>checkbox in the <strong>Add to Subgroup</strong> window, then click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="702" height="281" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window.jpg" alt="Add to subgroups window" class="wp-image-172138" style="width:433px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window.jpg 702w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Add-to-subgroups-window-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 702px) 100vw, 702px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Removing a member from a subgroup</strong></h3>



<p>To remove a member from a subgroup:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the <strong>Member’s name</strong>, click the <strong>three-dots</strong> in the <strong>Operation</strong> column, then click <strong>Remove from subgroup</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="329" height="117" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-member.jpg" alt="Subgroup settings - member" class="wp-image-172481" style="width:369px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-member.jpg 329w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-member-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 329px) 100vw, 329px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To remove a member from a Subgroup, select the subgroup, click the <strong>checkbox</strong> next to the <strong>member’s name</strong>, and then click the red <strong>Remove</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="265" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Removing-a-Subgroup-member.jpg" alt="Removing a Subgroup member" class="wp-image-172488" style="width:625px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Removing-a-Subgroup-member.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Removing-a-Subgroup-member-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Deleting or disabling a member&#8217;s access</strong></h3>



<p>To delete or disable a member&#8217;s access:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>three-dot </strong>icon and select <strong>Disable</strong> or <strong>Delete member</strong> from the menu.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="434" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg" alt="Subgroup settings" class="wp-image-172180" style="width:405px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1.jpg 434w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Subgroup-settings-1-300x152.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you need to batch <strong>Enable</strong> or <strong>Disable</strong> a group of users, select each user’s checkbox and click the <strong>Disable</strong> or <strong>Enable</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="453" height="172" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Enable-Disable-buttons.jpg" alt="Enable Disable buttons" class="wp-image-172201" style="width:415px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Enable-Disable-buttons.jpg 453w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Enable-Disable-buttons-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Authorizing, managing, and monitoring a member’s services</strong></h3>



<p>As a group Admin, you can authorize access to services and manage group and subgroup users from the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab. Users and their activity are easily monitored and sorted, and can be exported to Excel by clicking the <strong>Export</strong> button.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="365" height="182" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Export-button-1.jpg" alt="Export button" class="wp-image-172495" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Export-button-1.jpg 365w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Export-button-1-300x150.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 365px) 100vw, 365px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Usage tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Usage tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Usage tab displays the TVU MediaHub and TVU Channel Usage time overview. Users can select a specific date range to display by clicking the calendar icon at the top left of the screen.</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Usage</strong> tab. The Manage screen will display Usage options.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="502" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-1024x502.jpg" alt="Usage page" class="wp-image-172215" style="width:655px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-1024x502.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-300x147.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-768x376.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page-1536x753.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Usage-page.jpg 1675w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>View More</strong> to display usage information.</li>



<li>Hover over the charts for more information.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="351" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Usage-page-view-more-channel.jpg" alt="Usage page view more channel" class="wp-image-174497" style="width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Usage-page-view-more-channel.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Usage-page-view-more-channel-300x157.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-1024x583.jpg" alt="View more page - TVU MediaHub" class="wp-image-174220" style="width:657px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-768x438.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub-1536x875.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/View-more-page-TVU-MediaHub.jpg 1564w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Resources tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resources tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Resources tab allows users to manage an Agent device, set up and configure a Box Pool folder, and install Agent software.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A Box Pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device where the user has installed the Agent software.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Resources tab opens the Manage page. This page enables owners to access the Agent Devices, Elastic IP, Manage Bearer Token, and TAMS Stores pages.</p>



<p>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows users to manage an Agent device, set up and configure a Box Pool folder, and install Agent software.</p>



<p>The <strong>Resources </strong>> <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows Agent software to be installed on a device. The Agent integrates with MediaHub instead of using cloud-based resources. The agent can be installed on a user’s resource to run programs.<br>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab alows owners to create and view Elastic IP assignments by region.<br>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>Manage Bearer Token</strong> tab allows owners to create and manage Bearer Token.<br>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>TAMS Stores </strong>tab allows owners to create TAMS Stores.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding resources and services</strong></h3>



<p>The Resources tab is where Admins can create Box Pool folders and view, add, configure, and manage Agent devices.</p>



<p>To add resources and services:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens and displays <strong>Resources</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg" alt="Resources page - Owner" class="wp-image-174227" style="width:670px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1536x875.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner.jpg 1563w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new Box Pool folder, click <strong>Box Pool +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="121" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-box-Pool-folder.jpg" alt="Create a box Pool folder" class="wp-image-174234" style="width:500px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-box-Pool-folder.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-box-Pool-folder-300x102.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create a new box pool </strong>window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Box Pool Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="198" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window.jpg" alt="Create a new box pool window" class="wp-image-172243" style="width:458px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your new Box Pool folder has been added to the Agent Devices list.</li>



<li>To delete a Box Pool, click the <strong>Delete</strong> button.</li>



<li>To rename the Box Pool, click the <strong>Edit</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg" alt="edit or delete box pool" class="wp-image-161960" style="width:482px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg 628w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit box pool</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a new <strong>box pool name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="541" height="200" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-box-pool-window.jpg" alt="Edit box pool window" class="wp-image-172250" style="width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-box-pool-window.jpg 541w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-box-pool-window-300x111.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</div>


<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</strong></h3>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> You can only select a device as BYOR in MediaHub after the Agent is successfully installed on it.</p>



<p>After your agent is fully installed, configure it by following these steps, then use it in MediaHub by selecting BYOR under Resources.</p>



<p>To download and install the Agent:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab, then click the <strong>Installation Guide</strong> link.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Installation-guide-link-location.jpg" alt="Installation guide link location" class="wp-image-161974" style="width:502px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Installation-guide-link-location.jpg 442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Installation-guide-link-location-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Agent installation guide pop-up window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="686" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg" alt="Agent installation guide" class="wp-image-161981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide-211x300.jpg 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Review the<strong> Installation Quick Guide TVU Agent</strong> video tutorial.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Copy script</strong> button and paste the script into your Linux Command line. Run the script to install the Agent on your device.</li>



<li>To obtain the <strong>Installation key</strong>, click the <strong>Copy key</strong> button.</li>



<li>To reset the key and script, click the <strong>Reset Installation Key &amp; Script</strong> button.</li>



<li>After installation, the Agents will be added to the default Box Pool. To select a default Box Pool, click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon, select a Box Pool from the menu, and then the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg" alt="Box Pool Settings" class="wp-image-174241" style="width:591px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To map your box pool in TVU Home:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Resources</strong> page opens.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Box Pool</strong> that requires mapping.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="583" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg" alt="Resources page - Owner" class="wp-image-174227" style="width:624px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1024x583.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-768x437.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner-1536x875.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Owner.jpg 1563w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Box Pool checkbox</strong> that requires mapping in the Box Pool.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg" alt="Resources page - Box Pool mapping selection" class="wp-image-172271" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection-300x82.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="292" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg" alt="Resources page - + Add button" class="wp-image-172264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg 627w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button-300x140.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Elastic IP tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Elastic IP tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Elastic IP tab enables users to assign an Elastic IP to a specific region.</p>



<p>To assign an Elastic IP:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Elastic IP +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="708" height="268" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-and-plus.jpg" alt="Elastic IP tab and plus" class="wp-image-174276" style="width:625px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-and-plus.jpg 708w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-and-plus-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 708px) 100vw, 708px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Assign Elastic IP window opens.</li>



<li>Select a <strong>Region</strong> from the drop-down menu.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="198" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Assign-Elastic-IP.jpg" alt="Assign Elastic IP" class="wp-image-174292" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Assign-Elastic-IP.jpg 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Assign-Elastic-IP-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Manage Bearer Token tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Manage Bearer Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Manage Bearer Token tab provides a second contextual entry point for users to create and manage their bearer tokens directly from their profile.</p>



<p>To create and manage a Bearer Token:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the Manage Bearer Token tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="205" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token" class="wp-image-174299" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token.jpg 577w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “+” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-1.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token" class="wp-image-174306" style="width:582px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-1.jpg 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-1-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Create Bearer Token window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="206" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token window" class="wp-image-174335" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg 544w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new Bearer Token appears in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="150" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-created.jpg" alt="Bearer Token created" class="wp-image-174342" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-created.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-created-300x67.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To copy the Bearer Token, click the <strong>Copy</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="271" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-copy-icon.jpg" alt="Bearer Token copy icon" class="wp-image-174313" style="width:579px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-copy-icon.jpg 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-copy-icon-300x115.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete the Bearer Token from the list, click the <strong>Trash</strong> icon in the<strong> Operations</strong> column.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong> in the pop-up <strong>Warning</strong> message.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg" alt="Bearer Token removal message" class="wp-image-174349" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg 460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TAMS Stores tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TAMS Stores tab</strong></h2>



<p>The TAMS tab enables users to manage and configure TAMS Store credentials. Use the TAMS-integrated services to reference a centrally managed store rather than requiring per-node authentication setup.</p>



<p>To create and manage a TAMS Store:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="220" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-1024x220.jpg" alt="TAMS Stores tab - Owner" class="wp-image-174357" style="width:732px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-1024x220.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-300x64.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner-768x165.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-Owner.jpg 1446w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “+” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="214" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-plus-icon.jpg" alt="TAMS Store plus icon" class="wp-image-174327" style="width:615px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-plus-icon.jpg 704w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-plus-icon-300x91.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create TAMS Store</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a human-readable label in the <strong>Store Name</strong> field to identify this store within your group. The name must be unique.</li>



<li>Enter the remaining required fields. The <strong>Client Secret</strong> field is optional.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="516" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg" alt="TAMS tab - Create TAMS Store window" class="wp-image-174364" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window-300x284.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TAMS Store appears in the list.</li>



<li>To view and manage your TAMS Store, you can select <strong>My Stores</strong> from the drop-down menu to filter and select from your stores in the list.</li>



<li>To search for a specific <strong>Name</strong> or <strong>Client ID</strong>, enter it into the <strong>Search</strong> field.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="655" height="257" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-menu-Owner.jpg" alt="TAMS Store menu - Owner" class="wp-image-174378" style="width:562px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-menu-Owner.jpg 655w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Store-menu-Owner-300x118.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 655px) 100vw, 655px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Billing tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Billing tab</strong></h2>



<p>The billing tab allows Admin users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set up a user billing group</li>



<li>Purchase tokens</li>



<li>Edit billing information</li>



<li>Review token purchase history, consumption, and recent TVU Producer and MediaHub activity</li>



<li>View the total remaining token balance</li>



<li>View token transaction history</li>



<li>View the token expiration date</li>



<li>View Active commitments</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User billing group set up</strong></h2>



<p>New users will set up their own Billing group when they initially purchase their tokens.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users must first successfully set up a Billing group to purchase tokens. Once the billing group is set up, users can access their Token management page to perform subsequent token related tasks.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up your user billing group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The Token management page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Buy More</strong> in the <strong>Purchases History </strong>panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="273" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link.jpg" alt="Purchase History panel - Buy more link" class="wp-image-172285" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link.jpg 465w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link-300x176.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Billing info pop-up window will display.</li>



<li>Enter all required information, click <strong>Save</strong>, then continue to “<strong>Purchasing TVU Tokens</strong>.&#8221;</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="655" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window.jpg" alt="Billing group information window" class="wp-image-172292" style="width:468px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window.jpg 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing your billing information</strong></h3>



<p>To edit your user billing information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The Token management page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To edit your billing information before purchasing tokens, click the <strong>edit billing</strong> icon.</li>



<li>Make your changes in the Billing group window and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg" alt="Edit billing information icon" class="wp-image-172306" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	* TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Finance role</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchasing TVU Tokens</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>After setting up a user billing group, click<strong> Buy More</strong> in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>



<li>The purchase TVU Tokens pop-up window will appear.</li>



<li>Users can purchase Tokens by <strong>credit card</strong> or <strong>> link</strong>.</li>



<li>Continue to one of the following purchasing methods:</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchase TVU Tokens using a credit card</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase TVU Tokens by credit card, click the <strong>View details</strong> menu, select the <strong>Qty</strong> menu, and choose a quantity.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Pay</strong> button and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="252" height="752" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens.jpg" alt="Credit card token purchase" class="wp-image-172313" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens.jpg 252w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens-101x300.jpg 101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 252px) 100vw, 252px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your purchase appears in the <strong>Purchase History </strong>panel.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchase TVU Tokens using > link</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase by > link, click the <strong>View details</strong> menu, select the <strong>Qty</strong> menu, and choose a quantity.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty.jpg" alt="Select token quantity" class="wp-image-172320" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty.jpg 413w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Pay with > link</strong> button.</li>



<li>The > link window appears. Review your purchase in the gray box.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> To create a > link account, click <strong>Sign up</strong> and follow the prompts.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Continue</strong> to payment button, then follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link.jpg" alt="Buy more - Pay with Link" class="wp-image-172327" style="width:292px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your purchase appears in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="629" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg" alt="Purchase history and balance status panels" class="wp-image-162107" style="width:357px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels-210x300.jpg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transferring tokens</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transferring tokens</strong></h2>



<p>Users can transfer tokens to pre-defined users. Token owners must contact TVU Support to configure token transfers.</p>



<p>To transfer tokens:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Transfer Token</strong> icon at the top of the Token Management panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="554" height="352" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-token-icon-location.jpg" alt="Transfer token icon location" class="wp-image-172334" style="width:482px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-token-icon-location.jpg 554w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-token-icon-location-300x191.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Transfer Tokens window will display.</li>



<li>Enter the group payee account in the <strong>To</strong> field.</li>



<li>In the <strong>Transfer amount</strong> field, enter a token quantity.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window.jpg" alt="Transfer Tokens window" class="wp-image-172341" style="width:442px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window-257x300.jpg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home Quick Start Guide &#8211; Finance role</strong></h2>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Signing in to TVU Home</strong></h2>



<p>There are two methods &#8220;Finance&#8221; can use to sign in to TVU Home:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>If you are signed in to a TVU service, click the Services (waffle) icon and select Home in the menu.</li>



<li>Open a web browser and enter: <em><a href="https://home.tvunetworks.com" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://home.tvunetworks.com</a></em></li>
</ul>



<p>The Home login page will display.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="673" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png" alt="TVU Home sign in page" class="wp-image-161729" style="width:660px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-1024x673.png 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-300x197.png 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page-768x504.png 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Home-sign-in-page.png 1186w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<p>Sign in with your account credentials:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Enter your <strong>email</strong> and <strong>password</strong>.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Sign in</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TVU Home &#8211; Landing page</strong></h2>



<p>The Welcome to TVU Home landing page is displayed when you successfully sign in to TVU Home.</p>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="576" height="339" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page.jpg" alt="TVU Home landing page" class="wp-image-172033" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page.jpg 576w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/TVU-Home-landing-page-300x177.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 576px) 100vw, 576px" /></figure>



<p>The Home landing page for the admin role includes:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>TVU Home tab:</strong> The TVU Home landing page provides direct access to recent services, including TVU Producer, Partyline, Commentator, TVU Channel, and TVU Search without logging in to each service. The Recent Objects panel displays the user&#8217;s account activity directly from the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>TVU Services navigation:</strong> Users can click the TVU Services navigation (waffle) icon to quickly open a service that is not currently displayed in the Recent Services section on the Home landing page.</li>



<li><strong>Manage tab</strong>: Finance users can use this tab as their primary tool for finance &#8211; and owner-related tasks. Click the <strong>Manage</strong> tab to access the <strong>Members</strong>, <strong>Resources</strong>, and <strong>Billing</strong> tabs.</li>



<li><strong>Members tab:</strong> Opens the Group management dashboard and displays controls based on the Finance user role type.</li>



<li><strong>Resources tab:</strong> Enables Agent device management, box pool folder setup and configuration, and Agent software installation for authorized roles. A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device on which you have installed the Agent software.<br>A Finance user can view an assigned Elastic IP, create and manage Bearer Tokens, and TAMS Stores by clicking the appropriate tab in the Resources Management page.</li>



<li><strong>Billing tab:</strong> Accessible to owners. members, Admins, and finance users. TVU Home enables account owners, Admins, and Finance users to manage their TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances. Members can view their Token purchases, usage, and balances. Token purchases are initiated by Owner and Finance roles.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Dashboard interface &#8211; Finance controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Dashboard interface &#8211; Finance controls</strong></h2>



<p>Finance users only have administrative rights to their own account. They <strong>are not</strong> part of any other group.</p>



<p>Finance account users can:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Manage your User information and subgroup workspace</li>



<li>Add users and sub-users</li>



<li>Add resources and services</li>



<li>Invite new members</li>



<li>Assign roles to each member</li>



<li>Add members to other subgroups</li>



<li>Change a subgroup member’s role</li>



<li>Delete or disable a member’s access</li>



<li>View a member’s TVU Authorized Services</li>



<li>Purchase tokens, view usage, and balances</li>



<li>Add Agent devices to Cloud service</li>



<li>View assigned Elastic IP addresses by region.</li>



<li>Create and manage Bearer Tokens</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Members tab controls</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Members tab controls</strong></h2>



<p>The Members tab opens the Group management page. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">When you sign in as an account Finance user, you can manage your members on the Group page by clicking the <strong>Manage</strong> ></span><strong> Members tab.</strong></p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Finance users cannot edit Owner users.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The Members tab allows you to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Edit your Subgroup Name and add group information.</li>



<li>Add a new subgroup user</li>



<li>Add a profile picture (avatar)</li>



<li>Add subgroup workspaces</li>



<li>Add an email domain name to your group</li>



<li>Assign roles to sub-users</li>



<li>Manage all aspects of your group</li>



<li>View TVU Token purchases, usage, and balances</li>



<li>View Elastic IP addresses by a specific region.</li>



<li>Create and manage Bearer Tokens.</li>



<li>Create TAMS Stores.</li>
</ul>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating your user information</strong></h3>



<p>To update your user information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Members</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="741" height="369" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Finance.jpg" alt="Manage tab - Finance" class="wp-image-174504" style="width:640px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Finance.jpg 741w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Finance-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 741px) 100vw, 741px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Group Management</strong> dashboard will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1551" height="892" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Group-Management-page-Finance.jpg" alt="Group Management page - Finance" class="wp-image-174511" style="width:645px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Group-Management-page-Finance.jpg 1551w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Group-Management-page-Finance-300x173.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Group-Management-page-Finance-1024x589.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Group-Management-page-Finance-768x442.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Group-Management-page-Finance-1536x883.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1551px) 100vw, 1551px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Group name</strong>.</li>



<li>Locate your role and click the<strong> edit</strong> icon in the <strong>Operations</strong> column.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="681" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/FInance-role-edit-icon.jpg" alt="Finance role edit icon" class="wp-image-174518" style="width:470px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/FInance-role-edit-icon.jpg 681w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/FInance-role-edit-icon-300x70.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 681px) 100vw, 681px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit User Information</strong> window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>User Name</strong>, update your <strong>Email</strong>, or reset your<strong> Password</strong>, and add yourself to<strong> Subgroups</strong>. You may add your additional profile information by clicking <strong>More</strong> to expand the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="221" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Finance.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Finance" class="wp-image-174525" style="width:591px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Finance.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Finance-300x99.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update your <strong>Profile</strong> <strong>picture</strong>, hover your mouse over the <strong>picture</strong> and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="351" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-Finance-2.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Edit Profile Picture Finance" class="wp-image-174546" style="width:528px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-Finance-2.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Edit-Profile-Picture-Finance-2-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Add Profile Picture</strong> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1463" height="574" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-finance.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Add Profile Picture finance" class="wp-image-174553" style="width:597px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-finance.jpg 1463w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-finance-300x118.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-finance-1024x402.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-finance-768x301.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1463px) 100vw, 1463px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li><strong>Drag</strong> or <strong>Upload</strong> a 1:1 image in png, gif, or jpeg format.</li>



<li>Click the green <strong>check mark</strong> to save your Avatar picture.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="250" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-finance.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Save Profile Picture finance" class="wp-image-174560" style="width:611px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-finance.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-finance-300x112.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="11" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green<strong> Confirm</strong> button.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Authorized Services</strong> panel and select the <strong>Optional Services</strong> that apply to your role.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1442" height="488" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Authorized Services" class="wp-image-172390" style="width:702px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services.jpg 1442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-300x102.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-1024x347.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-768x260.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1442px) 100vw, 1442px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Updating your Subgroup workspace</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating your Subgroup workspace</strong></h2>



<p>To update your Subgroup workspace information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Members</strong> tab. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="741" height="369" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Finance.jpg" alt="Manage tab - Finance" class="wp-image-174504" style="width:655px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Finance.jpg 741w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-tab-Finance-300x149.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 741px) 100vw, 741px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Group Management dashboard will display.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Subgroup name</strong> in the Groups panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1557" height="889" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Subgroup-Management-page.jpg" alt="Subgroup Management page" class="wp-image-174567" style="width:654px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Subgroup-Management-page.jpg 1557w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Subgroup-Management-page-300x171.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Subgroup-Management-page-1024x585.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Subgroup-Management-page-768x439.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Subgroup-Management-page-1536x877.jpg 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1557px) 100vw, 1557px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the Subgroup<strong> edit</strong> icon below the <strong>Subgroup Name</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="359" height="127" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-icon-Subgroup-information-Finance.jpg" alt="Edit icon - Subgroup information - Finance" class="wp-image-174574" style="width:460px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-icon-Subgroup-information-Finance.jpg 359w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-icon-Subgroup-information-Finance-300x106.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 359px) 100vw, 359px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Edit Subgroup Information page opens.</li>



<li>Finance users can update the <strong>Subgroup Name</strong>, choose an <strong>email domain</strong>, and enter multiple email domains in the <strong>Description</strong> field.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button to save your changes.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="322" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Editing-Subgroup-information.jpg" alt="Editing Subgroup information" class="wp-image-174581" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Editing-Subgroup-information.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Editing-Subgroup-information-300x144.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Updating Subgroup User information</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Updating Subgroup User information</strong></h2>



<p>The Finance user can perform the following procedures.<br>To update a Subgroup member’s profile information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> ><strong> Members</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="359" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab.jpg" alt="Manage - Members tab" class="wp-image-174387" style="width:622px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab.jpg 671w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Manage-Members-tab-300x161.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Group Management </strong>dashboard will display.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Subgroup name</strong> in the Groups panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="357" height="193" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/subgroup-management-page-1.jpg" alt="subgroup management page" class="wp-image-174588" style="width:643px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/subgroup-management-page-1.jpg 357w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/subgroup-management-page-1-300x162.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 357px) 100vw, 357px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Locate the applicable user name and click the <strong>edit</strong> icon in the <strong>Operation</strong> column.</li>



<li>The <strong>Edit User information</strong> page opens.</li>



<li>Enter or update the<strong> User Name</strong>, <strong>email</strong>, reset the <strong>Password</strong>, and assign a <strong>Subgroup</strong> to the member.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Finance users can add members to Subgroups by clicking the Subgroups edit icon. Subgroup members cannot add subgroups.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>You may add additional profile information by clicking <strong>More</strong> to expand the panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="243" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-user-information-member-finance.jpg" alt="edit user information - member finance" class="wp-image-174595" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-user-information-member-finance.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/edit-user-information-member-finance-300x108.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To update a Profile picture, hover your mouse over the picture and click the <strong>Edit</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="360" height="176" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-user-information-window-Edit-profile-picture-Finance-3.jpg" alt="Edit user information window -Edit profile picture Finance" class="wp-image-174602" style="width:540px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-user-information-window-Edit-profile-picture-Finance-3.jpg 360w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-user-information-window-Edit-profile-picture-Finance-3-300x147.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Add Profile Picture</strong> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="269" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-subuser.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Add Profile Picture subuser" class="wp-image-174609" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-subuser.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Add-Profile-Picture-subuser-300x120.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="10" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Drag or Upload a 1:1 image in png, gif, or jpeg format.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>green check mark</strong> to save your Avatar picture.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="258" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-member.jpg" alt="Edit User Information window - Save Profile Picture member" class="wp-image-174616" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-member.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Edit-User-Information-window-Save-Profile-Picture-member-300x115.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="12" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>



<li>Scroll down to the <strong>Authorized Services</strong> panel to view the Optional Services that apply to the role.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="347" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-1024x347.jpg" alt="Edit Group Information window - Authorized Services" class="wp-image-172390" style="width:676px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-1024x347.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-300x102.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services-768x260.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-Group-Information-window-Authorized-Services.jpg 1442w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="14" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Resources tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Resources tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Resources tab opens the Manage page. This page enables Finance users and Subgroup members to access the Agent Devices, Elastic IP, Bearer Token, and TAMS Stores pages.</p>



<p>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows users to manage an Agent device, set up and configure a Box Pool folder, and install Agent software.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> A box pool folder can store multiple boxes, each of which is a physical device where the user has installed the Agent software.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>The <strong>Resources </strong>> <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab allows Agent software to be installed on a device. The Agent integrates with MediaHub instead of using cloud-based resources. The agent can be installed on a user’s resource to run programs.<br>The <strong>Resources </strong>> <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab allows Finance users and Subgroup members to view Elastic IP assignments by region.<br>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>Bearer Token</strong> tab allows Finance users and subgroup members to create a Bearer Token.<br>The <strong>Resources</strong> > <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab allows Finance users and subgroup members to create TAMS Stores.</p>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding resources and services</strong></h3>



<p>The Resources tab is where Finance and subgroup Member users can create Box Pool folders and view, add, and manage Agent devices.</p>



<p>To add resources and services:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens and displays the <strong>Agent Devices</strong> tab by default.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="553" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg" alt="Resources page - Member" class="wp-image-174401" style="width:670px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-768x415.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1536x829.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member.jpg 1654w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To add a new Box Pool folder, click the <strong>Box Pool +</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="532" height="173" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-Box-Pool-folder-Member.jpg" alt="Create a Box Pool folder - Member" class="wp-image-174408" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-Box-Pool-folder-Member.jpg 532w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-a-Box-Pool-folder-Member-300x98.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Create a new box pool </strong>window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a<strong> Box Pool Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="543" height="198" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1.jpg" alt="Create a new box pool window" class="wp-image-172432" style="width:437px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1.jpg 543w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Create-a-new-box-pool-window-1-300x109.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your new Box Pool folder has been added to the Agent Devices list.</li>



<li>To delete a Box Pool, click the <strong>Delete</strong> button.</li>



<li>To rename the Box Pool, click the <strong>Edit</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="628" height="325" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg" alt="edit or delete box pool" class="wp-image-161960" style="width:482px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool.jpg 628w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-or-delete-box-pool-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></figure>



<ol start="9" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Edit box pool</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter a new <strong>Box Pool Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="620" height="233" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-box-pool.jpg" alt="edit box pool" class="wp-image-161967" style="width:485px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-box-pool.jpg 620w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/edit-box-pool-300x113.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</div>


<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Adding Agent devices to Cloud services</strong></h3>



<p><strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> You can only select a device as BYOR in Mediahub after the Agent is successfully installed on it.</p>



<p>After your agent is fully installed, you can configure it by performing the following steps and use it in MediaHub by selecting BYOR under Resources.</p>



<p>To download and install the Agent:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab. Click <strong>Installation Guide</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="442" height="147" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Installation-guide-link-location.jpg" alt="Installation guide link location" class="wp-image-161974" style="width:502px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Installation-guide-link-location.jpg 442w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Installation-guide-link-location-300x100.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Agent installation guide</strong> pop-up window will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="483" height="686" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg" alt="Agent installation guide" class="wp-image-161981" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide.jpg 483w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Agent-installation-guide-211x300.jpg 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Review the<strong> Installation Quick Guide TVU Agent</strong> video tutorial.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Copy script</strong> button and paste the script into your Linux Command line. Run the script to install the Agent on your device.</li>



<li>To obtain the <strong>Installation key</strong>, click the <strong>Copy key</strong> button.</li>



<li>To Reset the key and script, click the <strong>Reset Installation Key &amp; Script </strong>button.</li>



<li>After installation, the Agents will be added to the default Box Pool. To select a default Box Pool, click the <strong>Settings</strong> icon, select a Box Pool from the menu, and then click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="706" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg" alt="Box Pool Settings" class="wp-image-174241" style="width:626px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings.jpg 706w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Box-Pool-Settings-300x97.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 706px) 100vw, 706px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Port mapping</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Port mapping</strong></h2>



<p>To map your box pool in TVU Home:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Manage</strong> page opens and displays <strong>Resources</strong>.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Box Pool</strong> that requires mapping.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="553" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg" alt="Resources page - Member" class="wp-image-174401" style="width:624px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1024x553.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-300x162.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-768x415.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member-1536x829.jpg 1536w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Resources-page-Member.jpg 1654w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Box Pool checkbox</strong> that requires mapping in the Box Pool.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="624" height="171" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg" alt="Resources page - Box Pool mapping selection" class="wp-image-172271" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection.jpg 624w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Box-Pool-mapping-selection-300x82.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>+ Add</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="627" height="292" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg" alt="Resources page - + Add button" class="wp-image-172264" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button.jpg 627w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Resources-page-Add-button-300x140.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Elastic IP tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Elastic IP tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Elastic IP tab enables Finance users and subgroup members to search for and view assigned Elastic IP addresses.<br>To assign an Elastic IP:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Elastic IP</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Search</strong> field and enter an <strong>IP</strong>, <strong>User Name</strong>, or <strong>Email</strong> to filter the displayed results.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="131" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-Members.jpg" alt="Elastic IP tab - Members" class="wp-image-174415" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-Members.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Elastic-IP-tab-Members-300x58.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Bearer Token tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Bearer Token tab</strong></h2>



<p>The Bearer Token tab provides a second contextual entry point for Finance users and subgroup members to create and manage their bearer tokens directly from their profile.</p>



<p>To create and manage a Bearer Token:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> > <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Bearer Token</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="176" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-tab-members.jpg" alt="Bearer Token tab - members" class="wp-image-174422" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-tab-members.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-tab-members-300x79.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “+” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="251" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-Members.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token - Members" class="wp-image-174429" style="width:537px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-Members.jpg 705w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-Members-300x107.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Create Bearer Token window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a <strong>Name</strong> and click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="544" height="206" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg" alt="Create Bearer Token window" class="wp-image-174335" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window.jpg 544w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Create-Bearer-Token-window-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /></figure>



<ol start="6" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The new Bearer Token appears in the list.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="154" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-token-list-Member.jpg" alt="Bearer token list - Member" class="wp-image-174436" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-token-list-Member.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-token-list-Member-300x69.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="7" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To copy the Bearer Token, click the <strong>Copy</strong> icon.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="708" height="259" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-Copy-icon-Member.jpg" alt="Bearer Token Copy icon - Member" class="wp-image-174443" style="width:593px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-Copy-icon-Member.jpg 708w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-Copy-icon-Member-300x110.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 708px) 100vw, 708px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>To delete the Bearer Token from the list, click the <strong>Trash</strong> icon in the <strong>Operations</strong> column.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong> in the pop-up Warning message. </li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="460" height="160" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg" alt="Bearer Token removal message" class="wp-image-174349" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message.jpg 460w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/Bearer-Token-removal-message-300x104.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	TAMS Stores tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>TAMS Stores tab</strong></h2>



<p>The TAMS tab enables Finance users and subgroup members to manage and configure TAMS Store credentials. Use the TAMS-integrated services to reference a centrally managed store rather than requiring per-node authentication setup.</p>



<p>To create and manage a TAMS Store:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the<strong> Manage</strong> > <strong>Resources</strong> tab.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>TAMS Stores</strong> tab.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-large is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="1024" height="228" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-1024x228.jpg" alt="TAMS Stores tab - member" class="wp-image-174457" style="width:657px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-1024x228.jpg 1024w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-300x67.jpg 300w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member-768x171.jpg 768w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-member.jpg 1445w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1024px) 100vw, 1024px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the green “+” plus.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="195" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-plus-icon-Member.jpg" alt="TAMS Stores plus icon - Member" class="wp-image-174450" style="width:574px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-plus-icon-Member.jpg 707w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-plus-icon-Member-300x83.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The Create TAMS Store window opens.</li>



<li>Enter a human-readable label in the<strong> Store Name</strong> field to identify this store within your group. The name must be unique.</li>



<li>Enter the remaining required fields. The <strong>Client Secret</strong> field is optional.</li>



<li>Click <strong>Confirm</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="545" height="516" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg" alt="TAMS tab - Create TAMS Store window" class="wp-image-174364" style="width:460px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window.jpg 545w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-tab-Create-TAMS-Store-window-300x284.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /></figure>



<ol start="8" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The TAMS Store appears in the list.</li>



<li>To view and manage your TAMS Store, you can select <strong>My Stores</strong> from the drop-down menu to filter and select from your stores in the list.</li>



<li>To search for a specific <strong>Name</strong> or <strong>Client ID</strong>, enter it into the Search field.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="586" height="248" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-select-stores-menu-member.jpg" alt="TAMS Store menu" class="wp-image-174371" style="width:490px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-select-stores-menu-member.jpg 586w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/TAMS-Stores-tab-select-stores-menu-member-300x127.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Billing tab</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Billing tab</strong></h2>



<p>The billing tab allows finance users to:</p>



<ul class="wp-block-list">
<li>Set up a user billing group</li>



<li>Purchase tokens</li>



<li>Edit billing information</li>



<li>Review token purchase history, consumption, and recent TVU Producer and MediaHub activity</li>



<li>View the total remaining token balance</li>



<li>View token transaction history</li>



<li>View the token expiration date</li>



<li>View Active commitments</li>
</ul>



<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>User billing group setup</strong></h2>



<p>New users will set up their own Billing group when they initially purchase their tokens.</p>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note:</strong> Users must first sucessfully set up a Billing group to purchase tokens. Once the billing group is set up, users can access their Token management page to perform subsequent token related tasks.</p>
</blockquote>



<p>To set up your user billing group:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Token management</strong> page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" style="width:610px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click <strong>Buy More </strong>in the <strong>Purchases History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="465" height="273" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link.jpg" alt="Purchase History panel - Buy more link" class="wp-image-172285" style="width:394px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link.jpg 465w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Purchase-History-panel-Buy-more-link-300x176.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></figure>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Billing info</strong> pop-up window will display.</li>



<li>Enter all required information, click <strong>Save</strong>, then continue to “Purchasing tokens.”</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="700" height="655" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window.jpg" alt="Billing group information window" class="wp-image-172292" style="width:450px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window.jpg 700w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Billing-group-information-window-300x281.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></figure>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Editing your billing information</strong></h3>



<p>To edit your user billing information:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Manage</strong> &gt; <strong>Billing</strong> tab.</li>



<li>The <strong>Token management</strong> page will display.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="672" height="348" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg" alt="Token management page" class="wp-image-172278" style="width:610px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page.jpg 672w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Token-management-page-300x155.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 672px) 100vw, 672px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Edit billing info</strong> icon to edit your billing information before purchasing tokens.</li>



<li>Make your changes in the Billing group window and click <strong>Save</strong>.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg" alt="Edit billing information icon" class="wp-image-172306" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Purchasing tokens</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchasing tokens</strong></h2>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>After setting up a user billing group, click <strong>Buy More</strong> in the Purchase History panel.</li>



<li>The purchase TVU Tokens pop-up window will appear.</li>



<li>Users can purchase Tokens by <strong>credit card</strong> or <strong>> link</strong>.</li>



<li>Continue to one of the following purchasing methods:</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchase by credit card</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase by credit card, click the <strong>View details</strong> menu, and then select the <strong>Qty</strong> menu and choose a quantity.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Pay </strong>button and follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="252" height="752" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens.jpg" alt="Credit card token purchase" class="wp-image-172313" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens.jpg 252w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-tokens-101x300.jpg 101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 252px) 100vw, 252px" /></figure>



<ol start="3" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your purchase appears in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<h3 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Purchase by &gt; link</strong></h3>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>To purchase <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">via the<strong>&gt; link</strong>, click </span>the&nbsp;<strong>View details</strong>&nbsp;menu,<strong>&nbsp;</strong>then select the quantity menu and make a selection.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="413" height="157" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty.jpg" alt="Select token quantity" class="wp-image-172320" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty.jpg 413w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/token-qty-300x114.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 413px) 100vw, 413px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Pay with &gt; link</strong> button.</li>



<li>The &gt; link window appears. Review your purchase in the gray box.</li>
</ol>



<blockquote class="wp-block-quote is-layout-flow wp-block-quote-is-layout-flow">
<p><strong>Note: </strong>To create a &gt; link account click Sign up and follow the prompts.</p>
</blockquote>



<ol start="4" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Continue to payment </strong>button, then follow the prompts.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="503" height="776" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link.jpg" alt="Buy more - Pay with Link" class="wp-image-172327" style="width:275px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link.jpg 503w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Buy-more-Pay-with-Link-194x300.jpg 194w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /></figure>



<ol start="5" class="wp-block-list">
<li>Your purchase appears in the <strong>Purchase History</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="629" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg" alt="Purchase history and balance status panels" class="wp-image-162107" style="width:300px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels-210x300.jpg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>


<div class="tvu-special-sidebar-menu">	Transferring tokens</div>


<h2 class="wp-block-heading"><strong>Transferring tokens</strong></h2>



<p>Users can transfer tokens to pre-defined users. <span style="box-sizing: border-box; margin: 0px; padding: 0px;">Token owners must contact&nbsp;<strong>TVU Support&nbsp;</strong>to configure token transfers.</span></p>



<p>To transfer tokens:</p>



<ol class="wp-block-list">
<li>Click the <strong>Transfer Token</strong> icon at the top of the <strong>Token Management</strong> panel.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="436" height="287" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg" alt="Edit billing information icon" class="wp-image-172306" style="width:334px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1.jpg 436w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Edit-billing-information-icon-1-300x197.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></figure>



<ol start="2" class="wp-block-list">
<li>The <strong>Transfer Tokens</strong> window will display.</li>



<li>Enter the group payee account in the <strong>To </strong>field.</li>



<li>In the Transfer amount field, enter a token quantity.</li>



<li>Click the <strong>Confirm</strong> button.</li>
</ol>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="531" height="619" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window.jpg" alt="Transfer Tokens window" class="wp-image-172341" style="width:373px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window.jpg 531w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Transfer-Tokens-window-257x300.jpg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /></figure>



<figure class="wp-block-image size-full is-resized"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="441" height="629" src="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg" alt="Purchase history and balance status panels" class="wp-image-162107" style="width:366px;height:auto" srcset="https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels.jpg 441w, https://www.tvunetworks.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Purchase-history-and-balance-status-panels-210x300.jpg 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 441px) 100vw, 441px" /></figure>



<p></p>



<p>© Copyright 2026 TVU Networks Corporation. All rights reserved in all media.<br>Document Part Number: TVU Home Quick Start User Guide Rev D EN 07-2026</p>



<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com/tip/tvu-home-quick-start-user-guide/">TVU Home Quick Start User Guide</a> appeared first on <a href="https://www.tvunetworks.com">TVU Networks</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
